Chapter 1 Preliminary
1 Name of Regulation
This Regulation is the Occupational Health and Safety Regulation
2001.
2 Commencement
This Regulation commences on the commencement of the
Act.Editorial
note. Date of commencement: 1.9.2001—see Gazette No 129 of
24.8.2001, page 6186.
3 Definitions
(1) In this Regulation:ADG Code
means the Australian Code for the Transport of
Dangerous Goods by Road and Rail approved by the Ministerial
Council for Road Transport and published by the Australian Government from
time to time.
approved
form means the form approved for the time being by WorkCover for the
purposes of the provision in which the expression is used.
authorised medical
practitioner means a medical practitioner authorised by WorkCover,
or authorised by another body or under a scheme approved by WorkCover, to
perform health surveillance for the purposes of this
Regulation.
building
includes a structure, and includes part of a building or
structure.
chemical
name of a substance means a recognised chemical name of the
substance that is generally used in scientific or technical
texts.
competent
person for any task means a person who has acquired through
training, qualification or experience, or a combination of them, the knowledge
and skills to carry out that task.
construction
work means any of the following:
(a) excavation, including the excavation or filling of trenches,
ditches, shafts, wells, tunnels and pier holes, and the use of caissons and
cofferdams,
(b) building, including the construction (including the manufacturing
of prefabricated elements of a building at the place of work concerned),
alteration, renovation, repair, maintenance and demolition of all types of
buildings,
(c) civil engineering, including the construction, structural
alteration, repair, maintenance and demolition of, for example, airports,
docks, harbours, inland waterways, dams, river and avalanche and sea defence
works, roads and highways, railways, bridges and tunnels, viaducts, and works
related to the provision of services such as communications, drainage,
sewerage, water and energy supplies.
consumer
package means a container that is intended for retail display and
sale, and includes a container that is transported and distributed as part of
a larger consolidated container that consists of a number of identical
consumer packages.
dangerous
goods, except in Chapter 6A, has the same meaning as in the ADG
Code.
emergency
service includes any of the following:
(a) the Ambulance Service of New South Wales,
(b) New South Wales Fire Brigades,
(c) the NSW Rural Fire Service,
(d) the NSW Police Force,
(e) the State Emergency Service,
(f) the New South Wales Volunteer Rescue Association
Incorporated,
(g) an accredited rescue unit within the meaning of the State Emergency and Rescue Management Act
1989.
employer
includes self-employed person in Chapters 2, 4, 5, 6, 6A, 7 and
8.
former Act
means the Occupational Health and Safety Act
1983.
generic
name of a substance means a name that describes the category or
group of chemicals to which the substance belongs (for example, azo dyes or
halogenated aromatic amines).
hazard means
anything (including work practices or procedures) that has the potential to
harm the health or safety of a person.
hazardous
substance means a substance that:
(a) is listed in the document entitled “List of Designated Hazardous Substances
[NOHSC: 10005 (1999)]” published by the
NOHS Commission, as in force from time to time, or
(b) fits the criteria for a hazardous substance set out in the
document entitled “Approved Criteria for
Classifying Hazardous Substances [NOHSC: 1008
(1999)]” published by the NOHS Commission, as in
force from time to time.
health
practitioner means a health practitioner within the meaning of the
Health Care Complaints Act
1993.
height of a
building means the height measured from ground level to its highest
part.
ingredient means any component
of a substance, and includes any impurity that is mixed in with the
substance.
LEL
(lower explosive limit) means the concentration of flammable gas or
vapour in air below which the gas atmosphere is not explosive.
NOHS
Commission means the National Occupational Health and Safety
Commission of the Commonwealth.
penalty
levels—see subclause (2).
product
name of a substance means the brand name, trade name, code name or
code number specified by the supplier of the substance.
public
place means a public road or any other place to which the public,
whether on payment of a fee or otherwise, ordinarily has
access.
record
includes any form in which information is stored on a permanent basis or from
which information may be reproduced.
retail
warehouse operator means a person who operates a warehouse at which
unopened packaged goods intended for retail sale are held, but does not
include a retailer.
retailer
means a person who sells goods to members of the public who are not themselves
engaged in any further resale of those goods.
risk
phrase, in relation to a substance, means a phrase that describes
the hazards of the substance, as referred to in the document entitled List of Designated Hazardous Substances
[NOHSC: 10005 (1999)] published by the NOHS
Commission, as in force from time to time.
safety
phrase, in relation to a substance, means a phrase that describes
the procedures for the safe handling or storage of the substance, or the use
of personal protective equipment in conjunction with the substance, as
referred to in the document entitled List of
Designated Hazardous Substances [NOHSC: 10005
(1999)] published by the NOHS Commission, as in force from
time to time.
substance
means any natural or artificial entity, composite material, mixture or
formulation, other than something (that is not a fluid or particle)
that:
(a) is formed during production to a specific shape or design, or to
have a specific surface, and
(b) has an end use that depends in whole or in part on its shape,
design or surface, and
(c) undergoes no change in chemical composition or physical state
during its end use, except as an intrinsic aspect of that end
use.
Note. In a number of publications relating to hazardous substances the
things that are excluded from the definition of substance are
called “articles”.
the Act means
the Occupational Health and Safety Act
2000.
WorkCover
means the WorkCover Authority constituted under the Workplace Injury Management and Workers Compensation
Act 1998.
Note. Other relevant definitions are contained in the Act and the
Interpretation Act 1987.
They include the following:employee means an individual
who works under a contract of employment or apprenticeship.
employer means a person who
employs persons under contracts of employment or
apprenticeship.
occupier of premises
includes:
(a) a person who, for the time being, has (or appears to have) the
charge, management or control of the premises, or
(b) a person who, for the time being, is in charge (or appears to be
in charge) of any operation being conducted on the
premises.
place of
work means premises where persons work.
plant
includes any machinery, equipment or appliance.
premises includes any place,
and in particular includes:
(a) any land, building or part of any building, or
(b) any vehicle, vessel or aircraft, or
(c) any installation on land, on the bed of any waters or floating on
any waters, or
(d) any tent or movable structure.
self-employed
person means a person who works for gain or reward otherwise than
under a contract of employment or apprenticeship, whether or not employing
others.
work means
work as an employee or as a self-employed person.
The Interpretation Act
1987 also provides that expressions defined for the purposes
of this Regulation apply except in so far as the context or subject-matter
otherwise indicates or requires.
(2) The following levels of penalty apply for the purposes of
determining the maximum penalty for an offence against a provision of this
Regulation, and references in this Regulation to those levels are to be
construed accordingly:(a) Level 1—20 penalty units,
(b) Level 2—30 penalty units,
(c) Level 3—100 penalty units,
(d) Level 4—250 penalty units.
Note. At the time of making this Regulation, each penalty unit was
$110—see section 17 of the Crimes
(Sentencing Procedure) Act 1999.
(3) In this Regulation, a reference to an Australian Standard is a
reference to an Australian Standard (AS) or an Australian/New Zealand Standard
(AS/NZS) published by Standards Australia in the year referred to in the
citation of the Standard, as in force from time to
time.
(4) If WorkCover has indicated, by notice in writing, that it is
satisfied that another standard provides an equivalent standard of safety to
an Australian Standard or an Australian/New Zealand Standard, that other
standard may be applied instead for the purposes of the relevant provision of
this Regulation.
(5) If there is an inconsistency between a provision of this
Regulation and a provision of an Australian Standard or another standard
referred to in this Regulation, the provision of this Regulation
prevails.
4 Application of Regulation
(1) This Regulation applies to all places of work, except as provided
by this Regulation.
(2) Chapter 5 applies to plant affecting public safety, whether or not
the plant is at a place of work or for use at work.
(3) This Regulation does not apply to a mine, except as specified in
Schedule 4.
(4) This Regulation does not apply to a coal workplace, except as
specified in Schedule 4A.
Note. Part 2 of the Act imposes general obligations on employers and
other persons and creates offences for breaches of those obligations. This
Regulation imposes additional obligations on those persons and on others.
Section 29 of the Act provides that compliance with the regulations is not in
itself a defence in any proceedings for an offence against Part 2 of the Act
(subject to any regulations that modify Part 2), but also provides that a
relevant contravention of the regulations is admissible in evidence in any
proceedings for an offence against Part 2.
5 Meaning of “control” of risks
(1) For the purposes of this Regulation, an obligation to control a risk to health or safety
(in any case in which the elimination of the risk is not reasonably
practicable) is an obligation to take the following measures (in the order
specified) to minimise the risk to the lowest level reasonably
practicable:(a) firstly, substituting the hazard giving rise to the risk with a
hazard that gives rise to a lesser risk,
(b) secondly, isolating the hazard from the person put at
risk,
(c) thirdly, minimising the risk by engineering
means,
(d) fourthly, minimising the risk by administrative means (for
example, by adopting safe working practices or providing appropriate training,
instruction or information),
(e) fifthly, using personal protective
equipment.
(2) A combination of the above measures is required to be taken to
minimise the risk to the lowest level reasonably practicable if no single
measure is sufficient for that purpose.
(3) Any obligation in this Regulation to control a risk by taking
specific risk control measures, or by taking specific risk control measures in
a particular order, is in addition to the obligations referred to in
subclauses (1) and (2).
Note. For an example in which the above clause applies, see clause 11
(general obligation of employers and self-employed persons to eliminate risks
or, if not reasonably practicable to do so, to control the
risk).
6 Application of provisions providing for alternative duties
if primary duty not reasonably practicable
(1) This clause applies to any provision of this Regulation that
imposes a duty, such as a duty to eliminate a risk, on a person (the primary duty), but provides
that if it is not reasonably practicable to comply with that duty, the person
is required to comply with another duty, such as a duty to control the risk
(the alternative
duty).Note. See duties to eliminate risks or, if that is not reasonably
practicable, to control the risk (clause 11). See also particular alternative
control measures in clause 5.
(2) For the purposes of this Regulation, the primary duty of a person
is not replaced by the alternative duty unless the person can establish that
it is not reasonably practicable to comply with the primary
duty.
Note. Section 28 of the Act provides a defence if the person can
establish that it is not reasonably practicable to comply with the alternative
duty.
7 Application of provisions of Part 2 of the Act (relating to
general duties of certain persons) to persons having duties under this
Regulation
(1) Section 10 (3) and (4) of the Act apply to the duties under this
Regulation of a person who has control of premises used by people as a place
of work.Note. The effect of subclause (1) is to provide that the duties under
this Regulation of a person who has control of premises used by people as a
place of work:(a) do not apply to premises used only by employees of the controller,
and (For the duties of an employer who is also the controller of the premises,
see section 8 of the Act and the provisions of this Regulation imposing duties
on employers.)
(b) do not apply to premises occupied only as a private dwelling,
and
(c) end to the means of access to or exit from a place of work,
and
(d) apply only if the premises are controlled in the course of a
trade, business or other undertaking (whether for profit or not) of the
controller.
If a controller of premises:
(a) has only limited control of the premises, any duty under this
Regulation applies only to the matters over which the controller has control,
or
(b) is a controller by virtue of having, under a contract or lease, an
obligation to maintain or repair the premises, any duty under this Regulation
applies only to the matters covered by the contract or
lease.
(2) Section 11 (2) and (3) of the Act apply to the duties under this
Regulation of designers, manufacturers and suppliers of plant and substances
for use by people at work (other than plant affecting public
safety).Note. The principal effect of subclause (2) is to provide that the
duties under this Regulation of designers, manufacturers and suppliers of
plant and substances for use by people at work (other than plant affecting
public safety):(a) apply only if the plant or substance is designed, manufactured or
supplied in the course of a trade, business or other undertaking (whether for
profit or not), and
(b) apply whether or not the plant or substance is exclusively
designed, manufactured or supplied for use by people at
work.
8 Responsibilities held by more than one responsible
person
If more than one person has a responsibility with respect to a
particular occupational health and safety matter under this Regulation:(a) each such person retains responsibility for the matter,
and
(b) the responsibility is to be discharged in a co-ordinated
manner.
Chapter 2 Places of work—risk management and other
matters
Note. This Chapter imposes obligations on an employer to identify
foreseeable hazards that may arise from the conduct of the employer’s
undertaking, to assess the risks of those hazards and to eliminate the risks
or, if not reasonably practicable to do so, to control the
risks.Division 2 of Part 2 of the Act requires an employer to consult
with employees to enable them to contribute to the making of decisions
affecting their health, safety and welfare at work. Among other things, the
Division requires such consultation when risks to health and safety arising
from work are assessed and when decisions are made about the measures to be
taken to eliminate or control risks. (See Chapter 3 of this Regulation for
further provisions regarding the machinery of consultation.)
This Chapter also applies to self-employed persons (see definition
of employer in clause
3).
9 Employer to identify hazards
(1) An employer must take reasonable care to identify any foreseeable
hazard that may arise from the conduct of the employer’s undertaking and
that has the potential to harm the health or safety of:(a) any employee of the employer, or
(b) any other person legally at the employer’s place of
work,
or both.
(2) In particular (and without limiting the generality of subclause
(1)), the employer must take reasonable care to identify hazards arising
from:(a) the work premises, and
(b) work practices, work systems and shift working arrangements
(including hazardous processes, psychological hazards and fatigue related
hazards), and
(c) plant (including the transport, installation, erection,
commissioning, use, repair, maintenance, dismantling, storage or disposal of
plant), and
(c1) dangerous goods (including the storage or handling of dangerous
goods), and
(d) hazardous substances (including the production, handling, use,
storage, transport or disposal of hazardous substances),
and
(e) the presence of asbestos installed in a place of work,
and
(f) manual handling (including the potential for occupational overuse
injuries), and
(g) the layout and condition of a place of work (including lighting
conditions and workstation design), and
(h) biological organisms, products or substances,
and
(i) the physical working environment (including the potential for any
one or more of the following:(i) electrocution,
(ii) drowning,
(iii) fire or explosion,
(iv) people slipping, tripping or falling,
(v) contact with moving or stationary objects,
(vi) exposure to noise, heat, cold, vibration, radiation, static
electricity or a contaminated atmosphere,
(vii) the presence of a confined space), and
(j) the potential for workplace violence.
(3) An employer must ensure that effective procedures are in place,
and are implemented, to identify hazards:(a) immediately prior to using premises for the first time as a place
of work, and
(b) before and during the installation, erection, commissioning or
alteration of plant in a place of work, and
(c) before changes to work practices and systems of work are
introduced, and
(d) before hazardous substances are introduced into a place of work,
and
(e) while work is being carried out, and
(f) when new or additional information from an authoritative source
relevant to the health or safety of the employees of the employer becomes
available.
(4) An employer who employs 20 or fewer employees is not required to
comply with this clause within the period of 2 years after its commencement
(except to the extent that the clause applies to hazards involving hazardous
substances or manual handling).
(5) An employer who employs more than 20 employees is not required to
comply with this clause within the period of 12 months after its commencement
(except to the extent that the clause applies to hazards involving hazardous
substances or manual handling).
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Note. Other provisions of this Regulation (for example, in Chapters 4
and 5) impose specific hazard identification requirements on particular
persons such as controllers of places of work, designers and manufacturers of
plant and so on.
10 Employer to assess risks
(1) An employer must assess the risk of harm to the health or safety
of the following persons arising from any hazard identified in accordance with
this Chapter:(a) any employee of the employer, or
(b) any other person legally at the employer’s place of
work,
or both.Note. Also see clauses 78, 168 and 207 which require employers to keep
and maintain risk assessment reports in relation to confined spaces, record
results of risk assessments in relation to hazardous substances and prepare
written risk assessments in respect of electrical work on electrical
installations.
(2) An employer who employs 20 or fewer employees is not required to
comply with this clause within the period of 2 years after its commencement
(except to the extent that the clause applies to risks involving hazardous
substances or manual handling).
(3) An employer who employs more than 20 employees is not required to
comply with this clause within the period of 12 months after its commencement
(except to the extent that the clause applies to risks involving hazardous
substances or manual handling).
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Note. Other provisions of this Regulation (for example, in Chapters 4
and 5) impose more specific risk assessment requirements on particular persons
such as controllers of places of work, designers and manufacturers of plant
and so on.
11 Employer to eliminate or control risks
(1) Subject to subclause (2), an employer must eliminate any
reasonably foreseeable risk to the health or safety of:(a) any employee of the employer, or
(b) any other person legally at the employer’s place of
work,
or both, that arises from the conduct of the employer’s
undertaking.
(2) If it is not reasonably practicable to eliminate the risk, the
employer must control the risk.
(3) An employer must ensure that all measures (including procedures
and equipment) that are adopted to eliminate or control risks to health and
safety are properly used and maintained.
(4) An employer who employs 20 or fewer employees is not required to
comply with this clause within the period of 2 years after its commencement
(except to the extent that the clause applies to risks involving hazardous
substances or manual handling).
(5) An employer who employs more than 20 employees is not required to
comply with this clause within the period of 12 months after its commencement
(except to the extent that the clause applies to risks involving hazardous
substances or manual handling).
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Note. An employer must also comply with any specific risk control
measures required by this Regulation. In particular see Parts 4.3, 4.4, 5.4
and 6.4 and Chapters 7 and 8. The Regulation (for example, in Part 4.2 and in
Chapter 5) also imposes risk control requirements on other persons, such as
controllers of places of work, designers and manufacturers of plant and so on.
Clause 5 sets out the order of control measures to be taken if it is not
reasonably practicable to eliminate a risk.
12 Employer to review risk assessments and control
measures
An employer must review a risk assessment, and any measures
adopted to control the risk, whenever:(a) there is evidence that the risk assessment is no longer valid,
or
(b) injury or illness results from exposure to a hazard to which the
risk assessment relates, or
(c) a significant change is proposed in the place of work or in work
practices or procedures to which the risk assessment
relates.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
13 Employer to provide instruction, training and
information
(1) An employer must ensure that each new employee receives induction
training that covers the following:(a) arrangements at the place of work for the management of
occupational health and safety, including arrangements for reporting hazards
to management,
(b) health and safety procedures at the place of work relevant to the
employee, including the use and maintenance of risk control
measures,
(c) how employees can access any health and safety information that
the employer is required by this Regulation to make available to
employees,
(d) any other matter that this Regulation specifies should be the
subject of induction training and that is relevant to the place of work
concerned having regard to the competence, experience and age of the new
employee.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(2) An employer must ensure that any person who may be exposed to a
risk to health and safety at the employer’s place of work:(a) is informed of the risk, and
(b) is provided with any information, instruction and training
necessary to ensure the person’s health and
safety.
The information, instruction and training (and the timing of its
provision) must be commensurate with the risk to health and safety
concerned.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(3) An employer must provide persons who have responsibilities with
respect to the following under this Regulation with all available information
necessary to enable them to fulfil those responsibilities:(a) identifying hazards,
(b) assessing risks arising from those hazards,
(c) eliminating or controlling those risks,
(d) monitoring or reviewing risk control measures,
(e) providing information.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(4) Nothing in this clause requires an employer to train or instruct
members of the public in the use of lifts or amusement
devices.
Note. Specific requirements as to the provision of information relating
to plant and hazardous substances are set out in Chapters 5 and
6.See Part 8.2 in relation to occupational health and safety
induction training for construction work.
Clause 171 requires employers to retain records of induction or
other training provided to employees who are likely to be exposed to hazardous
substances.
14 Employer to provide supervision
(1) An employer must ensure that the employer’s employees are
provided with reasonable supervision necessary to ensure the health and safety
of the employees and any other persons at the employer’s place of
work.
(2) The employer must ensure that the supervision is undertaken by a
competent person.
(3) In determining the nature and extent of necessary supervision, the
employer must have regard to the competence, experience and age of each
employee.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
Note. Specific requirements for supervision in relation to excavation
work are imposed on employers by Chapter 8.
15 Provision by an employer of personal protective
equipment
(1) If measures taken by an employer under clause 11 (2) to control a
risk include the use of personal protective equipment, the employer must
provide each person at risk with personal protective equipment and ensure
that:(a) the equipment provided is appropriate for the person and controls
the risk for that person, and
(b) the person is informed of any limitations of the equipment,
and
(c) the person is provided with the instruction and training necessary
to ensure that the equipment controls the risk for the person,
and
(d) the equipment is properly maintained and is repaired or replaced
as frequently as is necessary to control the risk for the person,
and
(e) the equipment is provided in a clean and hygienic condition to the
person, and
(f) the equipment is stored in a place provided by the employer for
the purpose, and
(g) areas in places of work where personal protective equipment must
be used are clearly identified.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(2) In this clause, personal protective
equipment includes any substance used to protect health (such as a
sun protection cream).
Note. Reference should also be made to any relevant Australian Standards
relating to the provision and use of personal protective
equipment.
16 Employer to obtain information
(1) An employer must obtain such information as is necessary to enable
the employer to fulfil the employer’s responsibilities under this
Regulation with respect to the following:(a) identifying hazards,
(b) assessing risks arising from those hazards,
(c) eliminating or controlling those risks,
(d) providing information.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(2) For the purposes of subclause (1), the information is to be
reasonably available information from an authoritative
source.
17 Employer to provide for emergencies
(1) An employer must ensure that, in the event of an emergency at any
place of work at which the employer’s undertaking is conducted,
arrangements have been made for:(a) the safe and rapid evacuation of persons from the place of work,
and
(b) emergency communications, and
(c) appropriate medical treatment of injured
persons.
If the employer does not have control, or has only limited
control, of the place of work, the duty under this subclause applies only to
the matters over which the employer has control.
(2) In making arrangements for the purposes of this clause, an
employer must take the following into account:(a) the nature of the hazards at the place of
work,
(b) the size and location of the place of work,
(c) the number, mobility and capability of persons at the place of
work.
(3) If employees work at a fixed place of work, the employer must
ensure that:(a) adequate arrangements are made for the shutting down and
evacuation of the place of work in the event of an emergency,
and
(b) details of the arrangements for any such evacuation are kept on
display in an appropriate location or locations at the place of work,
and
(c) one or more persons are appointed and appropriately trained to
oversee any such evacuation and, if appropriate, in the use of on-site fire
fighting equipment.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Note. Also see clause 13 (2) (b) which requires an employer to provide
any person who may be exposed to a risk to health and safety at the
employer’s place of work with any information, instruction and training
necessary to ensure the person’s health and
safety.
18 Employer to provide amenities
(1) An employer must ensure that appropriate amenities are available
for all of the employer’s employees while they are at
work.
(2) The appropriateness of amenities is to be determined having regard
to all of the circumstances of the case, including the following:(a) the nature of the work undertaken at the place of
work,
(b) the size and location of the place of work,
(c) the number of men and of women at the place of
work.
Note. Also see Part 4 of the Act (Industry codes of practice). Failure
by an employer to observe any industry code of practice relevant to the
provision of amenities may be used in evidence in any prosecution under this
clause or clause 19. Industry codes of practice are prepared by WorkCover and
approved by the Minister.
(3) In this clause, amenities means facilities
provided for the welfare or personal hygiene needs of persons and includes
toilets, rest rooms, shelter sheds, seating, dining rooms, change rooms,
provision of drinking water, lockers and washing
facilities.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
19 Maintenance of amenities and accommodation
(1) An employer must ensure that:(a) any amenities provided in accordance with clause 18,
and
(b) any accommodation provided by the employer for the welfare of
employees because of the circumstances of their
work,
are maintained in a safe and healthy
condition.
(2) If the employer does not have control, or has only limited
control, of the amenities or accommodation, the duty under subclause (1)
applies only to the matters over which the employer has
control.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
20 Employer to provide first aid facilities and
personnel
(1) In this clause:construction
site means the site of construction work.
trained first aid
personnel means:
(a) a person who holds a current first aid certificate issued after
successful completion of a WorkCover approved first aid course,
or
(b) a person who holds a current occupational first aid certificate
issued after successful completion of a WorkCover approved occupational first
aid course, or
(c) a level 3 or greater New South Wales ambulance officer,
or
(d) a registered nurse, or
(e) a medical practitioner.
(2) An employer must provide at each place of work:(a) first aid facilities that are adequate for the immediate treatment
of injuries and illnesses that may arise at the place of work,
and
(b) if more than 25 persons are employed at a place of
work—trained first aid personnel.
(3) An employer must have regard to the location of the place of work,
the number of employees at a particular location and the type of work being
undertaken in determining the nature, number and location of the first aid
facilities and the number of trained first aid personnel that are required.
Subclauses (4)–(7) prescribe the minimum facilities and personnel that
are required at various sites or places of work.Note. See clause 194 as to additional first aid requirements in relation
to the treatment of cyanide poisoning.
(4) An employer must ensure that the first aid facilities at the
following sites or places include a first aid kit of the type specified
opposite the description of the site or place:
Construction sites at which 25 or more persons work
or other places of work at which 100 or more persons work | First Aid Kit A |
Construction sites at which fewer than 25 persons
work or other places of work at which fewer than 100 and more than 10 persons
work | First Aid Kit B |
Places of work (other than construction sites) at
which 10 or fewer persons work | First Aid Kit C |
(5) In subclause (4), First Aid Kit A, First Aid Kit B and First Aid Kit C mean a first
aid kit containing the following items in the quantity (if any) specified in
columns A, B and C, respectively:
| | A | B | C |
Adhesive plastic dressing strips, sterile, packets
of 50 | 2 | 1 | 1 |
Adhesive dressing tape, 2.5 cm 5 cm | 1 | 1 | — |
Bags, plastic, for amputated parts: | | | |
Small | 2 | 1 | 1 |
Medium | 2 | 1 | 1 |
Large | 2 | 1 | — |
Dressings, non-adherent, sterile, 7.5 cm 7.5
cm | 5 | 2 | — |
Eye pads, sterile | 5 | 2 | — |
Gauze bandages: | | | |
5 cm | 3 | 1 | 1 |
10 cm | 3 | 1 | — |
Gloves, disposable, single | 10 | 4 | 2 |
Rescue blanket, silver space | 1 | 1 | — |
Safety pins, packets | 1 | 1 | 1 |
Scissors, blunt/short nosed, minimum length 12.5
cm | 1 | 1 | — |
Splinter forceps | 1 | 1 | — |
Sterile eyewash solution, 10 ml single use ampules
or sachets | 12 | 6 | — |
Swabs, prepacked, antiseptic, packs of
10 | 1 | 1 | — |
Triangular bandages, minimum 90 cm | 8 | 4 | 1 |
Wound dressings, sterile, non-medicated,
large | 10 | 3 | 1 |
First-aid pamphlet as approved by
WorkCover | 1 | 1 | 1 |
(6) An employer must ensure that the first aid kit at any place of
work at which more than 25 persons are employed is under the control of
trained first aid personnel.
(7) An employer must ensure that the first aid facilities at a place
of work at which more than 200 persons work, or at a construction site at
which more than 100 persons work, include a first aid room that:(a) is under the control of a person described in paragraph (b), (c),
(d) or (e) of the definition of trained first aid
personnel in subclause (1), and
(b) is located so that it is readily accessible during working hours
to persons working at the place of work or site, and
(c) is situated at a convenient distance from:(i) toilets, and
(ii) a sink or a wash basin equipped with suitable drainage and a
supply of clean hot and cold running water, and
(iii) a means of boiling water, and
(d) has an access door that is wide enough to allow the entry and exit
of a patient on a stretcher, and
(e) is well lit and well ventilated, and
(f) contains the following:(i) a work bench or a dressing trolley,
(ii) a cupboard for storage,
(iii) a suitable container fitted with a disposable bag or liner for
soiled dressings,
(iv) a suitable container for the safe disposal of needles or other
sharp implements,
(v) an electric power point,
(vi) a couch with blankets and pillows,
(vii) a telephone,
(viii) a stretcher, lifting frame or similar device for transporting
patients,
(ix) a sufficient supply of soap and disposable
towels,
(x) a copy of the current edition of an occupational first aid
handbook approved by WorkCover,
(xi) the items specified in subclause (5) in relation to First Aid Kit
A, in quantities not less than those so specified,
(xii) a portable first aid kit for use outside the first aid room, being
a kit that contains the items specified in subclause (5) in relation to First
Aid Kit B, in quantities not less than those so specified,
(xiii) such special appliances, requisites and equipment for first aid as
are otherwise required by law or as are necessary or appropriate having regard
to the nature of the work undertaken at the place of work or site,
and
(g) does not contain anything except equipment, requisites or
appliances for first aid or occupational health purposes,
and
(h) is not used for any purpose other than for first aid or
occupational health purposes.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Note. A register of injuries is required to be kept under the Workplace Injury Management and Workers Compensation
Act 1998.
Chapter 3 Workplace consultation
Note. This Chapter makes provision with respect to the duty of the
employer to consult employees under Division 2 of Part 2 of the Act. The
relevant provisions of the Act are as follows:(a) Section 13—provides that the employer must consult with the
employees of the employer to enable those employees to contribute to the
making of decisions affecting their health, safety and welfare at
work.
(b) Section 14—defines the nature of consultation as the sharing
of relevant information, the opportunity for employees to express their views
and the taking into account of those views by the employer. (Relevant
information to be shared would include matters that affect or may affect the
health, safety or welfare at work of employees covered by particular
consultative arrangements.)
(c) Section 15—sets out when consultation is to be undertaken
(including when assessments are made of risks to health and safety, when
decisions are made on measures to control or eliminate those risks, when
changes are made to premises, systems or methods of work, or to plant or
substances used for work, that may affect health, safety or welfare at work
and when decisions are made about the consultation
arrangements).
(d) Section 16—provides that consultation is to be undertaken by
means of an OHS committee, an OHS representative or other agreed arrangements,
or a combination of those means.
(e) Section 17—requires the establishment of an OHS committee if
the employer employs 20 or more persons and a majority of the employees so
requests or WorkCover so directs, and requires an OHS representative to be
elected if at least one of the employees so requests or WorkCover so directs.
Other consultative arrangements require agreement between the employer and
employees.
(f) Section 18—sets out the functions and powers of OHS
committees and OHS representatives.
21 Definitions
In this Chapter:OHS
consultation arrangements means the requirements imposed by sections
16 and 17 of the Act with respect to the establishment of an OHS committee,
the election of an OHS representative or the establishment of other agreed
consultation arrangements.
workgroup means
the group of employees that is represented by a particular OHS committee or
OHS representative.
22 Setting up consultation arrangements (section 15 (f) of
the Act)
(1) The employer must, in accordance with section 15 (f) of the Act,
consult on the procedures for consultation, that is, whether consultation is
to be undertaken by means of an OHS committee, an OHS representative or other
agreed arrangements, or a combination of those
means.
(2) If the proposed OHS consultation arrangements provide for an OHS
committee or OHS representative, the employer must consult on the
following:(a) the composition of the relevant workgroups under the
arrangements,
(b) the relationship between an OHS committee and an OHS
representative if both are to be provided under the
arrangements,
(c) the number of employee representatives and of employer
representatives on any OHS committee,
(d) the arrangements for electing any OHS representative or employee
representatives on any OHS committee (including arrangements for dealing with
absences, the removal of members or other casual
vacancies),
(e) the arrangements for meetings of any OHS committee and meetings
between the employer and any OHS representative (including the frequency of
ordinary meetings and the calling of special meetings),
(f) the procedures for any such meeting (including whether meetings
may be held by electronic communication or the circulation of
papers),
(g) the arrangements for communications between the persons elected by
the employees in a workgroup and those employees (including procedures for
enabling the employees in the workgroup to raise issues and make complaints
about occupational health and safety matters),
(h) the arrangements for the training of members of any OHS committee
or any OHS representative,
(i) the relationship between representatives of the workgroup of an
employer and the representatives of the workgroup of another
employer.
(3) If the proposed OHS consultation arrangements provide for other
agreed arrangements, the employer must consult on arrangements with respect to
meetings with the employer, communication with the employees, the functions
and training of the persons involved, the procedures for resolving
occupational health and safety issues, the role of any relevant industrial
organisation of employees and other relevant
matters.
(4) OHS consultation arrangements are to be reviewed as occasion
requires. Consultation on new arrangements is to be undertaken if a majority
of the employees in the workgroup so request or if there has been a
significant change in the composition of the workgroup that is not reflected
in the existing arrangements.
(5) A Federal or State industrial organisation of employees may
represent, for the purposes of consultation on OHS consultative arrangements,
any of those employees who request the organisation to represent
them.
23 Workgroups represented by OHS committees or OHS
representatives
(1) The relevant workgroups to be represented by OHS committees or OHS
representatives are to be determined in a manner that ensures that they are
able to represent effectively the employees in each workgroup and, in
particular, in a manner that enables them to undertake regular meaningful
communication with the employees in each workgroup.
(2) The diversity of the employees and their work must be taken into
account when determining the relevant workgroups. In particular, the following
must be taken into account:(a) the hours of work of employees (including the representation of
employees on shift work),
(b) the pattern of work of employees (including the representation of
part-time, seasonal or short term employees),
(c) the number and grouping of employees,
(d) the geographic location where the employees work (including the
representation of employees in dispersed locations such as those in the
transport industry or working from home),
(e) the different types of work performed by employees and the
different levels of responsibility,
(f) the attributes of employees (including gender, ethnicity, age and
special needs),
(g) the nature of the occupational health and safety hazards at the
place of work,
(h) the interaction of the employees with the employees of other
employers.
(3) It is not necessary to establish separate workgroups for different
categories of employees, places of work or other matters referred to
above.
(4) OHS consultation arrangements that include both an OHS committee
and an OHS representative for a workgroup must ensure that the committee is
the principal mechanism for consultation for that
workgroup.
24 Minimum requirements for OHS committees
The procedures with respect to the establishment and composition
of OHS committees must comply with the following requirements:(a) the employee representatives on a committee must be elected by and
from the employees in the relevant workgroup the committee
represents,
(b) an election for those representatives must be conducted in a
manner that is consistent with recognised democratic
principles,
(c) an election may be conducted by a Federal or State industrial
organisation of employees if a majority of the employees concerned request the
organisation to conduct the election,
(d) the number of employer representatives on a committee must not
exceed the number of elected employee representatives on the
committee,
(e) the chairperson of a committee is not to be an employer
representative,
(f) a person who is elected as an OHS representative for a workgroup
may be an employee representative on a committee that relates to the workgroup
without further election if it is provided for in the OHS consultation
arrangements,
(g) a person who is elected as an employee representative on a
committee may be an employee representative on another related committee
without further election if it is provided for in the OHS consultation
arrangements,
(h) an employee representative on a committee is to be elected for a
maximum period of 2 years (but the term of office may be shortened in
connection with a change in OHS consultation
arrangements),
(i) a person elected as an employee representative on a committee is
eligible for re-election,
(j) a person is not eligible to be an employer representative on a
committee unless the person has authority to act on behalf of the employer in
occupational health and safety matters at the place of
work.
25 Minimum requirements for election of OHS
representatives
The procedures with respect to the election of OHS representatives
(as required by section 16 (b) of the Act) must comply with the following
requirements:(a) the OHS representative must be elected by and from the employees
in the relevant workgroup the person represents,
(b) the election must be conducted in a manner that is consistent with
recognised democratic principles,
(c) the election may be conducted by a Federal or State industrial
organisation of employees if a majority of the employees concerned request the
organisation to conduct the election,
(d) an OHS representative is to be elected for a maximum period of 2
years (but the term of office may be shortened in connection with a change in
OHS consultation arrangements),
(e) a person elected as an OHS representative is eligible for
re-election.
26 Other agreed arrangements (sections 16 (c) and 17 (3) of
the Act)
(1) This clause applies to other agreed arrangements for consultation
referred to in section 17 (3) of the Act.
(2) The functions of persons under other agreed arrangements are those
that are derived from the agreement.
(3) Other agreed arrangements may comprise arrangements negotiated at
an industry level. Any such arrangements may be used by a particular employer
in the industry if the arrangements are agreed to by a majority of the
employees and, in their application to that employer, comply with the
requirements for consultation of the Act and this
Regulation.
Note. Section 17 (3) of the Act provides that a Federal or State
industrial organisation of employees may, on request, represent employees for
the purposes of consultation on occupational health, safety and welfare under
other agreed arrangements.
27 Related obligations of employer with respect to duty to
consult
(1) An employer has the following obligations in connection with OHS
consultation arrangements of the employer:(a) to record those arrangements,
(b) to publicise those arrangements among existing and new employees
to whom they relate,
(c) to provide members of OHS committees or OHS representatives with
reasonable access to the employees they represent during working hours for the
purposes of communication,
(d) to provide reasonable facilities, and access during working hours
to the workplace, for the purposes of OHS consultation arrangements (including
for the purposes of conducting or holding elections, meetings and
inspections),
(e) to ensure that employer representatives on an OHS committee
participate in the work of the committee on a regular
basis,
(f) to ensure that employees participating in consultation (and in
training for consultation) in accordance with OHS consultation arrangements
are paid as if they were engaged in the duties of their employment (whether
they participate as representatives of employees or of the
employer),
(g) to pay the costs reasonably and necessarily incurred by employees
in connection with their participation in that consultation or
training,
(h) to facilitate the OHS consultation arrangements of another
employer where employees of that other employer are working at the
employer’s place of work.
(2) An employer who fails to comply with an obligation under this
clause is guilty of an offence.Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(3) This clause does not affect the duty of an employer to consult
under section 13 of the Act and the maximum penalty provided for contravening
that section.
28 Employees to disclose certain matters
(1) An employee must take reasonable steps to prevent risks to health
and safety at work by notifying the employee’s employer or supervisor of
any matter that, to the knowledge of the employee, may affect the capacity of
the employer to comply with the requirements of this
Regulation.Maximum penalty: Level 2.
(2) An employee may discharge the obligation under subclause (1) by
notifying the matter in accordance with OHS consultation arrangements to the
relevant OHS representative or member of the relevant OHS
committee.
Note. For other obligations of employees, or that may relate to
employees, see the following sections of the Act:(a) Section 20 (1)—requires an employee to take reasonable care
for the health and safety of people who are at the employer’s place of
work and who may be affected by the employee’s acts or omissions at
work.
(b) Section 20 (2)—requires an employee to co-operate with the
employer or other persons so far as is necessary to enable compliance with OHS
duties of the employer or other person.
(c) Section 21—prohibits a person interfering with or misusing
anything provided in the interests of occupational health, safety and
welfare.
(d) Section 23—prohibits an employer dismissing or victimising
an employee because of an OHS-related complaint, membership of an OHS
committee or election as an OHS representative or the exercise of any other
functions under the consultative arrangements made by the
Act.
(e) Section 25—prohibits a person, without reasonable excuse,
deliberately creating a risk (or appearance of a risk) to health or safety of
people at work with the intention of causing a disruption of
work.
29 Procedure for resolving matter that may be risk to health
and safety
(1) This clause applies to the function of an OHS committee or an OHS
representative under section 18 (c) of the Act to attempt to resolve a matter
that may be a risk to health and safety at the place of work but, if unable to
do so, to request an investigation by an inspector to resolve the
matter.
(2) For the purpose of resolving the matter:(a) the applicable OHS consultative arrangements are to be used,
and
(b) the matter must be formally referred to the employer,
and
(c) the employer is to consider the matter and respond in a timely
manner.
(3) If the matter is not resolved after the employer has been given a
reasonable opportunity to consider and respond to the matter, the OHS
committee or OHS representative may request an investigation of the matter by
an inspector.
(4) Such a request by an OHS committee is to be made through the
chairperson of the committee. The committee may make arrangements for the
making of such requests by the chairperson without a formal meeting of the
committee being convened to authorise the making of each particular
request.
(5) This clause does not limit any other power with respect to the
inspection of places of work or of disputes arising at places of
work.
30 Additional functions of OHS committees and OHS
representatives (section 18 (d) of the Act)
(1) An OHS committee and an OHS representative have the following
additional functions:(a) to make a request to accompany an inspector as an observer on an
inspection under section 69 (b) of the Act that affects the workgroup that the
committee or representative represents,
(b) to be an observer during any formal report by an inspector to the
employer in connection with any occupational health and safety matter
concerning the workgroup that the committee or representative
represents,
(c) to accompany an employee of the workgroup that the committee or
representative represents, at the request of the employee, during any
interview by the employer on any occupational health and safety
issue,
(d) to be an observer during any formal in-house investigation of an
incident at the relevant place of work that is required to be notified to
WorkCover under Division 4 of Part 5 of the Act,
(e) to assist in the development of arrangements for recording
workplace hazards and accidents to promote improved workplace health and
safety,
(f) to make recommendations on the training of members of OHS
committees and of OHS representatives,
(g) to make recommendations on the training of employees in relation
to occupational health and safety.
(2) An observer under subclause (1) (a), (b) or (d) must be an
employee member of the OHS committee or the OHS representative and only one
person may act as such an observer at any particular
time.
Note. Section 18 of the Act provides that an OHS committee or OHS
representative has the following functions:(a) to keep under review the measures taken to ensure the health,
safety and welfare of persons at the place of work,
(b) to investigate any matter that may be a risk to health and safety
at the place of work,
(c) to attempt to resolve the matter but, if unable to do so, to
request an investigation by an inspector for that purpose,
(d) the additional functions prescribed
above.
Functions
under the Act and this Regulation includes “powers” and
“duties”.
31 Training to be undertaken by members of OHS committees and
OHS representatives
(1) An employer must ensure that each member of an OHS committee and
each OHS representative undertakes a course of training in accordance with
this clause.Maximum penalty: Level 2.
(2) The course of training must be undertaken as soon as practicable
after the person is first appointed as a member of the committee or first
elected as a representative (unless the person has previously undertaken an
approved course of training).
(3) The course of training must be provided by:(a) a trainer who is accredited by WorkCover to provide that course of
training, or
(b) a registered training organisation (within the meaning of the
Vocational Education and Training Act
2005) whose registration extends to providing a course of OHS
consultation training.
(4) An application by an individual to be accredited as a
trainer:(a) is to be in the form, and accompanied by the particulars, approved
by WorkCover, and
(b) is to be accompanied by such application fee as WorkCover
determines to cover the expenses in dealing with the
application.
WorkCover may approve an application for accreditation (with or
without conditions) or may refuse the application.
Note. See clause 351 as to the review by the Administrative Decisions
Tribunal of a decision by WorkCover to refuse to accredit a person as a
trainer under this clause.
(5) A course of training undertaken under this clause must include all
the topics of OHS consultation training listed in the Table to this clause
(undertaken over the period specified in guidelines issued by WorkCover for
the purpose).
(6) The trainer who provides a course of training under this clause
must ensure that:(a) the training complies with the requirements of this Chapter,
and
(b) a statement of training is provided to each person who completes
one or more topics of OHS consultation training and a copy of the statement is
provided to the employer, and
(c) the trainer makes a record of the training provided and retains
the record for at least 6 years.
The statement of training must be in a form approved by WorkCover
and record the topics of OHS consultation training completed, the date of
completion and other particulars required by the approved form.
Maximum penalty: Level 2.
(7) An employer must keep a record of the training undertaken by a
person under this clause until at least 3 years after the person ceases to be
an employee of, or associated with, the employer.Maximum penalty (subclause (7)): Level
2.
Table OHS consultation training topics
Topics | Learning aim |
Topic 1 | |
Workplace health and safety | Explains the requirements for effective management
of health and safety and the importance of OHS
consultation |
Topic 2 | |
The role of OHS consultation in the
workplace | Details the requirements for consultation under the Occupational Health and Safety Act
2000 Describes the mechanisms for consultation including workplace committees
and OHS representatives
|
Topic 3 | |
Effective OHS consultation in the
workplace | Outlines effective communication techniques Describes how these are essential in the consultative
process
|
Topic 4 | |
Systematic management of health and
safety | Details the requirements for effective OHS
Management Systems, their development, implementation, audit and
review |
Topic 5 | |
Action learning exercise | Practical application of risk management through
work based activity |
Topic 6 | |
Continuous improvement of OHS
systems | Highlights the need for continuous improvement in
OHS through consultation and provides the means for implementation, monitoring
and evaluation of this process |
Topic 7 | |
Summary and conclusion | Summarises and concludes the course, including
assessment and evaluation |
32 Savings and transitional arrangements
(1) The OHS consultation arrangements must be implemented within 12
months after the commencement of the Act, except as provided by subclause
(2).
(2) An OHS committee under the former Act may (but need not) be
retained for the purposes of the OHS consultation arrangements. Replacement
OHS consultation arrangements must be implemented:(a) within 3 months after the end of the terms of office of the
members of the committee, or
(b) within 2 years of the commencement of this Regulation, whichever
first occurs.
Note. Clause 8 of Schedule 3 to the Act provides that OHS committees
established under the former Act are taken to be established under the new Act
and that the regulations may provide for the staged implementation of the
duties of consultation imposed by the new Act.
(3) Any course of training of a member of an OHS committee or an OHS
representative that was undertaken for the purposes of and in accordance with
the regulations under the former Act is taken to have been undertaken for the
purposes of and in accordance with this Regulation.
(4) Until the expiration of 3 months after the commencement of this
Regulation, a course of training that complies with the Occupational Health and Safety (Committees in
Workplaces) Regulation 1999 is taken to be a course of
training for the purposes of clause 31.
(5) A trainer accredited by WorkCover in accordance with the
regulation referred to in subclause (4) is taken to have been accredited by
WorkCover under clause 31.
Chapter 4 Work premises and working environment
Note. This Chapter is divided into 5 Parts. Part 4.1 deals with
preliminary matters. Part 4.2 deals with the responsibilities of controllers
of premises as to hazard identification, risk assessment, risk control and
provision of information generally and as to fall prevention, electricity and
asbestos installed in the workplace in particular. Part 4.3 deals with the use
of places of work and the responsibilities of employers as to working space,
lighting, heat and cold, noise management, atmosphere, working at heights,
fire prevention, electricity and working in confined spaces. Part 4.4 deals
with manual handling. Part 4.5 deals with long distance truck driver
fatigue.
Part 4.1 Preliminary
33 Definitions (and application of certain
provisions)
(1) In this Chapter:anchorage point
means:
(a) a secure point of attachment on a structure to which a fall arrest
device or anchorage line may be secured, or
(b) a secure point on a fall arrest device to which a lanyard may be
secured.
brittle or
fragile roofing material means any roof covering material that would
be liable to fail if the weight of a person likely to pass across the
material, and anything carried by or on the person, were applied to
it.
controller of
premises means a person who has control of premises used by people
as a place of work, including:
(a) a person who has only limited control of the premises,
and
(b) a person who has, under any contract or lease, an obligation to
maintain or repair the premises.
electrical
article has the same meaning as it has in the Electricity (Consumer Safety) Act
2004.
electrical
installation has the same meaning as it has in the Electricity (Consumer Safety) Act
2004.
electricity
supply authority has the same meaning as it has in the Electricity (Consumer Safety) Act
2004.
fall
arrest device means a self-locking device with the function of
arresting a fall.
monitor means to survey
regularly all measures used to control atmospheric contaminants in a place of
work.
place of
work, in relation to premises, means a place of work at those
premises.
(2) A controller of premises is not required to comply with Divisions
1 and 4 of Part 4.2 within the period of 12 months after their
commencement.
Part 4.2 Work premises
Note. Section 10 of the Act contains a general requirement for
controllers of premises to ensure that the premises are safe and without risks
to health. This Part sets out particular duties.Also see clause 7 (1) as to the extent of the duties of a
controller of premises under this Part.
Division 1 General duties of controllers of
premises
34 Controller of premises to identify hazards
(1) A controller of premises must identify any foreseeable hazard
arising from the premises that has the potential to harm the health or safety
of any person accessing, using or egressing from the
premises.
(2) Without limiting the generality of subclause (1), the controller
must identify hazards arising from:(a) the layout and condition of the premises, including the presence
of a confined space, and
(b) the physical working environment, including the potential
for:(i) people slipping, tripping or falling, and
(ii) objects or structures falling on people,
and
(c) the presence of material containing
asbestos.
(3) A controller of premises must ensure that hazards are
identified:(a) during any design of the premises, and
(b) before the premises are provided for use as a place of
work.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
35 Controller of premises to assess risks
(1) A controller of premises must assess the risk of harm to the
health or safety of any person arising from any hazard identified in
accordance with this Division.
(2) When assessing those risks, the controller must:(a) evaluate the likelihood of an injury or illness occurring and the
likely severity of any injury or illness that may occur,
and
(b) review available health and safety information relevant to a
particular hazard, and
(c) identify the actions necessary to eliminate or control the risk,
and
(d) identify records that it is necessary to keep to ensure that risks
are controlled (including the length of time for which records are to be
kept).
(3) A risk assessment may relate to more than one place of work or
hazard so long as it takes account of the particular circumstances of each
place of work or hazard.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
36 Controller of premises to eliminate or control
risks
(1) A controller of premises must eliminate any risk, arising from the
premises, to the health or safety of any person accessing, using or egressing
from the premises.
(2) If it is not reasonably practicable to eliminate the risk, the
controller of the premises must control the risk.
(3) A controller of premises must ensure that all measures (including
procedures and equipment) that are adopted to eliminate or control risks to
health or safety are properly used and maintained.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Note. This Part also contains specific risk control requirements with
which the controller must comply.
37 Controller of premises to review risk assessments and
control measures
A controller of premises must review a risk assessment, and any
measures adopted to control the risk, whenever:(a) there is evidence that the risk assessment is no longer valid,
or
(b) injury or illness results from exposure to a hazard to which the
risk assessment relates, or
(c) there is a significant change in the premises or place of work to
which the risk assessment relates.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
38 Controller of premises to provide information
(1) A controller of premises must provide other persons who have
responsibilities under this Regulation with all available information that is
necessary to enable the other persons to fulfil their responsibilities with
respect to the following:(a) identifying hazards,
(b) assessing risks arising from those hazards,
(c) eliminating or controlling those risks,
(d) providing information.
(2) Without limiting the generality of subclause (1), the controller
must provide any employer who uses the premises concerned as a place of work
with information about:(a) any foreseeable hazard arising from the premises that has the
potential to harm the health or safety of any person accessing, using or
egressing from the premises, and
(b) an assessment of any risk arising from the premises that has not
been eliminated by the controller, and
(c) the measures taken by the controller to control any such risk,
and
(d) any measures (including use and maintenance of procedures and
equipment) that the employer may need to adopt to control any such
risk.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Division 2 Fall prevention
39 Fall prevention—particular risk control
measures
A controller of premises must ensure that:(a) safe access is provided to all parts of a place of work to which a
person may require access and from which the person may fall,
and
(b) if the whole or any part of the roof of a building or structure
comprises or includes any brittle or fragile roofing material, warning signs
are provided that:(i) contain the words “DANGER—BRITTLE ROOF”,
and
(ii) are affixed to each individual slope, curve or section of the roof
and to all other places from which access to the roof may be obtained,
and
(c) walkways are provided and maintained over roofs that are wholly or
partly covered by brittle or fragile roofing material, and
(d) if windows are designed to be cleaned from the outside, anchorage
points for fall arrest devices are provided on each window or other safe means
for cleaning every window of the building or structure are provided,
and
(e) floors are designed to be safe without risks of slips, trips or
falls, with adequate drainage (if necessary) and appropriate floor coverings
(if necessary).
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Division 3 Electricity
40 Application
In the event of an inconsistency between the requirements of this
Division and the Electricity Safety (Electrical Installations)
Regulation 1998, the requirements of that Regulation
prevail.Note. The Electricity Safety (Electrical Installations)
Regulation 1998 requires all electrical installation work (as
defined in that Regulation) to be carried out in accordance with AS/NZS 3000:2000 Electrical
installations (known as the Australian/New Zealand Wiring
Rules).
41 Electricity—particular risk control
measures
(1) A controller of premises must ensure that:(a) any electrical installation at the premises:(i) is safe at the time it is made available for use by an employer,
or
(ii) if not safe, is disconnected from the electricity supply and
secured and the employer is informed that it is not safe,
and
(b) electrical installations containing live electrical components
(such as control panels, switchrooms, switchyards and substations) are
suitably secured to prevent inadvertent access, and
(c) persons entering an area in which such electrical installations
are situated are appropriately trained in issues such as safe entry, emergency
procedures and safe use of electrical plant and
equipment.
(2) A controller of premises must ensure that:(a) any electrical article provided for use at, or in connection with
any electrical installation at, a place of work is safe at the time the place
of work is made available for use by an employer, or
(b) if not safe, the article is disconnected from the electricity
supply and secured and the employer is informed that it is not
safe.
(3) A controller of premises must ensure that any such electrical
installation or electrical article that is connected to the electricity supply
is, to the extent that the owner retains control over the installation or
article, maintained in a safe condition.
(4) A controller of premises must ensure that persons working in, or
undertaking maintenance on, the premises (apart from those undertaking
electrical work) are prevented from coming within an unsafe distance from any
overhead electrical power lines or live electrical installations unless a risk
assessment determines otherwise.
(5) A controller of premises must obtain documentation of any
significant modifications made to electrical circuits at the premises from the
person doing the work and ensure that the documentation is maintained and kept
readily accessible for persons undertaking further electrical
work.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Division 4 Asbestos
42 Definitions
Words and expressions used in this Division have the same meanings
as they have in Part 8.7 (Asbestos—particular
provisions).
43 Asbestos—risk assessment and control
A controller of premises that contains asbestos or
asbestos-containing material must ensure that risk assessment and control
measures are carried out in accordance with the document entitled
“Guide to the Control of
Asbestos Hazards in Buildings and Structures [NOHSC: 3002
(1988)]” published by the NOHS Commission, as in
force from time to time.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Note. See clause 34 for obligation of controller to identify presence of
asbestos material.
44 Record keeping—register of asbestos
A controller of premises must ensure that:(a) a register, in which the type, condition and location of all
asbestos and asbestos-containing material in any place of work is recorded, is
prepared and maintained, and
(b) any action taken to control asbestos and asbestos-containing
material in the place of work or in plant at the place of work is recorded in
the register, including details of:(i) any assessment concerning the asbestos that took place before the
work was carried out, and
(ii) if the work was carried out by a contractor rather than by an
employee of the controller, the name of the person who carried out the work,
and
(iii) the date on which the work was carried out,
and
(c) all occupiers of the place of work are provided with a copy of the
register and all updates to it.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
Part 4.3 Use of places of work
Note. Section 8 of the Act contains a general requirement for employers
to ensure the health, safety and welfare at work of their employees. That
requirement extends to:(a) ensuring that any premises controlled by the employer where the
employees work (and the means of access to or exit from the premises) are safe
and without risks to health, and
(b) ensuring that any plant or substance provided for use by the
employees at work is safe and without risks to health when properly used,
and
(c) ensuring that systems of work and the working environment of the
employees are safe and without risks to health, and
(d) providing such information, instruction, training and supervision
as may be necessary to ensure the employees’ health and safety at work,
and
(e) providing adequate facilities for the welfare of the employees at
work.
Section 8 also requires an employer to ensure that people (other
than the employees of the employer) are not exposed to risks to their health
or safety arising from the conduct of the employer’s undertaking while
they are at the employer’s place of work.
Chapter 2 of this Regulation also contains general obligations of
employers to control risks. This Part sets out particular risk control
measures to be undertaken by employers. Employer, for the purposes of
this Part, includes self-employed persons (see clause 3).
Section 9 of the Act contains a general requirement for a
self-employed person to ensure that people (other than employees of the
person) are not exposed to risks to their health or safety arising from the
conduct of the person’s undertaking while they are at the person’s
place of work.
Division 1 Working space
45 Working space—particular risk control
measures
An employer must ensure that:(a) sufficient working space is provided to allow persons to work
safely, and
(b) floors and surfaces are constructed and maintained to minimise the
possibility of slips, trips and falls, and
(c) persons are unhindered and able to move safely around a place of
work.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Note. See also Division 9 (Working in confined
spaces).
Division 2 Lighting
46 Lighting—particular risk control measures
An employer must ensure that lighting is provided that:(a) is adequate to allow employees to work safely,
and
(b) does not create excessive glare or reflection,
and
(c) is adequate to allow persons who are not employees to move safely
within the place of work, and
(d) facilitates safe access to and egress from the place of work,
including emergency exits.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Division 3 Heat and cold
47 Hot working environments—particular risk control
measures
An employer must ensure that:(a) adequate ventilation and air movement is provided in indoor
environments that may become hot, and
(b) appropriate work and rest regimes relative to the physical
fitness, general health, medication taken and body weight of each employee
exposed to heat are implemented.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
48 Cold working environments—particular risk control
measures
An employer must ensure that:(a) employees exposed to cold have adequate access to heated or
sheltered work areas and warm clothing or other personal protective equipment,
and
(b) appropriate work and rest regimes relative to the physical
fitness, general health, medication taken and body weight of each employee
exposed to cold are implemented.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Division 4 Noise management
49 Noise management—particular risk control
measures
(1) An employer must ensure that appropriate control measures are
taken if a person is exposed to noise levels that:(a) exceed an 8-hour noise level equivalent of 85 dB(A),
or
(b) peak at more than 140 dB(C).
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(2) For the purposes of subclause (1):(a) the measurement is to be made in accordance with AS/NZS 1269.1:1998 Occupational
noise management Part 1: Measurement and assessment of noise imission and
exposure, and
(b) exposure to noise is taken to be measured at the position of the
ears of a person, or at an equivalent of that position,
and
(c) the measurement is to be made on the assumption that the person is
not wearing any device to protect himself or herself from
noise.
Division 5 Atmosphere
50 Definitions
In this Division:atmospheric
contaminant means:
(a) a hazardous substance that occurs in the form of a fume, mist,
gas, dust or vapour, or
(b) an asphyxiant, or
(c) nuisance dust,
to which persons may be exposed in the working
environment.inspirable dust
means those airborne particles of dust that can be taken in through the nose
or mouth during breathing.
respirable fibre
means a fibrous particle with a diameter of less than 3 micrometres and a
length of greater than 5 micrometres, with a length to width ratio of greater
than 3:1, that can reach the deepest part of a lung.
safe
oxygen level means a minimum oxygen content in air of 19.5% by
volume under normal atmospheric pressure and a maximum oxygen content in air
of 23.5% by volume under normal atmospheric pressure.
synthetic mineral
fibre means any manufactured mineral fibre, including mineral
woolrock (rockwool and slagwool), glasswool (including superfine glassfibre)
and ceramic fibres.
synthetic mineral
fibre dust means dust arising from a synthetic mineral
fibre.
TWA
(time-weighted average) means the average airborne concentration of a
particular substance when calculated over a normal 8-hour working day for a
5-day working week.
51 Atmospheric contaminants—particular risk control
measures
(1) An employer must ensure that no person at a place of work is
exposed to an airborne concentration of an atmospheric contaminant that
exceeds or breaches a standard referred to in or determined under subclause
(2).Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(2) For the purposes of subclause (1), the standard is as
follows:(a) for atmospheric contaminants other than synthetic mineral fibre
dust—as determined in accordance with the documents entitled
“Guidance Note on the
Interpretation of Exposure Standards for Atmospheric Contaminants in the
Occupational Environment [NOHSC:
3008]” and “Adopted National Exposure Standards for Atmospheric Contaminants
in the Occupational Environment [NOHSC:
1003]”, as amended from time to time by amendments
published in the Chemical Gazette of the Commonwealth of
Australia,
(b) (Repealed)
(c) for synthetic mineral fibre dust if almost all the airborne
mineral is fibrous—in addition to a respirable standard determined under
paragraph (a), an exposure standard of 2 mg/m3 (TWA) of inspirable
dust, but where the inspirable standard is not to take precedence over the
respirable standard,
(d) for dusts not otherwise classified—10mg/m3 (TWA)
inspirable dust exposure standard applies.
52 Unsafe levels of oxygen—risk control
measures
An employer must ensure that appropriate risk control measures are
taken when atmospheres in a place of work contain an unsafe oxygen
level.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
53 Ventilation—particular risk control
measures
An employer must ensure that:(a) mechanical ventilation appropriate for the work being carried out
is used to control atmospheric contaminants and that the ventilation is
maintained regularly, and
(b) if a mechanical ventilation system is used to control exposure to
a contaminant, the system:(i) is located as close as is practicable to the source of the
contaminant to minimise the risk of inhalation by a person at work,
and
(ii) is used for as long as the contaminant is present,
and
(iii) is kept free from accumulations of dust, fibre and other waste
materials and is maintained regularly, and
(iv) if the system is provided to control contaminants arising from
flammable or combustible substances—is designed and constructed so as to
prevent the occurrence of fire or explosion, and
(c) if a ducted ventilation system is used, an inspection point is
fitted at any place where blockages in the ventilation system are likely to
occur.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
54 Entry protection—contaminated atmosphere or unsafe
levels of oxygen
An employer must ensure that any place of work at which there is a
risk of exposure to atmospheric contaminants or unsafe levels of oxygen is
isolated and that appropriate warning signs are provided at the
place.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
55 Atmospheric monitoring
If a risk assessment under Chapter 2 indicates that monitoring of
atmospheric contaminants should be undertaken at an employer’s place of
work, the employer must ensure that:(a) appropriate monitoring is undertaken in accordance with a suitable
procedure, and
(b) the results of the monitoring are recorded,
and
(c) any employee or other person working at the employer’s place
of work who may be or may have been exposed to an atmospheric contaminant that
has been monitored is provided with the results of the monitoring,
and
(d) the monitoring records are readily accessible to any such employee
or person.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
Division 6 Working at heights
56 Prevention of falls from heights—particular risk
control measures
(1) An employer must ensure that risks associated with falls from a
height are controlled by use of the following measures:(a) provision and maintenance of:(i) a stable and securely fenced work platform (such as scaffolding or
other form of portable work platform), or
(ii) if compliance with subparagraph (i) is not reasonably
practicable—secure perimeter screens, fencing, handrails or other forms
of physical barriers that are capable of preventing the fall of a person,
or
(iii) if compliance with subparagraph (ii) is not reasonably
practicable—other forms of physical restraints that are capable of
arresting the fall of a person from a height of more than 2
metres,
(b) provision of a safe means of movement between different levels at
the place of work.
(2) If a fall arrest device is provided for use by persons at work,
the employer must ensure that:(a) all anchorage points for the device are inspected by a competent
person before their first use and then on a regular basis so they are capable
of supporting the design loads, and
(b) if the load-bearing capacity of an anchorage point is impaired,
the anchorage is immediately made inoperable so as to prevent its use,
and
(c) any harness, safety line or other component of the device that
shows wear or weakness to the extent it may cause the device to fail is not
used, and
(d) all persons using the device have received training in the
selection, assembly and use of the system, and
(e) adequate provision is made for the rescue of a person whose fall
is arrested by a fall arrest device.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
57 Falling objects—particular risk control
measures
An employer must ensure that risks associated with falling objects
are controlled by use of the following measures:(a) provision of safe means of raising and lowering plant, materials
and debris in the place of work,
(b) provision of a secure physical barrier to prevent objects falling
freely from buildings or structures in or in the vicinity of the place of
work,
(c) if it is not possible to provide a secure physical barrier,
provision of measures to arrest the fall of objects,
(d) provision of appropriate personal protective
equipment.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
58 Scaffolding—particular risk control
measures
An employer must ensure that:(a) a scaffold from which a person or object could fall more than 4
metres, and its supporting structure, is inspected by a competent person for
compliance with this Regulation:(i) before its first use, and
(ii) as soon as practicable, and before its next use, after an
occurrence that might reasonably be expected to affect the stability or
adequacy of the scaffold or its supporting structure, such as a severe storm
or earthquake, and
(iii) before its use following repairs, and
(iv) at intervals not exceeding 30 days, and
(b) if an inspection of a scaffold or its supporting structure
indicates an unsafe condition, appropriate repairs, alterations or additions
are carried out and the scaffold and its supporting structure are re-inspected
by a competent person before further use of the scaffold,
and
(c) if a scaffold is incomplete and left unattended, appropriate
controls, including the use of danger tags or warning signs, are used to
prevent unauthorised access to it, and
(d) the erection and dismantling of:(i) scaffolds, and
(ii) temporarily erected structures, intended or used to support
sheetings, hoardings, guard rails, means of access or egress and entertainment
equipment,
is carried out in compliance with AS/NZS 1576.1:1995 Scaffolding Part
1: General requirements.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
59 Lifts—particular risk control measures
An employer must ensure that, if a person is working in a lift
well, adequate provision is made for the protection of the person from objects
falling on the person or movement of the lift car, including provision of the
following:(a) a means of isolating the lift car to prevent
movement,
(b) a safe working platform,
(c) adequate protection decking,
(d) suitable access to the lift well, working platform and protection
decking.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
60 Brittle or fragile roofs—particular risk control
measures
An employer must ensure that the risk of falls associated with
persons working on or passing across roofs that are wholly or partly covered
by brittle or fragile roofing material are controlled by use of the following
measures:(a) permanent walkways,
(b) if this is not practicable, adequately secured temporary walkways
or other means to prevent the fall of persons working on or passing across the
roof.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
61 Building maintenance—particular risk control
measures
An employer must ensure that risks of falls associated with
building maintenance, including window cleaning, from outside or through
windows are controlled by:(a) the provision of adequate safe access to the work area,
or
(b) if compliance with paragraph (a) is not reasonably practicable,
the use of appropriate fall arrest devices.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Division 7 Fire and explosion
62 Fire and explosion—particular risk control
measures
(1) An employer must ensure that risks associated with fire or
explosion at a place of work are controlled by:(a) eliminating activities that have the potential to generate
flammable or explosive atmospheres from the work process or, if elimination is
not possible, minimising the potential for flammable or explosive atmospheres
by providing adequate ventilation, and
(b) eliminating potential ignition sources, including naked flame, hot
work and electrical equipment, and sources of static electricity, including
friction, welding and slipping belts, from proximity to flammable substances,
combustible dusts or waste materials, and
(c) enclosing work areas containing flammable or explosive
atmospheres, and
(d) removing waste materials and accumulated dust on a regular basis,
and
(e) providing for adequate storage, transportation and disposal of
flammable substances, and
(f) any other measures necessary to control the
risks.
(2) If flammable substances, combustible dusts or waste materials are
present at a place of work, an employer must monitor the place regularly to
ensure:(a) the removal, on a regular basis, of waste material, including
dust, that could pose a fire or explosion hazard, and
(b) the continued effectiveness of control measures taken with respect
to potential ignition sources.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Division 8 Electricity
63 Application
In the event of an inconsistency between the requirements of this
Division and the Electricity Safety (Electrical Installations)
Regulation 1998, the requirements of that Regulation
prevail.
64 Electricity—particular risk control
measures
(1) An employer must ensure that any risk of injury from electricity
at a place of work is eliminated or, if elimination is not reasonably
practicable, the risk is controlled.
(2) An employer must ensure that:(a) Electrical installations at places of work
all electrical installations at a place of work are inspected and
tested, after they are installed and prior to their energising for normal use,
by a competent person to ensure they are safe for use, and
(a1) all electrical installations at a place of work are maintained by
a competent person to ensure they remain safe for use, and
(a2) Electrical articles used in construction work
all electrical articles that are used in construction work are
regularly inspected, tested and maintained by a competent person to ensure
they are safe for use if the articles are supplied with electricity through an
electrical outlet socket, and
(a3) Electrical articles that may be affected by hostile
environment
all electrical articles that are supplied with electricity through
an electrical outlet socket that are at a place of work where the safe
operation of the electrical article could be affected by a hostile operating
environment are regularly inspected, tested and maintained by a competent
person to ensure they are safe for use, and
(a4) Electrical installations and articles found to be
unsafe
all electrical installations and electrical articles at a place of
work that are found to be unsafe are disconnected from the electricity supply
and are repaired, replaced or permanently removed from use,
and
(b) plant is not used in conditions likely to give rise to electrical
hazards, and
(c) appropriate work systems are provided to prevent inadvertent
energising of plant connected to the electricity supply,
and
(d) if excavation work is to be carried out at a place of work, all
available information concerning the position of underground electrical cables
is obtained and disseminated to persons at the place, and
(e) persons at work, their plant, tools or other equipment and any
materials used in or arising from the work do not come into close proximity
with overhead electrical power lines (except if the work is done in accordance
with a written risk assessment and safe system of work and the requirements of
the relevant electricity supply authority), and
(f) any electrical cord extension sets, flexible cables or
fittings:(i) are located where they are not likely to be damaged (including
damage by liquids) or are protected against any damage,
and
(ii) are not laid across passageways or accessways unless they are
suitably protected, and
(g) adequate signs to warn of the hazards, and (if necessary) restrict
access, are provided at or near any area in which there is a risk of exposure
of persons to hazards arising from electricity.
(3) In this clause, hostile
operating environment means an operating environment at a place of
work where an electrical article is in its normal use subjected to operating
conditions that are likely to result in damage to the article, and, for
example, includes an operating environment that may:(a) cause mechanical damage to the article, or
(b) expose the article to moisture, heat, vibration, corrosive
substances or dust that is likely to result in damage to the
article.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
65 Maintenance of records—electricity
(1) An employer must ensure that a record is made and kept of all
inspections and tests made and maintenance carried out on electrical articles
and electrical installations required by this Part.
(2) In particular, the following information is to be recorded:(a) the name of the person who made the inspection or carried out the
test or maintenance,
(b) the date on which, or dates over which, the inspection was made or
the test or maintenance was carried out,
(c) the result or outcome of the inspection, test or
maintenance,
(d) the date by which the next inspection and test must be carried
out.
Maximum penalty: Level 2.
Division 9 Working in confined spaces
66 Definitions
In this Division:confined
space, in relation to a place of work, means an enclosed or
partially enclosed space that:
(a) is not intended or designed primarily as a place of work,
and
(b) is at atmospheric pressure while persons are in it,
and
(c) may have an atmosphere with potentially harmful contaminants, an
unsafe level of oxygen or stored substances that may cause engulfment,
and
(d) may (but need not) have restricted means of entry and
exit.
Examples of confined spaces are as follows:
(a) storage tanks, tank cars, process vessels, boilers, pressure
vessels, silos and other tank-like compartments,
(b) open-topped spaces such as pits or degreasers,
(c) pipes, sewers, shafts, ducts and similar
structures,
(d) shipboard spaces entered through a small hatchway or access point,
cargo tanks, cellular double bottom tanks, duct keels, ballast and oil tanks
and void spaces (but not including dry cargo
holds).
safe
oxygen level means a minimum oxygen content in air of 19.5% by
volume under normal atmospheric pressure and a maximum oxygen content in air
of 23.5% by volume under normal atmospheric pressure.
67 Application
This Division applies to work in a confined space at any place of
work.
68 Entry to or work in or on confined space—particular
risk control measures
An employer must ensure that no person enters a confined space or
that work is not carried out inside or on the outside of a confined space
if:(a) there is a risk to the health and safety of a person entering,
occupying or working on the surface of the confined space,
or
(b) there is a risk of fire or explosion,
and the risk has not been controlled as required by this
Regulation.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
69 Isolation or control of potentially hazardous
services—particular risk control measures
An employer must ensure that no person enters a confined space
unless all potentially hazardous services that are normally connected to the
confined space are isolated or otherwise controlled so as to prevent:(a) the introduction of any materials, contaminants, agents or
conditions that may be harmful to a person occupying the confined space,
or
(b) the activation or energising in any way of equipment or services
that may pose a risk to the health or safety of a person inside the confined
space.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
70 Purging before entry—particular risk control
measures
(1) An employer must ensure that, if appropriate, a confined space is
cleared of all contaminants by use of a suitable purging agent by which
contaminants are displaced from the confined space before a person enters the
confined space.
(2) An employer must ensure that pure oxygen or a gas mixture in a
concentration of more than 21% of oxygen by volume is not used for the purging
or ventilation of a confined space.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
71 Safety of atmosphere—particular risk control
measures
(1) Subject to subclause (4), an employer must ensure that no person
enters a confined space unless:(a) the confined space contains a safe oxygen level,
and
(b) any atmospheric contaminants in the confined space are reduced
below the appropriate exposure standards referred to in clause 51 (Atmospheric
contaminants—particular risk control measures), and
(c) the confined space is free from extremes of temperature,
and
(d) the concentration of any flammable contaminant in the atmosphere
of the confined space is below 5% of its LEL.
(2) An employer must ensure that, if a concentration of flammable
contaminant in the atmosphere of a confined space is found to be more than 5%
of its LEL and less than 10% of its LEL, all persons leave the confined space
unless a continuous monitoring, suitably calibrated flammable contaminant
detector is used in the confined space at all times while persons are present
in it.
(3) An employer must ensure that, if a concentration of flammable
contaminant in the atmosphere of a confined space is found to be 10% of its
LEL or more, all persons leave the confined space.
(4) If a safe oxygen level cannot be provided or atmospheric
contaminants cannot be reduced to safe levels in a confined space, persons may
enter the space if equipped with suitable personal protective equipment
including air supplied respiratory protective
equipment.
(5) If an atmospheric contaminant is present in a confined space, or a
confined space contains less than 19.5% oxygen, an employer must provide
warning signs.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
72 Entry permits—particular risk control
measures
(1) An employer must ensure that no person enters or works in or on a
confined space unless authorised by an entry permit given by the
employer.
(2) An entry permit must:(a) be in writing, and
(b) identify the confined space, and
(c) clearly describe the work to be carried out in or on the confined
space, and
(d) set out risk control measures to be taken, and
(e) record the names of all persons who may enter or work in or on the
confined space, and
(f) record the dates and times when the persons may enter or be in or
on the confined space to carry out the work.
(3) The entry permit must be provided to the person responsible for
direct control of the work to be carried out in or on the confined
space.
(4) The employer must ensure that the persons who are to carry out the
work are informed of and comply with the requirements of the entry
permit.
(5) The employer must ensure that, before authorisation is given for
the confined space to be returned to service, the person in direct control of
the work in the confined space acknowledges, in writing, that:(a) the work in or on the confined space has been completed,
and
(b) all persons involved in the carrying out of the work have left the
confined space.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
73 Stand-by persons—particular risk control
measures
(1) An employer must ensure that one or more stand-by persons are
present outside a confined space when any person is inside the confined
space.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(2) In this clause, stand-by
person means a competent person who:(a) is assigned to remain on the outside of, and in close proximity
to, the confined space, and
(b) is capable of being in continuous communication with and, if
practicable, able to observe persons inside the confined space,
and
(c) is capable of operating monitoring equipment used to ensure safety
during entry to and work in the confined space, and
(d) is capable of initiating emergency procedures (including rescue
procedures), if necessary.
74 Emergencies—particular risk control
measures
(1) An employer must, when persons are inside a confined space, ensure
that emergency equipment (including rescue and first aid equipment)
appropriate for the particular circumstances in which the persons are inside
the space is provided.
(2) An employer must ensure that emergency procedures are planned,
established and rehearsed in relation to the presence of persons in a confined
space.
(3) An employer must ensure that:(a) openings for entry to and egress from a confined space are of
adequate size to permit the rescue of all persons who may be in the space,
and
(b) openings are not obstructed by fittings or equipment that could
impede the rescue of persons or, alternatively, if this cannot be done, that
another suitable means of rescue is provided.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
75 Entry protection—particular risk control
measures
An employer must ensure that appropriate signs are displayed and
protective barriers are erected to prevent the entry into a confined space of
persons who are not authorised by an entry permit referred to in clause
72.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
76 Atmospheric testing and monitoring—particular risk
control measures
An employer must ensure that appropriate atmospheric testing and
monitoring is carried out if a confined space has or may:(a) become contaminated with an atmospheric contaminant,
or
(b) become contaminated with a flammable contaminant,
or
(c) have an oxygen level that is not a safe oxygen
level.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
77 Training
(1) An employer must provide training for all persons who are required
to work in or on a confined space in all relevant activities relating to
entering and working in or on the confined space.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(2) The training program must include instruction in the
following:(a) the hazards of confined spaces,
(b) risk assessment procedures,
(c) risk control measures,
(d) emergency procedures,
(e) selection, use, fitting and maintenance of safety
equipment.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(3) Training must also be provided for persons who:(a) perform assessments in relation to the safety of confined spaces,
and
(b) issue entry permits for work in confined spaces,
and
(c) design and fix the layout of work places, and
(d) manage or supervise (or both) persons working in or near confined
spaces, including any contractor, and
(e) maintain equipment used for and during entry to confined spaces,
and
(f) purchase, distribute, fit, wear or maintain personal protective
equipment used in relation to the carrying out of work in confined spaces,
and
(g) are on stand-by in relation to work in confined spaces,
and
(h) are involved in rescue and first aid procedures in relation to
work in confined spaces.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(4) An employer must make a written record of:(a) the training provided, and
(b) the persons to whom the training is
provided.
Maximum penalty (subclause (4)): Level
3.
78 Record keeping
(1) An employer must keep and maintain:(a) entry permits in relation to work in confined spaces for a period
of one month after return of the confined spaces to service,
and
(b) risk assessment reports in relation to work in confined spaces for
5 years after the date of preparation, and
(c) records of training in relation to work in confined spaces for the
terms of employment of persons to whom the training has been
provided.
(2) Despite subclause (1), the documents referred to in that subclause
are to be kept for such period as is appropriate in cases where continued
surveillance of the health of employees or other continued monitoring is
required.Note. See also clause 171 (Employer to retain certain material as
record) as to the responsibilities of employers as to record
keeping.
(3) All records kept in accordance with this clause are to be made
available to regulatory authority inspectors and employees (in relation to
their own personal circumstances) on request.
Maximum penalty: Level 1.
Part 4.4 Manual handling
Note. Employer,
for the purposes of this Part, includes self-employed persons (see clause
3).
79 Definition
In this Part:manual
handling means any activity requiring the use of force exerted by a
person to lift, lower, push, pull, carry or otherwise move, hold or restrain
any animate or inanimate object.
80 Employer to control risks
(1) An employer must ensure that:(a) all objects are, where appropriate and as far as reasonably
practicable, designed, constructed and maintained so as to eliminate risks
arising from the manual handling of the objects, and
(b) work practices used in a place of work are designed so as to
eliminate risks arising from manual handling, and
(c) the working environment is designed to be, as far as reasonably
practicable and to the extent that it is within the employer’s control,
consistent with the safe handling of objects.
(2) If it is not reasonably practicable to eliminate a risk arising
from manual handling, an employer must design the work activity involving
manual handling to control the risk and, if necessary, must:(a) modify the design of the objects to be handled or the work
environment (to the extent that it is under the employer’s control),
taking into account work design and work practices, and
(b) provide mechanical aids or, subject to subclause (3), make
arrangements for team lifting, or both, and
(c) ensure that the persons carrying out the activity are trained in
manual handling techniques, correct use of mechanical aids and team lifting
procedures appropriate to the activity.
(3) An employer must, as far as reasonably practicable, achieve risk
control by means other than team lifting.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
81 Assessment of risks
An employer, in carrying out a risk assessment in accordance with
Chapter 2 in relation to manual handling, must take into consideration (where
relevant) the following factors:(a) actions and movements (including repetitive actions and
movements),
(b) workplace and workstation layout,
(c) working posture and position,
(d) duration and frequency of manual handling,
(e) location of loads and distances moved,
(f) weights and forces,
(g) characteristics of loads and equipment,
(h) work organisation,
(i) work environment,
(j) skills and experience,
(k) age,
(l) clothing,
(m) special needs (temporary or permanent),
(n) any other factors considered relevant by the employer, the
employees or their representatives on health and safety
issues.
Part 4.5 Long distance truck driver fatigue
81A Definitions
In this Part:activities of a person
include anything done or omitted to be done by the person, anything done or
omitted to be done under the terms of a contract to which the person is a
party, anything done or omitted to be done by the person’s employee or
agent in the course of his or her employment or agency and anything done or
omitted to be done in accordance with a work practice over which the person
has control.
carrier
means a person who in the course of the person’s business (including a
business carried on under a franchise or other arrangement) transports freight
for another person by means of a motor vehicle.
combination means a group
of vehicles consisting of a motor vehicle connected to one or more
vehicles.
consignee means a person to
whom a consignment of freight is to be delivered, being a person who carries
on business of which a substantial part is prescribed business.
consignor means a person from
whom a consignment of freight is to be delivered, being a person who carries
on business of which a substantial part is prescribed business.
contract
includes a series of contracts.
driver fatigue
management plan means a plan that sets out how the person required
to prepare the plan will meet its obligations under the Act and this
Regulation in relation to any risk associated with the fatigue of drivers that
transport freight long distance.
freight
includes goods, materials, livestock or any other things, but does not include
persons.
GVM has the
same meaning as in the Road Transport
(Vehicle Registration) Act 1997.
head
carrier means a carrier other than a self employed
carrier.
heavy
truck means:
(a) a motor vehicle with a GVM over 4.5 tonnes, or
(b) a motor vehicle forming part of a combination if the total of the
GVMs of the vehicles in the combination is over 4.5
tonnes.
motor
vehicle means a vehicle that is built to be propelled by a motor
that forms part of the vehicle.
prescribed business
means business that falls within one or more of the following Divisions
recognised in the Australian and New Zealand
Standard Industrial Classification (ANZSIC), 1993 edition
(Australian Bureau of Statistics publication, Catalogue No 1292.0):
(a) Agriculture, Forestry and Fishing (Division
A),
(b) Mining (Division B),
(c) Manufacturing (Division C),
(d) Construction (Division E),
(e) Wholesale Trade (Division F),
(f) Retail Trade (Division G),
(g) Accommodation, Cafes and Restaurants (Division
H),
(h) Transport and Storage (Division I),
(i) Communication Services (Division J),
(j) Property and Business Services (Division L),
(k) Cultural and Recreational Services (Division
P).
self-employed
carrier means:
(a) a partnership that carries on business as a carrier, being a
business in which any heavy truck used for the transport of freight is driven
only by a partner of the business, or
(b) a body corporate that carries on business as a carrier, being a
business in which any heavy truck used for the transport of freight is driven
only by:(i) a director of the body corporate or a member of the family of a
director of the body corporate, or
(ii) a person who, together with the members of his or her family, has
a controlling interest in the body corporate, or
(iii) a member of the family of a person who, together with the members
of his or her family, has a controlling interest in the body corporate,
or
(c) an individual who carries on business as a carrier, being a
business in which any heavy truck used for the transport of freight is driven
only by the individual.
Note. The classes of persons that are taken to be self-employed carriers
for the purposes of this Part are based on those specified in section 309 of
the Industrial Relations Act
1996.
transport freight
long distance means transport freight by means of a heavy truck
(whether by means of a single journey or a series of journeys) more than 500
kilometres, including any part of the journey or journeys where no freight is
transported because the heavy truck is being driven to collect freight or to
return to base after transporting freight.
81B Duty to assess and manage fatigue of drivers
(1) An employer must not cause or permit any of its employees to
transport freight long distance unless:(a) the employer has assessed the risk of harm from fatigue to the
employee’s health or safety in doing so, and
(b) to the extent to which the employer’s activities contribute
to that risk:(i) the employer has eliminated the risk, or
(ii) if elimination of the risk is not reasonably practicable, the
employer has controlled the risk.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Note. Employers of drivers are also covered by clauses 10 and 11 of this
Regulation. Clause 11 provides that an employer must eliminate any reasonably
foreseeable risk to the health or safety of any employee of the employer or if
it is not reasonably practicable to eliminate the risk, then the employer must
control the risk.
(2) A head carrier must not enter into a contract with a self-employed
carrier under which the self-employed carrier undertakes to transport freight
long distance unless:(a) the head carrier has assessed the risk of harm from fatigue to the
health or safety of any driver who transports freight long distance under the
contract, and
(b) to the extent to which the head carrier’s activities
contribute to that risk:(i) the head carrier has eliminated the risk, or
(ii) if elimination of the risk is not reasonably practicable, the head
carrier has controlled the risk.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(3) A consignor or consignee must not enter into a contract with a
self-employed carrier under which the self-employed carrier undertakes to
transport freight long distance unless:(a) the consignor or consignee has assessed the risk of harm from
fatigue to the health or safety of any driver that transports freight long
distance under the contract, and
(b) to the extent to which the consignor or consignee’s
activities contribute to that risk:(i) the consignor or consignee has eliminated the risk,
or
(ii) if elimination of the risk is not reasonably practicable, the
consignor or consignee has controlled the risk.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
81C Duty of consignors and consignees to make inquiries as to
likely fatigue of drivers
A consignor or consignee must not enter a contract with a head
carrier for the transport of freight long distance unless the consignor or
consignee has satisfied itself on reasonable grounds:(a) that any delivery timetable is reasonable as regards the fatigue
of any driver transporting freight long distance under the contract, taking
into account industry knowledge of a reasonable time for the making of such a
trip (including loading, unloading and queuing times), and
(b) that each driver who will transport freight long distance under
the contract is covered by a driver fatigue management
plan.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
81D Driver fatigue management plans
(1) An employer (other than a self-employed carrier) must prepare a
driver fatigue management plan for all its employees who are drivers who, in
the course of their employment, transport freight long
distance.Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(2) A head carrier that enters into a contract with a self-employed
carrier under which the self-employed carrier undertakes to transport freight
long distance must prepare a driver fatigue management plan for all drivers
who transport freight long distance under the contract.Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(3) A consignor or consignee that enters into a contract with a
self-employed carrier under which the self-employed carrier undertakes to
transport freight long distance must prepare a driver fatigue management plan
for all drivers who transport freight long distance under the
contract.Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(4) A driver fatigue management plan prepared under this clause must
address each of the following matters to the extent to which they may affect
driver fatigue:(a) trip schedules and driver rosters, taking into account the
following:(i) times required to perform tasks safely,
(ii) times actually taken to perform tasks,
(iii) rest periods required to recover from the fatigue effects of
work,
(iv) the cumulative effects of fatigue over more than one
day,
(v) the effect of the time of day or night on
fatigue,
(b) management practices, including the following:(i) methods for assessing the suitability of
drivers,
(ii) systems for reporting hazards and incidents,
(iii) systems for monitoring driver’s health and
safety,
(c) work environment and amenities,
(d) training and information about fatigue that is provided to
drivers,
(e) loading and unloading schedules, practices and systems, including
queuing practices and systems,
(f) accidents or mechanical failures.
(5) A person who is required to prepare a driver fatigue management
plan may amend or replace the plan at any time.
(6) A person who is required to prepare a driver fatigue management
plan:(a) must consult in accordance with Division 2 of Part 2 of the Act
during the preparation of the plan and at each time the person proposes to
amend or replace the plan (except if the proposed amendment or replacement
would only change the effect of the plan in a minor way),
and
(b) must ensure that the person’s activities are consistent with
that plan, and
(c) must make a copy of the plan available to each driver covered by
the plan.
Maximum penalty: Level 1.
81E Application of Part to consignors and consignees and
their agents
(1) Clauses 81B (3), 81C and 81D (3) apply to an agent or other person
acting on behalf of a consignor or consignee in the same way as they apply to
a consignor or consignee.
(2) If an offence under clause 81B (3), 81C or 81D (3) is committed by
an agent or other person acting on behalf of a consignor or consignee, the
consignor or consignee is also guilty of the
offence.
(3) Clauses 81B (3), 81C and 81D (3) do not apply to or in respect of
either of the following:(a) a consignor or consignee that employs fewer than 200 employees
(including persons carrying out work for the consignor or consignee under
labour hire arrangements),
(b) an agent or other person acting on behalf of a consignor or
consignee referred to in paragraph (a).
81F Records
(1) A person who is required to prepare a driver fatigue management
plan is to keep the following documents:(a) all driver fatigue management plans prepared by the
person,
(b) all contracts entered into in the course of the person’s
business (including any contracts of employment) that relate to the
transportation of freight long distance,
(c) all trip schedules, delivery timetables and driver rosters
prepared by or on behalf of the person or to which the person has access, but
only for those drivers for whom the person was required to prepare a driver
fatigue management plan,
(d) any risk assessments made by or on behalf of the person that
relate to the fatigue of drivers of heavy trucks.
Maximum penalty: Level 1.
(2) A person who is required to be satisfied of the matters set out in
clause 81C is to keep all documents that the person relied on to be satisfied
of those matters including the relevant contract and any relevant trip
schedules, delivery timetables and driver rosters to which the person has
access.Maximum penalty: Level 1.
(3) Despite subclauses (1) and (2), a person:(a) is not required to keep a driver fatigue management plan or a
contract for more than 5 years after the plan or contract ceases to have
effect, and
(b) is not required to keep a trip schedule, delivery timetable or
driver roster for more than 5 years after the end of the period covered by the
schedule, timetable or roster, and
(c) is not required to keep a risk assessment for more than 5 years
after the assessment is made, and
(d) is not required to keep any document that is required to be kept
under subclause (2) for more than 5 years after the relevant contract ceases
to have effect.
(4) For the purposes of this clause, if a document is amended in a
material way, each version of the document as amended is to be dealt with as a
separate document.
(5) A person who is required to keep documents under this clause must
make those documents available for inspection by an inspector or an authorised
representative in accordance with a request by the inspector or authorised
representative and, in any event, no later than 7 days after the date of the
request.Maximum penalty: Level 1.
(6) In this clause:authorised
representative means an authorised representative within the meaning
of Division 3 of Part 5 of the Act who is exercising functions under that
Division.
Chapter 5 Plant
Note. This Chapter imposes obligations on employers, among others.
Employer, for the purposes of
this Chapter, includes self-employed persons (see clause
3).
Part 5.1 Preliminary
82 Definitions
In this Chapter:alter, in
relation to plant, means change the design of, add to or take away from the
plant if the change may affect health or safety, but does not include routine
maintenance, repair or replacement.
AMBSC Code—Part
1: Copper Boilers means the Australian
Miniature Boiler Safety Committee Code Part 1, Issue 6—1994, Copper
Boilers, published by the Australian Miniature Boiler Safety
Committee.
AMBSC Code—Part
2: Steel Boilers means the Australian
Miniature Boiler Safety Committee Code Part 2, Issue 4—1995, Steel
Boilers, published by the Australian Miniature Boiler Safety
Committee.
amusement
device means equipment operated for hire or reward that provides
entertainment, sightseeing or amusement through movement of the equipment, or
part of the equipment, or when passengers travel on, around or along the
equipment but does not include any of the following:
(a) a crane, conveyor, escalator, hoist, lift or moving
walk,
(b) a railway to which the Rail
Safety Act 1993 applies,
(c) a vehicle that is required to be registered under the Road Transport (Vehicle Registration) Act
1997,
(d) a vessel to which the Commercial
Vessels Act 1979 applies,
(e) an aircraft to which the Air
Navigation Act 1938 applies.
boiler means
a vessel or an arrangement of vessels and interconnecting parts, in which
steam or other vapour is generated, or water or other liquid is heated at a
pressure above that of the atmosphere, by the application of fire, the
products of combustion, electrical power or similar high temperature means,
including superheaters, reheaters, economisers, boiler piping, supports,
mountings, valves, gauges, fittings, controls, the boiler setting and directly
associated equipment but does not include a fully flooded or pressurised
system in which water or other liquid is heated to a temperature lower than
the normal atmospheric boiling temperature of the liquid.
boom-type elevating
work platform means a powered telescoping device, hinged device or
articulated device, or any combination of these devices, used to support a
platform that can be propelled horizontally as well as vertically and on which
personnel, equipment or materials can be elevated, being a platform that can
be projected laterally outside its wheelbase.
bridge
crane means a crane comprising a bridge beam mounted at each end on
an end carriage, capable of travelling along elevated runways and having one
or more hoisting mechanisms arranged to traverse across the
bridge.
building maintenance
equipment means a suspended platform and associated equipment,
including a building maintenance unit or a swing stage, that incorporates
permanently installed overhead supports to provide access to the faces of a
building for maintenance, but does not include a suspended
scaffold.
building maintenance
unit means a power operated suspended platform and associated
equipment on a building specifically designed to provide permanent access to
the faces of the building for maintenance.
coin operated
amusement device means a power operated device that:
(a) is intended to be ridden, at the one time, by no more than 4
children below the age of 10 years, and
(b) is usually located in a shopping centre or similar public
location, and
(c) does not necessarily have an operator.
commissioning of plant
means performing the necessary adjustments, tests and inspections to ensure
plant is in full working order to specified requirements before the plant is
used, and includes recommissioning.
concrete
placing unit means mobile truck-mounted plant incorporating a
knuckle boom that is capable of power operated slewing and luffing to place
concrete by way of pumping through a pipeline attached to, or forming part of,
the boom of the plant.
conveyor
means an apparatus or equipment operated by any power other than manual power,
by which loads are raised, lowered or transported or capable of being raised,
lowered, transported or continuously driven by:
(a) an endless belt, rope or chain or other similar means,
or
(b) buckets, trays or other containers or fittings moved by an endless
belt, rope, chain or other similar means, or
(c) a rotating screw, or
(d) rollers,
and includes the supporting structure and auxiliary equipment and used in
connection with the conveyor.crane means
an appliance intended for raising or lowering a load and moving it
horizontally and includes the supporting structure of the crane and its
foundations, but does not include industrial lift trucks, earthmoving
machinery, amusement devices, tractors, industrial robots, conveyors, building
maintenance equipment, suspended scaffolds or lifts.
designer
of plant includes an employer or self-employed person who designs plant for
his, her or its own use at work.
earthmoving
machinery means an operator controlled item of plant used to
excavate, load, transport, compact or spread earth, overburden, rubble, spoil,
aggregate or similar material but does not include a tractor or industrial
lift truck.
elevating work
platform means a telescoping device, scissor device or articulating
device, or any combination of those devices, used to move personnel, equipment
or materials to and from work locations above the support
surface.
erect
includes altering the structure of plant.
ergonomic, in relation to the
functioning of plant and systems of work associated with plant, means
optimised by adaptation to human capacity or need.
fault means a
break or defect that may cause plant to present an increased risk to health
and safety and, in the case of a fault in the design of plant, means an aspect
of the design that may cause the plant to be a risk to health and safety if
manufactured in accordance with the design specifications.
fired
heater means a pressure vessel in which a liquid is heated below its
atmospheric boiling temperature or a process fluid is heated in tubes above or
below its atmospheric boiling temperature by the application of fire, the
products of combustion or electric power or similar high temperature
means.
gantry
crane means a crane comprising a bridge beam, supported at each end
by legs mounted on end carriages, capable of travelling on supporting surfaces
or deck levels, whether fixed or not and that has a crab with one or more
hoisting units arranged to travel across the bridge.
gas
cylinder means a particular rigid pressure vessel, exceeding 0.1 kg
but not exceeding 3,000 kg water capacity, without openings or integral
attachments on the shell other than at the ends, designed for the storage and
transport of gas under pressure.
guard means a
device that prevents or reduces access to a danger point or
area.
hoist means
an appliance intended for raising or lowering a load or persons, or both, and
includes a scissor type elevating work platform, mast-climbing work platform,
personnel and materials hoist, scaffolding hoist and serial hoist but does not
include a lift or building maintenance equipment.
industrial lift
truck means powered mobile plant, designed to move goods, materials
or equipment, equipped with an elevating load carriage and, normally, a
load-holding attachment but does not include a mobile crane or earthmoving
machinery.
industrial
robot means a multi-functional manipulator and its controllers,
capable of handling materials, parts, tools, or specialised devices, through
variable programmed motions for the performance of a variety of
tasks.
lift means any
permanent plant (or plant intended to be permanent) that is in or attached to
a building or structure and by means of which persons, goods or materials may
be raised or lowered within or on a car, cage or platform and the movement of
which is restricted by a guide or guides and includes an apparatus in the
nature of a stairway chair lift, escalator or moving walk, and any supporting
structure, machinery, equipment, gear, lift well, enclosures and
entrances.
log book
for an amusement device means a permanent written record of the details
required to be kept under this Chapter in respect of the amusement device so
as to form a comprehensive history in respect of it.
manufacturer of plant
includes an employer or self-employed person who manufactures plant for his,
her or its own use at work.
mast-climbing work
platform means a hoist having a working platform used for temporary
purposes to raise personnel and materials to the working position by means of
a drive system mounted on an extendable mast that may be tied to a
building.
mobile
crane means a crane capable of travelling over a supporting surface
without the need for fixed runways (including railway tracks) and relying only
on gravity for stability, that is, with no vertical restraining connection
between itself and the supporting surface and no horizontal restraining
connection (other than frictional forces at supporting-surface level) that may
act as an aid to stability.
operator protective
devices include roll over protective structures, falling object
protective structures, operator restraining devices and seat
belts.
plant
includes any machinery, equipment or appliance.
plant affecting public
safety has the meaning set out in clause 83.
prefabricated
scaffolding means an integrated system of prefabricated components
manufactured in such a way that the geometry of assembled scaffolds is
pre-determined.
pressure
equipment means boilers, pressure vessels and pressure piping
specifically covered by AS/NZS
1200:2000 Pressure equipment (not being
equipment or plant under pressure referred to in clause A4 of Appendix A to
that Standard) and categorised as being of hazard level A, B, C or D according
to the criteria identified in AS
4343—1999 Pressure equipment—Hazard
levels.
pressure
piping means an assembly of pipes, pipe fittings, valves and pipe
accessories subject to internal or external pressure and used to contain or
convey fluid or to transmit fluid pressure, including distribution headers,
bolting, gaskets, pipe supports and pressure retaining accessories but does
not include a boiler or pressure vessel or any pipeline covered by the Gas Supply Act 1996, the Petroleum (Submerged Lands) Act
1982 or the Pipelines Act
1967 or a pipeline within the meaning of clause 3 of Schedule
3 to this Regulation.
pressure
vessel means a vessel subject to internal or external pressure,
including interconnected parts and components, valves, gauges and other
fittings up to the first point of connection to connecting piping, and fired
heaters and gas cylinders, but does not include a boiler or pressure piping or
any pipeline covered by the Gas Supply Act
1996, the Petroleum
(Submerged Lands) Act 1982 or the Pipelines Act 1967.
qualified electrical
engineer means:
(a) an electrical engineer who is a charter member of the Australian
Institution of Engineers, or
(b) a person belonging to a class of persons recognised by WorkCover
as being qualified electrical engineers for the purposes of this
Chapter.
qualified
engineer means:
(a) a mechanical or structural engineer who is a charter member of the
Australian Institution of Engineers, or
(b) a person who is recognised by WorkCover as being competent to
exercise the functions of a qualified engineer for the purposes of this
Chapter.
repair means
to restore plant to an operating condition, but does not include routine
maintenance, replacement or alteration.
scaffold
means a temporary structure, specifically erected to support access or working
platforms.
scaffolding
equipment means any component, assembly or machine used or intended
to be used in the construction of a scaffold.
suspended
scaffold means a scaffold incorporating a suspended platform that is
capable of being raised or lowered when in use and includes a
boatswain’s chair.
tower
crane means a boom or jib crane mounted on a tower structure that is
demountable or permanent and includes horizontal and luffing jib
types.
tractor
means a motor vehicle, whether wheeled or track mounted, designed to provide
power and movement of any attached machine or implement by a transmission
shaft, belt or linkage system but does not include earthmoving
machinery.
use plant
means work from, operate, maintain, inspect or clean plant.
vehicle
hoist means a vehicle-hoisting device, the purpose of which is to
provide access for convenient under-chassis examination or
service.
work box
means a personnel carrying device, designed to be suspended from a crane, to
provide a working area for persons conveyed by and working from the
box.
workpiece means material,
offcut or scrap (in any form) on which an item of plant is doing work, or any
material, offcut or scrap (in any form) produced by an item of plant but does
not include a load being lifted or moved by the
plant.
83 Plant affecting public safety
For the purposes of section 135 of the Act, plant of the following
kinds is prescribed as plant affecting public safety, whether or not the plant
is at a place of work or for use at work:(a) boilers categorised as being of hazard level A, B or C according
to the criteria in AS
4343—1999 Pressure equipment—Hazard
levels,
(b) boilers covered by the AMBSC Code—Part 1: Copper Boilers or
the AMBSC Code–Part 2: Steel Boilers,
(c) pressure vessels categorised as being of hazard level A, B or C
according to the criteria in AS
4343—1999 except the following:(i) (Repealed)
(ii) serially produced pressure vessels covered by AS 2971—1987 Serially
produced pressure vessels,
(iii) pressure vessels that do not require periodic internal inspection
in accordance with the criteria in Table 4.1 in AS/NZS 3788:1996 Pressure
equipment—In-service
inspection,
(d) lifts (including escalators and moving walkways) as defined in
AS 1735.1—1999 Lifts,
escalators and moving walks Part 1: General
requirements,
(e) amusement devices (other than coin operated amusement
devices),
(f) gas cylinders.
Part 5.2 Design, manufacture and registration of
plant
Division 1 Design of plant
Note. See clause 7 (2) as to the extent of a designer’s duties
under this Division.
84 Application
(1) This Division applies to the design of:(a) plant for use at work, and
(b) plant affecting public safety.
(2) This Division applies to:(a) plant designs, and
(b) unless the context otherwise requires—alterations to plant
designs,
that are commenced after the date of commencement of this
Regulation.
85 Manufacturers and importers of plant designed outside the
State to ensure that designer’s responsibilities are met
A person who:(a) manufactures in New South Wales plant designed outside the State,
or
(b) imports plant designed outside the State for supply to others or
for the person’s own use,
must ensure that the responsibilities of a designer under this Division
are met in relation to the plant.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
86 Designer to identify hazards
A designer of plant must identify any foreseeable hazard that may
arise from the design of the plant and that has the potential to harm the
health or safety of any person during the manufacture, installation, erection,
commissioning, use, repair, dismantling, storage or disposal of the plant at a
place of work or, in the case of plant affecting public safety, at any other
place at which the plant is located.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
87 Designer to assess risks
(1) A designer of plant must assess the risk of harm to the health or
safety of any person arising from any hazard identified in accordance with
this Division and, in particular, must:(a) evaluate the likelihood of an injury or illness occurring and the
likely severity of any injury or illness that may occur,
and
(b) identify the design requirements and any other actions necessary
to eliminate or control the risk.
(2) In carrying out risk assessment for the purposes of this clause, a
designer of plant must take into account the following:(a) the impact of the plant on the work environment in which it is
designed to operate,
(b) the range of environmental and operational conditions in which the
plant is intended to be manufactured, transported, installed and
used,
(c) the ergonomic needs of persons who may install, erect, use or
dismantle the plant,
(d) the need for safe access and egress for persons who install,
erect, use or dismantle the plant,
(e) any specific risk control measures required by this Regulation
(including as to manual handling, hazardous substances, dangerous goods, and
the working environment).
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
88 Designer to review risk assessment
A designer must review the risk assessment of plant
whenever:(a) there is evidence that the risk assessment relating to the plant
is no longer valid, or
(b) an employer, manufacturer, supplier or owner of the plant provides
the designer with information about a design fault that has the potential to
harm the health or safety of any person.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
89 Designer to control risks
(1) A designer must design plant so that risks associated with the
manufacture, installation, erection, commissioning, use, repair, dismantling,
storage and disposal of the plant are eliminated or, if this is not reasonably
practicable, are controlled.
(2) In controlling risks, the designer must ensure that the plant is
designed:(a) having regard to ergonomic principles, and
(b) so that safe access can be gained to the various components for
purposes of maintenance, adjustment, repair and cleaning,
and
(c) so that the build up of unwanted substances or materials that
create a risk is minimised, and
(d) in the case of plant designed to work near electrical conductors,
having regard to such safety requirements as insulation, earthing and
appropriate access to controls.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
90 Guarding—particular risk control measures
(1) A designer of plant must ensure that any device that prevents or
reduces access to a danger point or area:(a) is designed to be a permanently fixed physical barrier or, if
access to the danger point or area is required during normal operation,
maintenance or cleaning:(i) is designed to be an interlocking type physical barrier,
or
(ii) is a presence sensing safeguarding system,
and
(b) is designed to make by-passing or defeating it, whether
deliberately or by accident, as difficult as is reasonably possible,
and
(c) is designed to be of solid construction and securely mounted so as
to resist impact and shock, and
(d) is designed so as not to cause a risk
itself.
(2) In subclause (1), a presence
sensing safeguarding system, in relation to plant, means a presence
sensing safeguarding system that includes:(a) a sensing system that employs one or more forms of radiation,
either self-generated or generated by pressure, and
(b) an interface between the final switching devices of the system and
the plant’s primary control elements, and
(c) plant stopping capabilities,
whereby the presence of a person or part of a person within a sensing
field will cause the dangerous parts of the plant to be brought to a safe
state.
(3) The designer must ensure that any guards intended to provide
protection from parts of the plant or work pieces that may break, disintegrate
or be ejected are designed to contain effectively the parts, work pieces or
any fragments of them.
(4) The designer must specify the work procedures, devices or tools
that are necessary to clear safely any jamming or blockage of moving parts
that may occur.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
91 Operational controls—particular risk control
measures
(1) A designer of plant must ensure that operational controls
are:(a) suitably identified on the plant so that their nature and function
is clear, and
(b) located so as to be operated readily and conveniently by each
person using the plant, and
(c) located or guarded to prevent unintentional activation,
and
(d) able to be locked in the “off” position (or include an
alternative method of power isolation) to enable disconnection of all motive
power and forces.
(2) A designer must ensure that, if it is not reasonably practicable
for the plant to be stopped during maintenance and cleaning, operational
controls that permit safe controlled operation are
provided.
(3) A designer must ensure that, if:(a) plant is designed to be operated or attended by more than one
person, and
(b) more than one control is fitted to the
plant,
the controls are of the “stop and lock-off” type so that the
plant cannot be restarted after a stop control has been used unless each stop
control is reset.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
92 Emergency stops and warning devices—particular risk
control measures
(1) A designer of plant must ensure that, if warning devices are
necessary to secure safety, they are placed in a position that serves that
purpose.
(2) A designer must ensure that emergency stop devices:(a) are prominent, clearly and durably marked and immediately
accessible to each operator of the plant, and
(b) have handles, bars or push buttons that are coloured red,
and
(c) are not able to be affected by electrical or electronic circuit
malfunction.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
93 Design of powered mobile plant—particular risk
control measures
(1) A designer of powered mobile plant must ensure that the plant is
designed to minimise the risk of unintended overturning or a falling object
coming into contact with the operator.
(2) A designer must ensure that powered mobile plant is designed to
incorporate an appropriate combination of operator protective devices if there
is a risk of the plant overturning, objects falling on the operator or the
operator being ejected.
(3) A designer of powered mobile plant must ensure that:(a) a tractor designed to have a mass of 560 kg or more, but less than
15,000 kg, is designed to include a protective structure that conforms with
AS 1636.1—1996,
AS 1636.2—1996 and
AS 1636.3—1996
Tractors—Roll-over protective structures—Criteria and
tests, as appropriate to the type of tractor involved,
and
(b) earth moving machinery designed to have a mass of 700 kg or more,
but less than 100,000 kg, is designed to include a protective structure that
conforms with AS
2294.1—1997, AS
2294.2—1997 and AS
2294.3—1997 Earth-moving machinery—Protective
structures.
(4) A designer of powered mobile plant must ensure that the plant is
designed to incorporate warning devices that are appropriate to warn
effectively persons who are at risk from the movement of the
plant.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
94 Mandatory design standards—particular risk control
measures
A designer of plant must ensure that the design of:(a) boilers and pressure equipment, and
(b) cranes (including hoists and winches), and
(c) scaffolding, and
(d) lifts, escalators and moving walks, and
(e) gas cylinders, and
(f) amusement devices,
complies with relevant standards listed in Schedule 1 (Standards covering
design and manufacture of plant).Maximum penalty: Level 4.
95 Specifying work systems and operator
competencies—particular risk control measures
A designer of plant must specify systems of work or operator
competencies if they are necessary for the safe manufacture, installation,
erection, commissioning, use, repair, maintenance, dismantling or disposal of
plant.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
96 Designer to provide information
(1) A designer of plant must provide other persons who have
responsibilities under this Regulation with all available information about
the plant that is necessary to enable the other persons to fulfil their
responsibilities with respect to the following:(a) identifying hazards,
(b) assessing risks arising from these hazards,
(c) eliminating or controlling those risks,
(d) providing information.
(2) Without limiting subclause (1), a designer of plant must ensure
that a person who manufactures the plant is provided with sufficient
information to enable the plant to be manufactured in accordance with the
design specifications and, as far as practicable, with information relating to
the following:(a) the purpose for which the plant is designed,
(b) testing or inspections to be carried out on the
plant,
(c) installation, commissioning, operation, maintenance, inspection,
cleaning, transport, storage and, if the plant is capable of being dismantled,
dismantling of the plant,
(d) systems of work necessary for the safe use of the
plant,
(e) knowledge, training or skill necessary for persons undertaking
inspection and testing of the plant,
(f) emergency procedures.
(3) A designer of plant who manufactures the plant must ensure that
the information specified in subclause (2) (a) to (f) inclusive is provided to
any person who obtains the plant for the person’s own use or who
supplies the plant to others.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
97 Designer to obtain information
(1) A designer of plant must obtain such available information as is
necessary to enable the designer to fulfil the designer’s
responsibilities under this Regulation with respect to the following:(a) identifying hazards,
(b) assessing risks arising from those hazards,
(c) eliminating or controlling those risks,
(d) providing information.
(2) If a designer has a contract with an employer to design a specific
item of plant, the designer must obtain from the employer any relevant
information about matters with respect to the plant that may affect health and
safety at the place of work.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Division 2 Manufacture of plant
Note. See clause 7 (2) as to the extent of a manufacturer’s duties
under this Division.
98 Application
(1) This Division applies to the manufacture of:(a) plant for use at work, and
(b) plant affecting public safety.
(2) This Division applies to plant manufactured after the date of
commencement of this Regulation.
(3) A manufacturer is not required to comply with clauses
100–103 within the period of 12 months after commencement of those
clauses.
99 Importers of plant manufactured outside the State to
ensure that manufacturer’s responsibilities are met
A person who imports plant manufactured outside New South Wales
for supply to others or for the person’s own use must ensure that the
responsibilities of a manufacturer under this Division are met in relation to
the plant.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
100 Manufacturer to identify hazards
A manufacturer of plant must identify any foreseeable hazard that
may be incorporated into the plant during the manufacturing process and that
has the potential to harm the health or safety of any person during the
installation, erection, commissioning, use, repair, dismantling, storage or
disposal of the plant at a place of work or, in the case of plant affecting
public safety, at any other place at which the plant is
located.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
101 Manufacturer to assess risks
A manufacturer of plant must assess the risk of harm to the health
or safety of any person arising from any hazard identified in accordance with
this Division and, in particular, must:(a) evaluate the likelihood of an injury or illness occurring and the
likely severity of any injury or illness that may occur,
and
(b) as far as practicable, consult with the designer of the plant with
respect to actions necessary to eliminate or control the risk,
and
(c) identify any actions necessary to eliminate or control the risk,
taking into account any specific risk control measures required by this
Regulation (including as to manual handling, hazardous substances, dangerous
goods, and the working environment).
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
102 Manufacturer to review risk assessment
A manufacturer of plant must review the risk assessment of plant
whenever:(a) there is evidence that the risk assessment of the plant is no
longer valid, or
(b) the manufacturer is provided with information about a design or
manufacturing fault that has the potential to harm the health or safety of any
person.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
103 Manufacturer to control risks
(1) A manufacturer of plant must not incorporate any risk into the
plant during the manufacturing process or, if this is not reasonably
practicable, must control the risk.
(2) Any such control of risks must, so far as is reasonably
practicable, be achieved by means other than through the use of personal
protective equipment.
(3) In controlling risks, a manufacturer must ensure in relation to
the manufacture of plant that:(a) if any fault in the design of the plant that may affect health or
safety is identified during the manufacturing process:(i) the fault is not incorporated into the plant,
and
(ii) as far as is reasonably practicable, the designer of the plant is
consulted regarding the rectification of the fault and, if possible,
arrangements are made with the designer for the alteration of the design to
eliminate or control the risk, and
Note. Division 1 of this Part applies with respect to the alteration of
designs. A manufacturer who alters a design to eliminate a risk must comply
with the design requirements of Division 1 in relation to the
alteration.
(b) subject to paragraph (a)—plant specified in clause 94
(Mandatory design standards—particular risk control measures) and
designed after the commencement of this Regulation is manufactured and
inspected, and tested (if required), according to the relevant Standards set
out in Schedule 1 (Standards covering design and manufacture of plant), having
regard to the designer’s specifications, and
(c) subject to paragraph (a) and so far as is reasonably
practicable—plant specified in clause 94 and designed before the
commencement of this Regulation is manufactured and inspected, and tested (if
required), according to relevant Standards set out in Schedule 1, having
regard to the designer’s specifications.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
104 Manufacture of powered mobile plant—particular risk
control measures
A manufacturer of powered mobile plant must ensure that:(a) a tractor designed to have a mass of 560 kg or more, but less than
15,000 kg, is manufactured to include a protective structure that conforms
with AS
1636.1—1996, AS
1636.2—1996 and AS
1636.3—1996 Tractors—Roll-over protective
structures—Criteria and tests, as appropriate to the
type of tractor involved, and
(b) earth moving machinery designed to have a mass of 700 kg or more,
but less than 100,000 kg, is designed to include a protective structure that
conforms with AS
2294.1—1997, AS
2294.2—1997 and AS
2294.3—1997 Earth-moving machinery—Protective
structures.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
105 Manufacturer to provide information
(1) A manufacturer of plant must provide other persons who have
responsibilities under this Regulation with all available information about
the plant that is necessary to enable the other persons to fulfil their
responsibilities with respect to the following:(a) identifying hazards,
(b) assessing risks arising from those hazards,
(c) eliminating or controlling those risks,
(d) providing information.
(2) In particular, a manufacturer of plant must ensure that a person
supplying plant for use at work or plant affecting public safety is provided
with:(a) the information provided to the manufacturer by the designer of
the plant relating to the following:(i) the purpose for which the plant is designed,
(ii) testing or inspections to be carried out on the
plant,
(iii) installation, commissioning, operation, maintenance, inspection,
cleaning, transport, storage and, if the plant is capable of being dismantled,
dismantling of the plant,
(iv) systems of work necessary for the safe use of the
plant,
(v) knowledge, training or skill necessary for persons undertaking
testing and inspection of the plant,
(vi) emergency procedures, and
(b) any document relating to the testing and inspection of the
plant.
(3) A manufacturer of plant who supplies plant for use at work or
plant affecting public safety must ensure that the information specified in
subclause (2) is provided to the owner or purchaser of the
plant.
(4) If, after the supply of a particular item of plant, a fault is
found in plant of the same kind that may affect health or safety, the
manufacturer must take all reasonable steps to advise the owner of the
particular item of plant of the fault and provide the owner with details as to
what steps are required to rectify the fault.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
106 Manufacturer to obtain information
(1) A manufacturer of plant must obtain such available information as
is necessary to enable the manufacturer to fulfil the manufacturer’s
responsibilities under this Regulation with respect to the following:(a) identifying hazards,
(b) assessing risks arising from those hazards,
(c) eliminating or controlling those risks,
(d) providing information.
(2) A manufacturer must obtain the information that a designer is
required to provide to the manufacturer under clause 96
(2).
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Division 3 Registration of plant
Note. Clause 127 (2) (c) and (d) in Part 5.3 (Supply of plant) prohibits
the hire or lease of certain items of plant unless they have a current design
registration number or a current item registration number and clause 136 (1)
in Part 5.4 (Working with plant) prohibits the use of certain items of plant
unless similar requirements are met.
Subdivision 1 Registration of plant design
107 Application for registration of plant design
(1) A person may apply to WorkCover to register the design of plant
specified in the Table to this clause.
(2) A person who applies for registration of a plant design must
ensure that:(a) a competent person verifies and records in writing that the design
complies with relevant standards listed in Schedule 1 (Standards covering
design and manufacture of plant), and
(b) the design verifier does not have any involvement in the design
being verified, and
(c) the designer and the design verifier are not employed or engaged
by the same person unless that person uses a quality system to undertake the
design of items of plant that:(i) meets the requirements of AS/NZS/ISO 9001:1994 Quality
systems—Model for quality assurance in design, development, production,
installation and servicing, and
(ii) has been certified by a body accredited or approved by the Joint
Accreditation System of Australia and New Zealand.
(3) The application for registration of a plant design must be
accompanied by the following:(a) a compliance statement, signed by the designer of the plant,
stating that the designer has complied with the matters, specified in this
Regulation, for which a designer of plant is responsible,
(b) a verification statement for the purposes of subclause (2) that
includes the name, business address and qualifications of the design verifier
of the plant and, if applicable, the name and business address of any person
employing the design verifier,
(c) representational drawings of the plant design,
(d) a fee in such amount as WorkCover may determine as the appropriate
amount to cover expenses in connection with the processing of applications for
registration of plant designs.
Table Plant for which designs are to be
registered
Boilers and pressure vessels categorised as being of hazard level
A, B, C or D according to the criteria in AS
4343—1999
Gas cylinders
Tower cranes
Gantry cranes with a rated capacity greater than 5 tonnes
Bridge cranes with a rated capacity greater than 10 tonnes
Gantry cranes and bridge cranes designed to handle molten metal or
dangerous goods (within the meaning of the Australian Dangerous Goods
Code)
Mobile cranes with a rated capacity greater than 10 tonnes
Boom-type elevating work platforms
Lifts (including escalators and moving walkways)
Building maintenance units
Hoists, with a platform movement in excess of 2.4 metres, designed to
lift people
Work boxes suspended from cranes
Prefabricated scaffolding
Mast climbing work platforms
Vehicle hoists
Amusement devices (other than coin operated amusement devices) that are,
or may be, operated otherwise than by manual power
108 WorkCover may request further information
On request from WorkCover, the applicant for registration of a
plant design must provide, at any reasonable time required by WorkCover, any
one or more of the following as specified in the request:(a) detailed drawings of the plant design,
(b) design calculations,
(c) details of operating instructions,
(d) diagrams of control systems, including the sequence of operating
the controls,
(e) details of maintenance requirements,
(f) a statement of limitations of use.
Note. An applicant for registration of a plant design commits an offence
under clause 356 if the applicant makes a false or misleading statement in the
application.
109 Processing of application by WorkCover
(1) On receipt of the application for registration of a plant design,
WorkCover must, subject to being provided with any further information that
WorkCover requires under this Subdivision for the purposes of the
application:(a) register the plant design (with or without conditions) and issue a
design registration number, or
(b) refuse to register the plant design.
Note. See clause 351 as to the review by the Administrative Decisions
Tribunal of a decision by WorkCover to refuse to register a plant design under
this clause.
(2) A design registration applies only to a design as described and
verified in the application for registration of the
design.
110 Cancellation of design registration in certain
circumstances
(1) WorkCover may cancel the registration of a plant design if
satisfied that:(a) the applicant for registration of the plant design made a
statement or furnished information, in or in connection with the application
for the plant design, that the applicant knew, when the statement was made or
the information was provided, to be false or misleading in a material
particular, or
(b) on the basis of information received by WorkCover, the design is
unsafe.
(2) Before cancelling the registration, WorkCover:(a) must cause notice of the proposed cancellation to be given to the
person to whom the plant design registration number was issued,
and
(b) must give the person a reasonable opportunity to make
representations to WorkCover in relation to the proposed cancellation,
and
(c) must have regard to any representations so
made.
(3) The cancellation of a plant design takes effect on the date on
which notice of the cancellation is given to the person to whom the plant
design registration number was issued or on such later date as may be
specified in the notice.
111 Design registration number to be provided to certain
persons
(1) A person who is issued with a design registration number under
this Subdivision must provide the number to any person who proposes to
manufacture plant to the design to which the number relates or who proposes to
sell or transfer plant manufactured to the design to which the number
relates.
(2) A person who sells or transfers plant that has been manufactured
to a design for which a design registration number has been issued must
provide the number to any person who owns the plant or who has control of the
plant.
Maximum penalty: Level 1.
112 Registration under equivalent law
A design is taken to be registered under and for the purposes of
this Regulation if a design registration number has been issued for it by a
statutory authority under a law that imposes registration requirements that
are reasonably equivalent to the registration requirements imposed by this
Subdivision.
Subdivision 2 Registration of items of plant
113 Application for registration of item of plant
(1) In this clause:person who
has control in relation to an item of plant, includes the owner or a
lessee of the plant.
(2) A person who has control of an item of plant specified in the
Table to this clause may apply to WorkCover to register the
plant.
(3) A person who applies for the registration of an item of plant must
provide the following at the time of making the application:(a) sufficient information to identify the item of plant
clearly,
(b) if the design of the plant is required to be registered,
notification of:(i) the design registration number, and
(ii) the name of the statutory authority with which the plant design is
registered,
(c) a statement that the plant has been inspected by a competent
person and is safe to operate,
(d) a fee in such amount as WorkCover may determine as the appropriate
amount to cover expenses in connection with the processing of applications for
registration of an item of plant.
(4) A person who applies for the registration of an item of plant must
provide WorkCover with any additional information concerning the plant that
WorkCover reasonably requires at the time of the making of the application or
at any reasonable time after that time.
Note. An applicant for registration of an item of plant commits an
offence under clause 356 if the applicant makes a false or misleading
statement in the application.
Table Items of plant required to be
registered
Boilers categorised as being of hazard level A, B or C according
to the criteria in AS
4343—1999
Pressure vessels categorised as being of hazard level A, B or C
according to the criteria in AS
4343—1999 except the following:
(a) LP gas fuel vessels for automotive use covered by AS/NZS
3509:1996,
(b) serially produced pressure vessels covered by AS
2971—1987,
(c) pressure vessels that do not require periodic internal inspection
in accordance with the criteria in Table 4.1 in AS/NZS
3788:1996
Lifts (including escalators and moving walkways) as defined in
AS 1735 Parts 1 to 17
(as listed in Schedule 1)
Amusement devices (other than coin operated amusement devices)
that are, or may be, operated otherwise than by manual power
Tower cranes
Building maintenance units
Concrete placing units (truck mounted with boom)
Mobile cranes with a safe working load greater than 10
tonnes
114 Additional requirements for application to register
amusement device
An owner of an amusement device who wishes to apply to WorkCover
to register an amusement device referred to in the Table to clause 113 must,
in addition to complying with clause 113, provide the following at the time of
making the application:(a) 2 photographs of the amusement device,
(b) a certificate of a qualified engineer certifying that:(i) the engineer has, within 3 months before the date of the
application, inspected the amusement device (including an inspection of the
amusement device assembled and in operation without passengers),
and
(ii) in the engineer’s opinion, the amusement device is
mechanically and structurally capable, under the conditions of use specified
in the application, of safely supporting, at any one time, the number of
persons or the load stated in the application to be the maximum number of
persons or the maximum load to be supported by the amusement device,
and
(iii) the engineer has checked that all necessary maintenance of, and
repairs to, the amusement device have been carried out, that details of the
maintenance and repairs have been accurately recorded in the log book for the
amusement device by a competent person and that the operating and maintenance
manuals for the amusement device are kept with it, and
(iv) if the amusement device was manufactured on or after 5 December
1997, it complies with such of the provisions of AS 3533.1—1997 Amusement
rides and devices Part 1: Design and construction as are
applicable to it,
(c) if the amusement device includes any electrical installation, a
certificate of a qualified electrical engineer, issued within 3 months before
the date of the application, certifying that the engineer has inspected the
electrical installation and that, in the engineer’s opinion, the
electrical installation:(i) complies with the provisions of AS/NZS 3000:2000 Electrical
installations (known as Australian/New Zealand Wiring Rules)
and AS 3002—1985
Electrical installations—Shows and carnivals that
are applicable to it and that were so applicable at the time of its initial
manufacture, or
(ii) if manufactured on or after 5 December 1997, complies with such of
the provisions of AS
3533.1—1997 that are applicable to
it.
115 Processing of application by WorkCover
On receipt of the application for registration of an item of
plant, WorkCover must, subject to clause 113 (4):(a) register the plant (with or without conditions) and issue
evidence, in accordance with this Subdivision, that the plant is currently
registered, or
(b) refuse to register the plant.
Note. See clause 351 as to the review by the Administrative Decisions
Tribunal of a decision by WorkCover to refuse to register an item of plant or
to impose a condition on registration of an item of plant under this
clause.
116 Cancellation of registration of item of plant in certain
circumstances
(1) WorkCover may cancel the registration of an item of plant
if:(a) satisfied that the applicant for registration of the plant made a
statement or furnished information, in or in connection with the application
for registration, that the applicant knew, when the statement was made or the
information was provided, to be false or misleading in a material particular,
or
(b) the registration of the plant design for plant of the kind
concerned has been cancelled under clause 110.
(2) Before cancelling the registration, WorkCover:(a) must cause notice of the proposed cancellation to be given to the
person by whom the item of plant was registered, and
(b) must give the person a reasonable opportunity to make
representations to WorkCover in relation to the proposed cancellation,
and
(c) must have regard to any representations so
made.
(3) The cancellation of the registration of an item of plant takes
effect on the date on which notice of the cancellation is given to the person
who registered the plant or on such later date as may be specified in the
notice.
117 Automatic cancellation of registration
The registration of an item of plant is cancelled by the operation
of this clause if:(a) the plant is altered, or
(b) in the case of plant that is normally fixed in position, the plant
is relocated and WorkCover is not notified of the relocation within 14 days of
its occurrence, or
(c) there is a change of the person in control of the plant (including
a change of owner or lessee) and WorkCover is not notified of the change
within 14 days of its occurrence, or
(d) there is a breach of a condition subject to which the plant was
registered under clause 115 (a).
Note. See clause 351 as to the review by the Administrative Decisions
Tribunal of a decision by WorkCover to cancel the registration of an item of
plant under this clause.
118 Renewal of registration
(1) In this clause:person who
has control, in relation to plant that is an amusement device,
includes the owner or a lessee of the amusement
device.
(2) A person who has control of plant that is registered under this
Subdivision must provide WorkCover, at the intervals specified in guidelines
issued by WorkCover from time to time in relation to such plant, with such
information concerning compliance with requirements relating to maintenance of
the plant as WorkCover may specify.Maximum penalty: Level 1.
(3) A notification under this clause must comply with the guidelines
referred to in subclause (2) and must be accompanied by:(a) a statement, by the person who has control of the plant, that the
plant has been maintained and is safe to operate, and
(b) a fee in such amount as WorkCover may determine as the appropriate
amount to cover the administrative costs of WorkCover in connection with the
renewal of the registration of items of plant.
(4) A notification under this clause in respect of an amusement device
must also be accompanied by:(a) a certificate of a qualified engineer as referred to in clause 114
(b) (certificate to be lodged with an application to register an amusement
device), and
(b) if the amusement device includes any electrical installation, a
certificate of a qualified electrical engineer, issued within 3 months before
the date of the notification, certifying that the engineer has inspected the
electrical installation and that, in the engineer’s opinion, the
electrical installation complies with such of the provisions of AS 3533.1—1997 Amusement
Rides and Devices Part 1: Design and Construction as are
applicable to it.
(5) On receipt of a notification under this clause, WorkCover
must:(a) issue evidence that the plant is currently registered,
or
(b) seek additional information concerning the
plant.
(6) If a notification under this clause is not received by WorkCover
by the date on which it is due, or if the information in the notification is
not satisfactory to WorkCover, WorkCover may discontinue the registration of
an item of plant.Note. See clause 351 as to the review by the Administrative Decisions
Tribunal of a decision by WorkCover to discontinue the registration of an item
of plant under this clause.
(7) WorkCover may accept a late notification under this
clause.
119 Registration under equivalent law
An item of plant (other than an amusement device or plant normally
fixed in position) is taken to be registered under and for the purposes of
this Regulation if the item has been registered by a statutory authority under
a law that imposes registration requirements that are reasonably equivalent to
the registration requirements imposed by this
Subdivision.
Part 5.3 Supply of plant
Note. See clause 7 (2) as to the extent of a supplier’s duties
under this Part.
Division 1 Preliminary
120 Application
(1) This Part applies to the sale, transfer, lease and hire of plant
for use at work and plant affecting public safety.
(2) In addition to applying to plant of the kinds referred to in
subclause (1), Division 3 also applies to the hire or lease of the following
plant in a place of work that is not under the management or control of an
employer:(a) plant under pressure,
(b) plant designed to lift or move people, equipment or materials
including escalators, moving walks and lifts.
(3) This Part applies to plant supplied after the date of commencement
of this Regulation.
(4) A person who sells or transfers plant is not required to comply
with Division 2 within the period of 12 months after its
commencement.
(5) A person who hires or leases plant to another person is not
required to comply with clauses 124 and 125 of Division 3 within the period of
12 months after their commencement.
Note. See clauses 85 and 99 as to compliance with the requirements of
this Chapter relating to plant designed or manufactured outside New South
Wales and imported for supply in the State.
Division 2 Sale or transfer of plant
121 Seller or transferor to control risks
(1) A person who sells or transfers new plant must ensure that risks
arising from the condition of the plant are eliminated or, if this is not
reasonably practicable, controlled.
(2) A person selling or transferring used plant (other than plant for
use as scrap or as spare parts for other plant) must advise the purchaser or
intended owner of the plant in writing (before the sale or transfer) of any
faults detected in the plant and, if appropriate, that the plant is not to be
used until the faults are rectified.
(3) Without limiting subclause (1), the person selling or transferring
the plant must ensure that the plant complies with relevant risk control
measures specified in clauses 89–95.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
122 Seller or transferor to provide information
(1) A person who sells or transfers plant must ensure that:(a) in respect of new plant—the purchaser or new owner of the
plant is provided with all available information concerning health and safety
about the plant received by the person from the manufacturer,
and
(b) in respect of used plant—the purchaser or new owner of the
plant is provided with:(i) all available information concerning health and safety about the
plant received by the person from the designer and manufacturer,
and
(ii) if available, any record kept by the previous owner of the plant
in accordance with the requirements of this Regulation,
and
(c) the purchaser or new owner of the plant is provided with any
information, data or certificate provided or kept in accordance with the
standards specified in Schedule 1 (Standards covering design and manufacture
of plant).
(2) If plant is suitable only for use as scrap or for spare parts for
other plant, the person who is selling or transferring it must advise the
purchaser or new owner of the plant in writing or by marking on the plant,
before it is sold or transferred, that:(a) the plant is sold or transferred for use as scrap or for spare
parts for other plant only, and
(b) the plant in its current state must not to be used for work but
may be used only as scrap or for spare parts.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
123 Seller or transferor to obtain information
(1) A person who sells or transfers plant must obtain such information
as is necessary to enable the person to fulfil the person’s
responsibilities with respect to the following:(a) eliminating or controlling risks in respect of the
plant,
(b) providing information.
(2) A person who sells or transfers plant must obtain the information
that a manufacturer is required to provide to the person under clause 105
(Manufacturer to provide information).
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Division 3 Hiring or leasing plant
Note. Clause 120 (1) and (2) applies this Division to plant for use at
work, plant affecting public safety and certain other plant (plant under
pressure and plant designed to lift or move people, equipment or materials
including escalators, moving walks and lifts) that is not under the management
or control of an employer but is the responsibility of the owner of the
plant.
124 Hirer or lessor to identify hazards
(1) A person who hires or leases plant to another person must identify
any foreseeable hazard that may arise from the condition of the plant and that
has the potential to harm the health or safety of any person during the
installation, erection, commissioning, use, repair, dismantling, storage or
disposal of the plant at a place of work or, in the case of plant affecting
public safety, at any other place at which the plant is
located.
(2) Without limiting subclause (1), the person hiring or leasing the
plant must ensure that:(a) the plant is inspected regularly and, at a minimum, once between
each hiring and leasing, and
(b) inspections of the plant are carried out having regard to
procedures:(i) recommended by the designer and manufacturer,
or
(ii) developed by a competent person.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
125 Hirer or lessor to assess risks
(1) A person who hires or leases plant to another person must assess
the risk of harm to the health or safety of any person arising from any hazard
identified in accordance with this Division and, in particular, must:(a) evaluate the likelihood of an injury or illness occurring and the
likely severity of any injury or illness that may occur,
and
(b) identify any actions necessary to eliminate or control the risk,
taking into account any specific risk control measures required by this
Regulation (including as to manual handling, hazardous substances, dangerous
goods, and the working environment), and
(c) identify the records that it is necessary to keep to ensure that
risks are eliminated or controlled and determine the length of time for which
the records are to be kept.
(2) A person who hires or leases plant to another person must ensure
that:(a) an assessment is carried out to determine:(i) whether the plant should be tested to check if new or increased
risks to health or safety have developed, and
(ii) if so, the frequency at which the testing should occur,
and
(b) if the need for testing is identified, the testing is carried out
and recorded and the records of the testing are maintained for the operating
life of the plant.
(3) The assessment may be carried out:(a) on individual items of plant, or
(b) if multiple items of plant of the same design are installed and
used under conditions that are the same for all practical purposes—on a
representative sample of the items.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
126 Hirer or lessor to review risk assessment
A person who hires or leases plant to another person must review a
risk assessment whenever:(a) there is evidence that the risk assessment of the plant is no
longer valid, or
(b) the designer or manufacturer of the plant or a person who has
hired or leased the plant or similar plant provides information about a fault
in the plant or similar plant that has the potential to harm the health or
safety of any person.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
127 Hirer or lessor to control risks
(1) A person who hires or leases plant to another person must ensure
that risks arising from the condition of the plant are eliminated or, if this
is not practicable, controlled.
(2) Without limiting subclause (1), the person hiring or leasing the
plant to another person must not hire or lease:(a) plant designed or manufactured before the date of commencement of
this Regulation unless the plant complies with relevant control measures
specified in clauses 89–93 inclusive, and
(b) plant designed and manufactured after the date of commencement of
this Regulation unless the plant complies with relevant control measures
specified in clauses 89–94 inclusive, and
(c) plant of a kind specified in the Table to clause 107 (Plant for
which designs are to be registered) unless the plant has a current design
registration number issued under clause 109 (Processing of application by
WorkCover) and evidence of the registration is provided with the plant,
and
(d) plant of a kind specified in the Table to clause 113 (Items of
plant required to be registered) unless the plant has a current item
registration number issued under clause 115 or 118 (or under the Construction Safety Regulations 1950)
and evidence of the registration is provided with the
plant.
(3) A person who hires or leases plant to another person is not
required to comply with subclause (2) (c) within the period of 12 months after
its commencement.
(4) A person who hires or leases plant to another person is not
required to comply with subclause (2) (d) within the period of 12 months after
its commencement (except to the extent that subclause (2) (d) applies to lifts
and amusement devices).
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Note. Division 1 of Part 5.2 relating to the design of plant also
applies to alterations to plant designs. A supplier who alters a design to
eliminate or control a risk must comply with the design requirements of that
Division. (See clause 84 (2) (b) and see also the definition of alter in clause 82
(1).)
128 Maintenance, repair, testing and cleaning of
plant—particular risk control measures
(1) A person who hires or leases plant to another person must ensure
that:(a) maintenance and cleaning are carried out having regard to
procedures:(i) recommended by the designer and manufacturer,
or
(ii) developed by a competent person, and
(b) all safety features of the plant (including, in the case of plant
intended to be used on or near electrical conductors, all insulation, earthing
and controls) and all warning devices for the plant are maintained and tested,
and
(c) if plant has been damaged or worn to the extent that its function
or condition is likely to be impaired and the risk to health or safety is
likely to be increased, a competent person assesses the damage or wear and
advises the hirer or lessor as to:(i) the nature and extent of the damage or wear,
and
(ii) whether or not the function or condition of the plant has been
impaired owing to the damage or wear, and
(iii) whether or not any such impairment has produced an increase in
risk to health or safety, and
(iv) whether the plant is able to be repaired and, if so, what repairs
must be carried out to minimise risks to health and safety,
and
(d) maintenance, repair, cleaning and, if necessary, testing is
carried out by a competent person, and
(e) repairs to the plant are carried out so as to retain the plant
within its design limits.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(2) In the case of plant that is an amusement device, the reference in
subclause (1) (c) to a competent person is to be read as a reference to a
qualified engineer.
129 Plant under pressure—particular risk control
measures
A person who hires or leases plant under pressure to another
person must ensure:(a) pressure equipment (excluding gas cylinders) is inspected and
maintained in accordance with AS/NZS
3788:1996 Pressure equipment—in-service
inspection so far as it is relevant to the pressure equipment
concerned, and
(b) gas cylinders comply with AS
2030 Parts 1, 2 and 4 (as listed in Schedule 1) and are
inspected and maintained in accordance with that Australian
Standard.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
130 Powered mobile plant—particular risk control
measures
(1) A person must not hire or lease to another person a tractor
designed to have a mass of 560 kg or more, but less than 15,000 kg,
unless:(a) if the tractor was manufactured, imported or originally purchased
after 1981, it is securely fitted with a protective structure that conforms
with AS
1636.1—1996, AS
1636.2—1996 and AS
1636.3—1996 Tractors—Roll-over protective
structures—Criteria and tests, or
(b) if the tractor was manufactured, imported or originally purchased
during or before 1981, it is securely fitted with:(i) a roll-over protective structure that conforms with AS 1636.1—1996, AS 1636.2—1996 and AS 1636.3—1996
Tractors—Roll-over protective structures—Criteria and
tests, or
(ii) if such a structure is not available, an alternative roll-over
protective structure designed by a suitably qualified engineer having regard
to the performance requirements of AS
1636.1—1996.
(2) A person must not hire or lease to another person earthmoving
machinery designed to have a mass of 700 kg or more, but less than 100,000 kg,
unless:(a) if the machinery was manufactured, imported or originally
purchased after 1989, it is securely fitted with a protective structure that
conforms with AS
2294.1—1997, AS
2294.2—1997 and AS
2294.3—1997 Earth-moving machinery—Protective
structures, or
(b) if the machinery was manufactured, imported or originally
purchased during or before 1989, it is securely fitted with:(i) a protective structure that conforms with AS 2294.1—1997, AS 2294.2—1997 and AS 2294.3—1997,
or
(ii) if such a structure is not available, an alternative protective
structure designed by a suitably qualified engineer having regard to the
performance requirements of AS
2294.1—1997, AS
2294.2—1997 and AS
2294.3—1997.
(3) In designing an alternative structure for the purposes of this
clause, an engineer may, if satisfied that deformation testing is not
required, substitute calculated deformations.
(4) Such a structure must be identified with the information required
by:(a) AS
1636.1—1996, or
(b) AS
2294.1—1997, AS
2294.2—1997 or AS
2294.3—1997,
whichever is appropriate.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
131 Hirer or lessor to keep records
A person who hires or leases plant of a kind specified in the
Table to this clause to another person must make and keep records of any
tests, maintenance, inspections, commissioning or alteration of plant relevant
to controlling risks arising from the plant.Maximum penalty: Level 3.
Table Plant for which records are to be
kept
Boilers categorised as being of hazard level A, B or C according
to the criteria in AS
4343—1999
Pressure vessels categorised as being of hazard level A, B or C
according to the criteria in AS
4343:1999 except the following:
(a) LP gas fuel vessels for automotive use covered by AS/NZS
3509:1996,
(b) serially produced pressure vessels covered by AS
2971—1987,
(c) pressure vessels that do not require periodic internal inspection
in accordance with the criteria in Table 4.1 in AS/NZS
3788:1996
Tower cranes
Lifts (including escalators and moving walkways)
Building maintenance units
Concrete placing units (truck mounted with boom)
Personnel and materials hoists
Concrete placing units
Industrial lift trucks
Mobile cranes
Gantry cranes with a rated capacity greater than 5
tonnes
Bridge cranes with a rated capacity greater than 10
tonnes
Gantry cranes and bridge cranes designed to handle molten metal or
dangerous goods (within the meaning of the Australian Dangerous Goods
Code)
Boom-type elevating work platforms
Hoists, with a platform movement in excess of 2.4 metres, designed
to lift or support people
Mast climbing work platforms
Vehicle hoists
Amusement devices
132 Hirer or lessor to provide information
(1) A person who hires or leases plant to another person must provide
other persons who have responsibilities under this Regulation with all
available information about the plant that is necessary to enable the other
persons to fulfil their responsibilities with respect to the following:(a) identifying hazards,
(b) assessing risks arising from those hazards,
(c) eliminating or controlling those risks,
(d) providing information.
(A person who hires or leases plant to another person is not
required to comply with this subclause within the period of 12 months after
its commencement.)
(2) Without limiting subclause (1), a person who hires or leases plant
to another person must ensure that the person is provided with relevant health
and safety information about the plant including, if appropriate, information
about the commissioning, installation, use, testing, de-commissioning and
dismantling of the plant.
(3) Without limiting subclause (1), a person who hires or leases an
amusement device to another person must ensure that the person hiring or
leasing the amusement device is provided with:(a) the log book for the amusement device in which details of all
tests, maintenance, inspections, commissioning, alteration or repair of the
amusement device have been accurately recorded by a competent person,
and
(b) the operating and maintenance manuals for the amusement
device.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
133 Hirer or lessor to obtain information
(1) A person who hires or leases plant to another person must obtain
such information as is necessary to enable the person to fulfil the
person’s responsibilities with respect to the following:(a) identifying hazards,
(b) assessing risks arising from those hazards,
(c) eliminating or controlling those risks,
(d) providing information.
(A person who hires or leases plant to another person is not
required to comply with this subclause within the period of 12 months after
its commencement.)
(2) Without limiting subclause (1), a person who hires or leases plant
must obtain the information that a manufacturer is required to provide to the
person under clause 105 (Manufacturer to provide
information).
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Part 5.4 Working with plant
Note. See note at beginning of this Chapter as to employer including self-employed
person.
134 Application
(1) This Part deals with the installation, erection, commissioning,
use, maintenance, repair, dismantling, storage and disposal of plant for use
at work and plant affecting public safety.
(2) The requirements of this Part as to the installation, erection and
commissioning of plant apply to plant installed, erected and commissioned
after the date of commencement of this Regulation.
(3) The requirements of this Part as to the use, maintenance, repair,
dismantling, storage and disposal of plant apply to all plant to which this
Part applies, whether manufactured before or after the date of commencement of
this Regulation.
(4) For the purposes of this Regulation, a lift or an amusement device
registered under the Construction Safety
Regulations 1950 immediately before the commencement of this
Part is taken to be plant registered under Subdivision 2 of Division 3 of Part
5.2.
135 Installation, erection and commissioning of
plant—particular risk control measures
An employer must ensure, in complying with the requirements of
clause 11 (Employer to eliminate or control risks) as to the control of risks
arising from the installation, erection or commissioning of plant that:(a) the plant is erected, installed or commissioned having regard to
the instructions of the designer and manufacturer, or to instructions
developed by a competent person, in so far as they relate to health and
safety, and
(b) a competent person undertakes the installation, erection or
commissioning and is provided with all information necessary to enable plant
to be installed and commissioned so as to eliminate risks to health and safety
or, if this is not practicable, to control them, and
(c) the plant is installed, erected and commissioned in a location
that is suitable for the operation being undertaken and the type of plant
being used, and
(d) plant that is designed to be operated in a fixed position is
positioned on and, if necessary, fixed to, a secure base in order to prevent
inadvertent movement when power is applied or while the plant is in operation,
and
(e) there is sufficient clear space around the plant to allow the
plant to be used and repaired, and
(f) there is sufficient space for access to and egress from parts of
the plant that require cleaning and maintenance, and
(g) emergency lighting, safety doors and alarm systems are provided if
access to plant is required as part of normal operation and persons may be
trapped and exposed to increased risk due to heat, cold or lack of oxygen,
and
(h) interim safeguards are used during testing, if the final means of
safeguarding are not in place, and
(i) as far as can be determined by commissioning, the plant is safe
for transfer into active service, and
(j) if the plant is an amusement device, details of the erection of
the amusement device are recorded in the log book for the amusement device on
each occasion on which it is erected.
(An employer is not required to comply with paragraphs
(a)–(i) within the period of 12 months after commencement of this
clause.)
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Note. Division 1 of Part 5.2 relating to the design of plant also
applies to alterations to plant designs. A supplier who alters a design to
eliminate or control a risk must comply with the design requirements of that
Division. (See clause 84 (2) (b) and see also the definition of alter in clause 82
(1).)
136 Use of plant—registration requirements and
particular risk control measures
(1) An employer must ensure that plant that:(a) is designed and manufactured after the commencement of this
Regulation, and
(b) is of a kind specified in the Table to clause 107 (Plant for which
designs are to be registered),
is not used unless the plant has a current design registration number
issued under Subdivision 1 of Division 3 of Part 5.2 and evidence of the
registration is readily accessible. (An employer is not required to comply
with this subclause within the period of 12 months after its
commencement.)Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(2) An employer must ensure that plant of a kind specified in the
Table to clause 113 (Items of plant required to be registered) is not used
unless the plant has a current item registration issued under Subdivision 2 of
Division 3 of Part 5.2 (or under the Construction Safety Regulations 1950)
and evidence of the registration is displayed on or near the plant. (An
employer is not required to comply with this subclause within the period of 12
months after its commencement (except to the extent that the subclause applies
to lifts and amusement devices).)Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(3) An employer must ensure in relation to use of plant that:(a) plant (with the exception of lifts that are operated by members of
the public and coin-operated amusement devices) is not operated by a person
unless the person has received adequate information and training and is
supervised to the extent necessary to minimise the risks to health and safety,
and
(b) plant is used only for the purpose for which it was designed
unless a competent person has made an assessment that the change in use does
not present an increased risk to health or safety, and
(c) if safety features or warning devices are incorporated into plant,
the features or devices are used as intended, and
(d) if it is not possible to eliminate the risk of entanglement in
plant with moving parts, persons do not operate, or pass in close proximity
to, the plant unless the risk of entanglement is controlled by guarding that
meets the requirements of clause 90 (1) or the use of a safe system of work,
and
(e) if it is not possible to eliminate the risk of parts of the plant
or work pieces breaking, disintegrating or being ejected from the plant,
persons do not operate, or pass in close proximity to, the plant unless the
risk is controlled by guarding that meets the requirements of clause 90 (3),
and
(f) an employee does not work between fixed and traversing parts of
the plant if there is a risk to health or safety, and
(g) if plant can be remotely or automatically energised and become a
risk to health and safety:(i) the immediate operating area of the plant is designated as a
restricted space and access to it is controlled at all times,
and
(ii) an employee does not work in the immediate operating area of the
plant unless appropriate controls and systems of work are used,
and
(h) an employee is not permitted to work in the immediate vicinity of
plant that could start without warning and cause hazards unless appropriate
controls and systems of work are in place, and
(i) pipes and other parts of plant that may become hot are adequately
guarded or insulated, and
(j) pipes and other parts of plant that may become cold are adequately
guarded or insulated, and
(k) fixed sources of heat, such as furnaces, coke ovens and cooling
racks, are ventilated, and
(l) measures are provided to prevent, as far as practicable,
unauthorised interference with or alteration or use of plant that may make the
plant a risk to health or safety, and
(m) plant is subject to appropriate checks, tests and inspections
necessary to minimise risks to health and safety, and
(n) if the operation or condition of plant presents an immediate risk
to health or safety, the plant is withdrawn from operation until the risk is
eliminated or, if this is not practicable,
controlled.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(4) A reference in this clause to an employer extends to an owner of
plant affecting public safety.
137 Maintenance and repair of plant—particular risk
control measures
(1) An employer must ensure in relation to the maintenance and repair
of plant that:(a) the necessary facilities and systems of work are provided and
maintained so as to minimise risks to health and safety of persons
maintaining, inspecting, altering, repairing or cleaning the plant,
and
(b) inspections, maintenance and cleaning are carried out having
regard to procedures recommended by the designer or manufacturer or designer
and manufacturer, or developed by a competent person, and
(c) all safety features and warning devices of plant are maintained
and tested, and
(d) if plant has been damaged to the extent that its operation or
condition is impaired and the risk to health or safety is increased, a
competent person assesses the damage and provides advice on:(i) the nature of the damage, and
(ii) whether the plant is able to be repaired and, if so, what repairs
must be carried out to minimise risks to health and safety,
and
(e) repair, inspection and, if necessary, testing is carried out by a
competent person, and
(f) repairs to the plant are carried out so as to keep the plant
within its design limits.
(2) An employer must ensure that:(a) if access to plant is required for the purpose of maintenance,
cleaning or repair, the plant is stopped and one or more of the following
measures is used so as to control risks to health and safety:(i) lockout or isolation devices,
(ii) danger tags,
(iii) permit to work systems,
(iv) other control measures, and
(b) if it is not practicable to carry out cleaning or maintenance with
the plant stopped, operational controls that permit controlled movement of the
plant are fitted and safe systems of work are used.
(3) In this clause:(a) a reference to an employer extends to an owner of plant affecting
public safety, and
(b) in the case of an amusement device—a reference to a
competent person is to be read as a reference to a qualified
engineer.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
138 Dismantling, storage and disposal of
plant—particular risk control measures
An employer must ensure in relation to dismantling, storage and
disposal of plant that:(a) if plant is dismantled, the dismantling is carried out by a
competent person, and
(b) all available information provided by the designer or manufacturer
to the employer that is relevant to the dismantling is made available to the
competent person, and
(c) if plant, including plant that is dismantled, is to be stored,
storage is carried out by a competent person, and
(d) if plant contains materials that present a risk to health or
safety and the plant is to be disposed of, the disposal is carried out by a
competent person.
(An employer is not required to comply with this clause within the
period of 12 months after its commencement.)
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
139 Use of amusement devices—particular risk control
measures
(1) An employer must ensure that an amusement device (other than a
coin operated amusement device) is operated only by a person who is competent
to operate it and, if that person is not the owner of the amusement device,
that the person operating the amusement device:(a) checks the amusement device before it is operated on each day on
which it is to be operated, and
(b) operates the amusement device without passengers before operating
it with passengers on each day on which the amusement device is to be
operated, and
(c) ensures that each daily check and operation of the amusement
device without passengers is properly and accurately recorded in the log book
for the amusement device.
(2) An employer must ensure in relation to the maintenance and repair
of an amusement device that maintenance, repair, inspection and, if necessary,
testing is carried out by a competent person and:(a) in accordance with the requirements of AS 3533.2—1997 Amusement
rides and devices Part 2: Operation and maintenance, including
as to the recording of details of all work carried out in the log book for the
amusement device, and
(b) in accordance with:(i) the recommendations of the designer or manufacturer or designer
and manufacturer, or
(ii) if a maintenance manual for the amusement device has been prepared
by a competent person, the requirements of the maintenance
manual.
(3) A reference in this clause to an employer extends to the owner of
the amusement device concerned.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
140 Plant under pressure—particular risk control
measures
(1) An employer must ensure in relation to plant under pressure
that:(a) pressure equipment (excluding gas cylinders and miniature boilers)
is inspected in accordance with AS/NZS
3788:1996 Pressure equipment—in-service
inspection, and
(b) miniature copper boilers (falling within the definition of
pressure
equipment) are inspected, operated and maintained in accordance with
AMBSC Code—Part 1: Copper Boilers, and
(c) miniature steel boilers (falling within the definition of pressure
equipment) are inspected, operated and maintained in accordance with
AMBSC Code—Part 2: Steel Boilers.
(2) An employer must ensure that a gas cylinder complies with AS 2030 Parts 1, 2 and 4 (as
listed in Schedule 1) and is inspected and maintained as required by that
Standard.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
141 Powered mobile plant—particular risk control
measures
(1) An employer must ensure that powered mobile plant is used so as to
minimise the risk of overturning or a falling object coming into contact with
the operator.
(2) An employer must ensure that an appropriate combination of
operator protective devices are provided, used and maintained if there is a
risk of:(a) powered mobile plant overturning, or
(b) an object falling on the operator, or
(c) an operator being ejected from the
seat.
(3) An employer must ensure that appropriate controls are implemented
to eliminate or minimise the risk of the powered mobile plant colliding with
pedestrians or other powered mobile plant.
(4) An employer must ensure that a tractor designed to have a mass of
560 kg or more, but less than 15,000 kg, is not used unless:(a) if the tractor was manufactured, imported or originally purchased
after 1981, it is securely fitted with a protective structure that conforms
with AS
1636.1—1996, AS
1636.2—1996 and AS
1636.3—1996 Tractors—Roll-over protective
structures—Criteria and tests—Conventional
tractors, or
(b) if the tractor was manufactured, imported or originally purchased
during or before 1981, it is securely fitted with:(i) a roll-over protective structure that conforms with AS 1636.1—1996, AS 1636.2—1996 and AS 1636.3—1996
Tractors—Roll-over protective structures—Criteria and
tests, or
(ii) if such a structure is not available, an alternative roll-over
protective structure designed by a suitably qualified engineer having regard
to the performance requirements of AS
1636.1—1996.
(5) If a tractor is used in a place that is too low for the tractor to
work while it is fitted with a roll-over protective structure, the structure
may be lowered or removed for the period during which the tractor is used in
such a situation (but only if other measures to minimise the risk of roll-over
or harm from falling objects are in place).
(6) An employer must ensure that earthmoving machinery designed to
have a mass of 700 kg or more, but less than 100,000 kg, is not used
unless:(a) if the machinery was manufactured, imported or originally
purchased after 1989, it is securely fitted with a protective structure that
conforms with AS
2294.1—1997, AS
2294.2—1997 and AS
2294.3—1997 Earth-moving machinery—Protective
structures, or
(b) if the machinery was manufactured, imported or originally
purchased during or before 1989, it is securely fitted with:(i) a protective structure that conforms with AS 2294.1—1997, AS 2294.2—1997 and AS 2294.3—1997,
or
(ii) if such a structure is not available, an alternative protective
structure designed by a suitably qualified engineer having regard to the
performance requirements of AS
2294.1—1997, AS
2294.2—1997 and AS
2294.3—1997.
(7) In designing an alternative structure for the purposes of this
clause, an engineer may, if satisfied that deformation testing is not
required, substitute calculated deformations.
(8) Such a structure must be identified with the information required
by:(a) AS
1636.1—1996, or
(b) AS
2294.1—1997, AS
2294.2—1997 and AS
2294.3—1997,
whichever is appropriate.
(9) An employer must ensure that powered mobile plant is fitted with
appropriate seat restraints if:(a) the plant is fitted with a rollover protective structure or a
falling object protective structure, and
(b) attachment points for the seat restraints have been incorporated
in the original design of the plant.
(10) An employer must ensure that powered mobile plant:(a) is fitted with warning devices that are appropriate to effectively
warn persons who are at risk from movement of the plant,
and
(b) is not used to carry, lift or lower a person other than the
operator unless:(i) the plant was specifically designed to carry persons,
and
(ii) if the plant includes a specifically designed seat for carrying a
passenger, the person is seated in the seat, and
(iii) the seat is fitted with appropriate seat restraints,
and
(iv) the seat is located within a zone of protection afforded by
operator protective devices.
(11) An employer must ensure that industrial lift trucks:(a) are equipped with appropriate lifting attachments specifically
designed for the load to be lifted or moved, and
(b) are used in a way that minimises exposure of the operator to risks
arising from work practices or systems and the particular environment in which
the industrial lift truck is used.
(12) This clause does not apply to powered mobile plant that:(a) is not operated by a person, or
(b) is installed in a fixed position in a manner that does not permit
its use as powered mobile plant.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
142 Plant designed to lift or move—particular risk
control measures
(1) An employer must ensure that a clearly legible notice is affixed,
in a conspicuous place, on a lift or any lifting machinery, specifying the
rated capacity of the plant in appropriate metric units or maximum number of
persons to be lifted, as may be appropriate.Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(2) A reference in subclause (1) to an employer extends to an owner of
plant affecting public safety.
(3) An employer must ensure that, in relation to plant designed to
lift or move people, equipment or materials:(a) as far as practicable, no loads are suspended or travel over a
person, and
(b) plant that is not specifically designed for lifting or suspending
loads is not used for those tasks unless the plant provides at least an equal
level of safety to that of plant that is specifically designed for those
tasks, and
(c) all lifting or suspending is done within the rated capacity of the
plant, and
(d) persons are not lifted or suspended by plant or an attachment to
plant (other than plant specifically designed for lifting or suspending
persons) unless:(i) use of another method of lifting or suspending is not reasonably
practicable, and
(ii) a suitable and adequate personnel box or carrier, designed for the
purpose, is used and is securely attached to the plant,
and
(iii) means are provided by which persons being lifted or suspended can
have safe egress from the personnel box, carrier or plant in the event of a
failure in the normal operation of the plant, and
(iv) the plant is suitably stabilised, and can be maintained by the
operator in that state, at all times during which the personnel box or carrier
is in use, and
(v) a suitable fall arrest device is provided to and worn by all
persons who are suspended in a personnel box or carrier unless the box or
carrier is fully enclosed, and
(vi) in the case of a crane, the crane has drive-up and drive-down
controls on both the hoisting and luffing motions and these controls are used
by the operator in the lifting and suspending
operations.
Maximum penalty (subclause (3)): Level
4.
143 Employer to keep records
(1) An employer who has control of any plant of a kind specified in
the Table to clause 131 (Plant for which records are to be kept) must make and
keep for the operating life of the plant records of any tests, maintenance,
inspections, commissioning or alteration of plant relevant to controlling
risks arising from the plant.
(2) An employer must ensure in relation to an amusement device
that:(a) details of all tests, maintenance, inspections, commissioning,
alteration or repair of the amusement device are accurately recorded in the
log book for the amusement device by a competent person,
and
(b) the log book and operating and maintenance manuals for the
amusement device are kept with the amusement
device.
(3) A reference in this clause to an employer extends to an owner of
plant affecting public safety.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
144 Employer to provide information
(1) An employer must provide persons involved in the commissioning,
installation, use and testing, and the de-commissioning, dismantling and
disposal, of plant with all available information concerning health and safety
about the plant.
(2) An employer must ensure that all relevant information on emergency
procedures relating to plant is displayed in a manner that can be readily
observed by persons who may be exposed to risks arising from the operation of
the plant.
(3) An employer who contracts out the design of plant for use at work
must ensure that the person who is engaged to design the plant is provided
with all relevant information about matters relating to the plant that may
affect health and safety.
(4) An employer must ensure that persons involved in the
commissioning, installation, use and testing, and the de-commissioning,
dismantling and disposal, of an amusement device are provided with:(a) the log book for the amusement device in which details concerning
erection, operation, maintenance and repair of the amusement device are
recorded, and
(b) the operating and maintenance manuals for the amusement
device.
(5) A reference in this clause to an employer extends to an owner of
plant affecting public safety.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
Chapter 6 Hazardous substances
Note. This Chapter imposes obligations on an employer. Employer, for the purposes of this
Chapter, includes self-employed persons (see clause 3).
Part 6.1 Preliminary
145 Definitions
(1) In this Chapter:analysis means a process
used for the purpose of identifying the kind or quantities of ingredients in a
substance.
biological
monitoring means the measurement and evaluation of hazardous
substances or their metabolites in the body tissues, fluids or exhaled air of
a person.
container means
anything in or by which substances are or have been wholly or partly encased,
covered, enclosed, contained or packed (whether empty, partially full or
completely full), but does not include a bulk container, namely:
(a) in the case of a container designed to hold gas—a container
that has a capacity of more than 500 litres, or
(b) in the case of a container designed to hold either solids or
liquids—a container that has either a net mass of more than 400
kilograms or a capacity of more than 450 litres.
exposure—see
clause 146 (2).
health
surveillance means the monitoring of persons to identify changes (if
any) in their health due to exposure to a hazardous substance, and includes
biological monitoring, but does not include the monitoring of atmospheric
contaminants.
MSDS
means a material safety data sheet referred to in clause 150.
research means
systematic investigative or experimental activities that are carried out for
the purpose of:
(a) acquiring new knowledge (whether or not that knowledge will have a
specific practical application), or
(b) creating new or improved materials, products, devices, processes
or services.
risk to
health, in relation to a substance, means the likelihood that the
substance will cause harm to health in the circumstances of its
use.
type I
ingredient means an ingredient present in a particular hazardous
substance in a quantity that exceeds the lowest relevant concentration cut-off
level specified for the hazard classification of the substance in the document
entitled “Approved Criteria for
Classifying Hazardous Substances [NOHSC: 1008
(1999)]” published by the NOHS Commission, being an
ingredient that:
(a) is a substance that is, according to that document:(i) carcinogenic, mutagenic or teratogenic, or
(ii) a skin or respiratory sensitiser, or
(iii) corrosive, toxic or very toxic, or
(iv) a harmful substance that can cause irreversible effects after
acute exposure, or
(v) a harmful substance that can cause serious damage to health after
repeated or prolonged exposure, or
(vi) toxic to reproduction, or
(b) is a substance for which an exposure standard is listed in the
document entitled “Adopted
National Exposure Standards for Atmospheric Contaminants in the Occupational
Environments [NOHSC: 1003]”
published by the NOHS Commission, as in force from time to
time.
type
II ingredient means an ingredient present in a particular hazardous
substance in a quantity that exceeds the lowest relevant concentration cut-off
level specified for the hazard classification of the substance in the document
entitled “Approved Criteria for
Classifying Hazardous Substances [NOHSC: 1008
(1999)]” published by the NOHS Commission, being an
ingredient that:
(a) is a harmful substance according to that document,
and
(b) is not a type I ingredient.
type
III ingredient means an ingredient present in a particular hazardous
substance that is not a type I ingredient or a type II
ingredient.
use of a
substance, means the use, production, handling, storage, transport or disposal
of the substance.
(2) A reference in this Chapter to a document prepared or published by
any body or authority is to be taken as a reference to that document, as in
force from time to time, and (if the document is revoked and remade, with or
without modifications) includes a reference to the new document, as in force
from time to time.
146 Application
(1) This Chapter applies (subject to clause 147) to all hazardous
substances, to all places of work in which hazardous substances are used, and
to all persons who have been, are or may become exposed to hazardous
substances in those places of work.
(2) For the purposes of this Chapter, exposure of a person to a
hazardous substance includes the absorption, or potential absorption, by the
person of the substance by ingestion or inhalation or through the skin or
mucous membrane or by any other means.
147 Exclusion of certain substances
(1) This Chapter does not apply to the following substances if their
use is not related to a work activity:(a) food (within the meaning of the Food Act 1989),
(b) therapeutic agents,
(c) cosmetics,
(d) tobacco and tobacco products,
(e) toiletries and toilet products.
(2) This Chapter does not apply to:(a) any radioactive substance to which the Radiation Control Act 1990 applies,
or
(b) any infectious substance (that is, any viable micro-organism, such
as a bacterium, virus, rickettsia, parasite, fungus, recombinant, hybrid or
mutant, that is known or reasonably believed to cause disease in humans or
animals).
(3) This Chapter does not apply to a hazardous substance while it is
being transported in accordance with any of the following:(a) the Road and Rail Transport
(Dangerous Goods) Act 1997 and the regulations under that
Act,
(b) the document entitled “International Maritime Dangerous Goods
Code” published by the International Maritime
Organization, copies of which are available for inspection at the offices of
WorkCover,
(c) the document entitled “Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous Goods
by Air” published by the International Civil Aviation
Organization, copies of which are available for inspection at the offices of
WorkCover,
(d) the document entitled “Dangerous Goods Regulations” published by
the International Air Transport Association, copies of which are available for
inspection at the offices of WorkCover.
Part 6.2 Manufacture of hazardous substances
Note. See clause 7 (2) as to the extent of a manufacturer’s duties
under this Part.
148 Application
(1) This Part applies to hazardous substances manufactured for use at
work.
(2) A person who imports a substance manufactured outside New South
Wales for supply to others or for the person’s own use must ensure that
the responsibilities of a manufacturer under this Part are met in relation to
the substance.
149 Manufacturer to identify hazardous substances
(1) A manufacturer of a substance must, before the substance is used
or supplied to another person for use at work, determine whether the substance
is a hazardous substance:(a) by ascertaining whether it is listed in the document entitled
“List of Designated Hazardous
Substances [NOHSC: 10005 (1999)]”
published by the NOHS Commission, or
(b) by ascertaining whether it fits the criteria for hazardous
substances set out in the document entitled “Approved Criteria for Classifying Hazardous Substances
[NOHSC: 1008 (1999)]” published by the
NOHS Commission.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(2) If:(a) a manufacturer determines that a substance is a hazardous
substance on the basis of the document entitled “Approved Criteria for Classifying Hazardous
Substances [NOHSC: 1008 (1999)]”
published by the NOHS Commission, and
(b) the substance is a natural or artificial entity (and not any
composite material, mixture or formulation), and
(c) the substance is not listed on the document entitled
“List of Designated Hazardous
Substances [NOHSC: 10005 (1999)]”
published by the NOHS Commission,
the manufacturer must, by notice in writing, inform the NOHS Commission
of the determination.Maximum penalty (subclause (2)): Level
3.
150 Manufacturer to prepare material safety data
sheet
(1) A manufacturer of a hazardous substance must prepare a material
safety data sheet (MSDS) for the substance
before the hazardous substance is supplied to another person for use at
work.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(2) The MSDS:(a1) must be in English, and
(a2) must contain the date on which it was last reviewed or, if it has
not been reviewed, the date of its preparation, and
(a) must clearly identify each hazardous substance to which it
relates, and
(b) must set out the following information in relation to a hazardous
substance to which it relates:(i) its recommended uses,
(ii) its chemical and physical properties,
(iii) information relating to each of its ingredients, to the extent
required by subclause (3),
(iv) any relevant health-hazard information,
(v) information concerning the precautions to be followed in relation
to its safe use and handling, and
(c) must set out the name, and Australian address and telephone
numbers (including an emergency number), of the
manufacturer.
(3) The following information must be disclosed by an MSDS about the
ingredients of the hazardous substance to which it relates:(a) for each type I ingredient, its chemical name,
(b) for each type II ingredient:(i) its chemical name, or
(ii) if the identity of the ingredient is commercially confidential,
its generic name,
(c) for each type III ingredient:(i) its chemical name, or
(ii) its generic name.
(4) If a generic name is used to identify a type II ingredient under
subclause (3) (b) (ii), the manufacturer must notify the NOHS Commission of
the use of the generic name in a manner and form determined by the
Commission.Maximum penalty: Level 1.
(5) If the manufacturer considers that compliance with subclause (3)
(c) would not provide sufficient commercial protection for a type III
ingredient, other than an ingredient that has a known synergistic effect or is
a hazardous substance, the MSDS may indicate that the ingredient has been
determined not to be hazardous by the use of the phrase “OTHER
INGREDIENTS DETERMINED NOT TO BE HAZARDOUS”.
(6) The manufacturer must review and revise the MSDS as often as is
reasonably necessary to keep it up to date and, in any event, at intervals not
exceeding 5 years.Maximum penalty (subclause (6)): Level
4.
(7) If a hazardous substance manufactured by a manufacturer is also
dangerous goods, the MSDS prepared for the substance for the purposes of this
clause:(a) may be a single MSDS that complies with both clause 174J and this
clause if it is prepared before 1 September 2006, or
(b) must be a single MSDS that complies with both clause 174J and this
clause if it is prepared on or after 1 September
2006.
151 Manufacturer to provide MSDS
A manufacturer of a hazardous substance must provide a copy of a
current MSDS for that hazardous substance:(a) to any person who supplies the hazardous substance for use at
work, and
(b) to any person who claims to be associated with the use of the
hazardous substance at work and who asks to be provided with a copy of the
MSDS, and
(c) to any medical practitioner or health practitioner who requires it
for the purpose of providing emergency medical
treatment.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
152 Manufacturer to disclose ingredients to medical
practitioner
(1) If an MSDS or label does not disclose the chemical name of an
ingredient of a hazardous substance, the manufacturer of the hazardous
substance must disclose the chemical identity of the ingredient to any medical
practitioner or health practitioner who applies to the manufacturer for the
disclosure of that information for the purpose of emergency medical
treatment.
(2) The manufacturer must immediately respond to the application but,
on or after supplying any information, may require the medical practitioner or
health practitioner concerned to sign a written undertaking that he or she
will only use the information for the purpose for which it has been
provided.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
153 Manufacturer to disclose ingredients to other
persons
(1) An application may be made to the manufacturer of a hazardous
substance for the disclosure of the chemical identity of any ingredient of the
substance that is not disclosed by the MSDS or label for the
substance.
(2) The manufacturer may require the application to be made in writing
and to set out details of the grounds on which it is
made.
(3) The manufacturer must respond to the application within 30 days
after it is received.Maximum penalty: Level 2.
(4) The manufacturer may make it a condition of the provision of any
information in response to an application (other than an application by an
authorised official within the meaning of section 137 of the Act) that the
applicant sign a written undertaking that he or she will only use the
information for the purpose for which it has been
provided.
(5) In the case of an application made by WorkCover, an employer or an
employee or by a representative of an employer or employee, the manufacturer
must disclose the chemical identity of the ingredient to the applicant if the
application is made for the express purpose of protecting the health of
persons who may be exposed to the hazardous substance through its use at work.
However, if a condition has been imposed under subclause (4) in connection
with the disclosure, the manufacturer may refuse the application if the
applicant has not signed a written undertaking in accordance with the
condition.Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(6) In any other case, the manufacturer may either disclose the
chemical identity of the ingredient or else reject the
application.
(7) If the manufacturer rejects the application, the
manufacturer:(a) must provide the applicant with written reasons for the rejection,
and
(b) must provide such information as is necessary to satisfy the
grounds on which the application is made without disclosing the chemical
identity of the ingredient.
Maximum penalty (subclause (7)): Level
2.
Note. Section 137 of the Act prohibits the disclosure by authorised
officials of information obtained in connection with the administration or
execution of the Act. “Authorised official” is defined in the
section and includes such persons as WorkCover inspectors and authorised
representatives of industrial organisations.
Part 6.3 Supply of hazardous substances
Note. See clause 7 (2) as to the extent of a supplier’s duties
under this Part.
Division 1 Preliminary
154 Application
This Part applies to the supply of hazardous substances for use at
work.
Division 2 Supply of hazardous substances
generally
155 Supplier to provide MSDS
(1) A person who supplies a hazardous substance to an employer for use
at work must ensure, in relation to each hazardous substance supplied, that a
current MSDS prepared by the manufacturer is provided:(a) on the first occasion the hazardous substance is supplied to the
employer, and
(a1) on the first occasion the hazardous substance is supplied
following a revision of the MSDS, and
(b) at any other time, to any person who claims to be associated with
the use of the hazardous substance at work and who asks to be provided with a
copy of the MSDS, and
(c) to any medical practitioner or health practitioner who requires it
for the purpose of providing emergency medical
treatment.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(2) Subclause (1) (a) does not apply to a hazardous substance that is
supplied to a retailer or a retail warehouse operator in a consumer package
holding less than 30 kilograms or 30 litres of the hazardous substance, that
is intended for retail sale and that is not intended to be opened on the
premises of the retailer or operator.
156 Supplier to ensure hazardous substances are
labelled
(1) A person who supplies a hazardous substance for use at work must
ensure that any container of the hazardous substance is appropriately
labelled.
(2) Without limiting subclause (1), the person must ensure that any
such label:(a) clearly identifies the hazardous substance,
and
(b) sets out the name, and Australian address and telephone numbers
(including an emergency number), of the person, and
(c) discloses the chemical name of each type I ingredient,
and
(d) discloses the chemical name of each type II ingredient or, if the
identity of the ingredient is commercially confidential, its generic name,
and
(e) provides basic health and safety information about the substance,
including any relevant risk phrases and safety
phrases.
(3) If the container to be labelled is so small that it is not
practicable to include all the particulars referred to in subclause (2), it is
sufficient if the label complies with paragraphs (a) and (b) of that
subclause.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
157 Supplier to provide other information
A person who supplies a hazardous substance to an employer for use
at work must provide to the employer, on request:(a) any summary report (within the meaning of the Industrial Chemicals (Notification and Assessment) Act
1989 of the Commonwealth) that relates to the hazardous
substance, and
(b) any other relevant information (in addition to the information
contained in an MSDS) that will assist in the safe use of the hazardous
substance.
Maximum penalty: Level 2.
Division 3 Supply of carcinogenic substances—particular
provisions
158 Definitions
In this Division:notifiable
carcinogenic substance means a substance of the following
kind:
Substance
Name [Chemical Abstract Number]
Acrylonitrile [107-13-1]
Benzene [71-43-2]—when used as a feedstock containing more than 50%
of benzene by volume
Cyclophosphamide [50-18-0] (cytotoxic drug)—when used in
preparations for therapeutic use in hospitals and oncological treatment
facilities, and in manufacturing operations
3,3′-Dichlorobenzidine [91-94-1] and its salts (including
3,3′-Dichlorobenzidine dihydrochloride [612-83-9])
Diethyl sulfate [64-67-5]
Dimethyl sulfate [77-78-1]
Ethylene dibromide [106-93-4]—when used as a fumigant
4,4′-Methylene bis(2-chloroaniline) [101-14-4]—MOCA
2-Propiolactone [57-57-8]
o-Toluidine [95-53-4] and o-Toluidine hydrochloride [636-21-5]
Vinyl chloride monomer [75-01-4]
prohibited
carcinogenic substance means a substance of the following
kind:
Substance
Name [Chemical Abstract Number]
2-Acetylaminofluorene [53-96-3]Aflatoxins—except in foods where specifically permitted
under the Food Act
1989
4-Aminodiphenyl [92-67-1]
Amosite [12172-73-5] (brown asbestos)—except for removal,
disposal, maintenance, encapsulation and enclosure purposes and situations
where amosite occurs naturally and is not used for any new
application
Benzidine [92-87-5] and its salts (including benzidine
dihydrochloride [531-85-1])
bis(Chloromethyl) ether [542-88-1]
Chloromethyl methyl ether [107-30-2] (technical grade which
contains bis(chloromethyl) ether)
Chrysotile [12001-29-5] (white asbestos)—except when:
(a) used for the purpose of research or analysis,
or
(b) being removed or disposed of, or being handled for storage or
stored awaiting disposal, or
(c) encountered during non-asbestos mining, or
(d) comprising or included in an item being used for the purpose of a
historical or educational display.
Crocidolite [12001-28-4] (blue asbestos)—except for removal,
disposal, maintenance, encapsulation and enclosure purposes and situations
where crocidolite occurs naturally and is not used for any new
application
4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene [60-11-7]
2-Naphthylamine [91-59-8] and its salts
4-Nitrodiphenyl [92-93-3]
159 Supply of carcinogenic substances
(1AA) In this clause, a reference to a prohibited carcinogenic substance
includes a reference to an item that contains any form of asbestos that is a
prohibited carcinogenic substance.
(1) A person must not supply a prohibited carcinogenic substance
unless:(a) the substance is to be used for the purpose of research or
analysis, and
(b) the person to whom the substance is to be supplied provides
evidence that WorkCover has been notified, in accordance with Part 12.3, of
the intention of that person to use the same type of carcinogenic
substance.
(1A) In addition, supplying chrysotile (white asbestos) does not
contravene subclause (1) if the only purpose of the supply is:(a) so that it may be removed or disposed of, or
(b) so that it may be stored awaiting disposal, or
(c) so that it may be used for the purpose of a historical or
educational display.
(1B) Subclause (1) does not apply to a supply of chrysotile (white
asbestos) encountered during non-asbestos mining.
(2) A person must not supply a notifiable carcinogenic substance
unless the person to whom the substance is to be supplied provides evidence
that WorkCover has been notified, in accordance with Part 12.3, of the
intention of that person to use the same type of carcinogenic
substance.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
160 Supplier to keep records of supply of carcinogenic
substances
(1) A person who supplies a prohibited or notifiable carcinogenic
substance for use at work must keep a record containing the following
information:(a) the name of the person to whom the carcinogenic substance has been
supplied,
(b) the name and quantity of the carcinogenic substance
supplied.
This clause does not apply to the supply of a prohibited or
notifiable carcinogenic substance within the period of 12 months after
commencement of the clause.
(2) The record must be retained for at least 5
years.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
Part 6.4 Use of hazardous substances
161 Application
This Part applies to the use of hazardous substances at
work.Note. See clause 51 (Atmospheric contaminants—particular risk
control measures) for prohibition of exposure to atmospheric contaminants
above specified exposure levels.
162 Employer to obtain MSDS
(1) For each hazardous substance supplied to an employer’s place
of work, the employer:(a) must obtain from the supplier an MSDS for the substance before or
on the first occasion on which it is supplied, and
(b) must ensure that the MSDS is readily accessible to an employee who
could be exposed to the substance, and
(c) must ensure that the MSDS is not altered, otherwise than where it
is appropriate that an overseas MSDS be reformatted by the
employer.
(2) The provisions of subclause (1) (a) and (b) do not apply to a
hazardous substance that is supplied to a retailer or retail warehouse
operator in a consumer package holding less than 30 kilograms or 30 litres of
the substance, that is intended for retail sale and that is not intended to be
opened on the premises of the retailer or operator.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
163 Employer to ensure containers are labelled
(1) An employer must ensure that a container that holds a hazardous
substance used at work, including one supplied to or produced within the
employer’s place of work, is appropriately labelled and that the label
is not removed, defaced or altered.
(2) Without limiting subclause (1), an employer must ensure that the
label:(a) clearly identifies the hazardous substance,
and
(b) provides basic health and safety information about the substance,
including any relevant risk phrases and safety
phrases.
(3) However:(a) a container into which a hazardous substance is decanted for use
within the next 12 hours need only be labelled with the product name and the
relevant risk phrases and safety phrases, and
(b) a container into which a hazardous substance is decanted for
immediate use need not be labelled, so long as it is cleaned immediately after
it has been emptied of the substance.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
164 Use of hazardous substances
(1AA) In this clause, a reference to a hazardous substance includes a
reference to an item that contains any form of asbestos that is a hazardous
substance.
(1) An employer must ensure that a hazardous substance of the kind set
out in the Table to this subclause is not used for a purpose referred to in
respect of that hazardous substance.
Table
Hazardous substance | Prohibited use |
Arsenic or its compounds | Spray painting |
Asbestos in the form of chrysotile | All purposes, including the purpose of replacing an item including
chrysotile with another item including chrysotile, but not for the purpose
of: (a) research or analysis, or
(b) being removed or disposed of, or being handled for storage or
stored awaiting disposal, or
(c) a historical or educational display of an item consisting of or
including chrysotile.
|
Asbestos in the form of crocidolite, amosite,
fibrous anthophyllite, tremolite or actinolite | All uses, except for the purpose of sampling or
analysis, maintenance, removal, disposal, encapsulation or
enclosure |
Benzene (benzol), if the substance contains more
than 1% by volume | Spray painting |
Carbon disulphide (carbon
bisulphide) | Spray painting |
Crystalline silicon dioxide (sand) | An abrasive in abrasive blasting A constituent of steel casting moulds, when sufficient quantities of
suitable alternative non-siliceous materials are available A constituent in parting powders and facing powders used in foundry
work A constituent in paints used on the surface of moulds or
cores |
Methanol (methyl alcohol), if the substance
contains more than 1% by volume | Spray painting |
Tetrachloroethane | Spray painting |
Tetrachloromethane (carbon
tetrachloride) | Spray painting |
(1A) Subclause (1) does not apply to a use of chrysotile (white
asbestos) encountered during non-asbestos mining.
(2) An employer must not use a prohibited carcinogenic substance (as
defined in clause 158) unless:(a) the use is for the purpose of research or analysis,
and
(b) the employer has notified WorkCover of the intention to use the
substance in accordance with Part 12.3.
(3) An employer must not use a notifiable carcinogenic substance (as
defined in clause 158) unless the employer has notified WorkCover of the
intention to use the substance in accordance with Part
12.3.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
165 Employer to provide health surveillance
(1) An employer must provide health surveillance for each employee who
is exposed to a hazardous substance if there is a risk to the health of the
employee as a result of that exposure, and:(a) the hazardous substance is referred to in Column 1 of the Table to
this clause, or
(b) the exposure to any other hazardous substance is such that:(i) an identifiable disease or other effect on health may be related
to the exposure, and
(ii) there is a reasonable likelihood that the disease or other effect
on health may occur under the particular conditions of work,
and
(iii) there is available an effective technique for detecting
indications of the disease or other effect on
health.
An employer is not required to provide health surveillance within
the period of 12 months after commencement of this clause in the case of
exposure of an employee to benzene, chromium (inorganic), creosote or
pentachlorophenol (PCP).
(2) An employer must provide biological monitoring for an employee if
there is a reasonable likelihood that the employee could be exposed to levels
of a hazardous substance that could be a risk to health and an effective
procedure for the biological monitoring of those levels is
available.
(3) The employer must ensure that:(a) the health surveillance is performed under the supervision of an
authorised medical practitioner, and
(b) if there is a significant risk to the health of an employee from a
hazardous substance referred to in the Table to this clause, the health
surveillance includes the carrying out of the procedures specified in Column 2
of the Table in relation to that substance.
(4) The selection of the authorised medical practitioner to supervise
the surveillance must be undertaken by the employer after consultation with
the relevant employees.
(5) The health surveillance must be undertaken at the expense of the
employer.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Table
Column 1 | Column 2 |
Hazardous substance | Type of health surveillance |
Acrylonitrile | Occupational and medical history Demographic data Records of personal exposure
|
Arsenic (inorganic) | Demographic, medical and occupational history Exposure record Physical examination with emphasis on the peripheral nervous system and
skin Urinary inorganic arsenic
|
Asbestos | Occupational and demographic data Medical interview Records of personal exposure
|
Benzene | Occupational and medical history Demographic data Exposure record Baseline blood sample for haematological
profile
|
Cadmium | Demographic, medical and occupational history Exposure record Physical examination with emphasis on the respiratory system Standard respiratory questionnaire to be completed Standard respiratory function tests including for example, FEV1, FVC and
FEV1/FVC Urinary cadmium and
β2-microglobulin
|
Chromium (inorganic) | Demographic, occupational and medical history Physical examination with emphasis on the respiratory system and
skin Weekly skin inspection of hands and forearms by a competent
person
|
Creosote | Demographic, occupational and medical history Health advice, including recognition of photosensitivity and skin
changes Physical examination with emphasis on the neurological system and skin,
noting any abnormal lesions and evidence of skin sensitisation Exposure record, including photosensitivity
|
Crystalline Silica | Completion of a standardised respiratory questionnaire Standard respiratory function test, such as FEV1, FVC and FEV1/FVC Chest X-ray, full size PA view
|
Isocyanates | Occupational and medical history Completion of a standardised respiratory questionnaire Physical examination of the respiratory system and skin Standard respiratory function test, such as FEV1, FVC and
FEV1/FVC
|
Lead (inorganic) | Medical and occupational history Physical examination
|
Mercury (inorganic) | Demographic, medical and occupational history Physical examination with emphasis on dermatological, gastrointestinal,
neurological and renal systems Urinary inorganic mercury
|
MOCA (4,4-Methylenebis
(2-chloroaniline)) | Urinary total MOCA Dipstick analysis of urine for haematuria Urine cytology
|
Organophosphate pesticides | Occupational and medical history Physical examination Baseline estimation of red cell and plasma cholinesterase activity levels
by the Ellman or equivalent method Estimation of red cell and plasma cholinesterase activity towards the end
of the working day
|
Pentachlorophenol (PCP) | Demographic, occupational and medical history Physical examination with emphasis on the skin, noting any abnormal
lesions or effects of irritancy Urinary total pentachlorophenol Dipstick urinalysis for haematuria and proteinuria Records of personal exposure
|
Polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons | Exposure record, including photochemical skin burns Demographic, medical and occupational history Physical examination
|
Thallium | Demographic, medical and occupational history Physical examination Urinary thallium
|
Vinyl Chloride | Occupational and demographic data Record of personal exposure
|
Note. See Part 7.6 for additional requirements for health surveillance
and biological monitoring in the case of lead risk work.
166 Medical practitioner to notify results of health
surveillance
(1) As soon as practicable after an employee undergoes health
surveillance in accordance with this Part, the medical practitioner must
ensure that:(a) the employee is notified of the results of the surveillance, and
given any necessary explanation of those results, and
(b) the employer is notified of the general outcome of the
surveillance, and advised on any necessary preventive or remedial action,
and
(c) WorkCover is notified of any adverse result detected in the
surveillance that is consistent with exposure to a hazardous substance
referred to in the Table to clause 165.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(2) The employer must ensure that results of health surveillance
obtained by the employer are kept confidential.Maximum penalty (subclause (2)): Level
1.
167 Employer to keep register of hazardous
substances
(1) An employer must ensure that a register is kept and maintained for
all hazardous substances used at the employer’s place of
work.
(2) The employer must ensure that the register includes:(a) a list of all hazardous substances used at the employer’s
place of work, and
(b) the relevant MSDS (if any) for each of those hazardous substances,
and
(c) any notations required under clause
168.
(3) The employer must ensure that the register is readily accessible
to all employees who may be exposed to a hazardous substance while at the
employer’s place of work.
(3A) The employer may keep and maintain a single register both for the
purposes of this clause and for the purposes of clause 174ZW (Employer to keep
register of dangerous goods).
(4) Subclauses (1)–(3) do not apply to a hazardous substance
that is supplied to a retailer or retail warehouse operator in a consumer
package holding less than 30 kilograms or 30 litres of the hazardous
substance, that is intended for retail sale and that is not intended to be
opened on the premises of the retailer or operator.
Maximum penalty: Level 1.
Note. A principal contractor is required by clause 228 to keep a
register of hazardous substances at a place of work at which construction work
is carried out.
168 Employer to record risk assessments
(1) An employer must record the results of a risk assessment relating
to the use of a hazardous substance by:(a) making a notation in the register of hazardous substances kept
under clause 167 if no specific measures are necessary to control the risks
associated with exposure to the hazardous substance, or
(b) preparing a report on the risk assessment if specific measures are
necessary to control the risks associated with exposure to the hazardous
substance.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(2) The employer must ensure that any risk assessment report prepared
in relation to a hazardous substance that is used at the employer’s
place of work is readily accessible to any employee or other person working at
the employer’s place of work who could be exposed to the hazardous
substance.Maximum penalty (subclause (2)): Level
1.
169 Employer to keep record of employees exposed to
carcinogenic substances
An employer must keep a record in respect of each employee who has
been or is likely to be exposed to a prohibited or notifiable carcinogenic
substance (as defined in clause 158), including the following details:(a) the full name and date of birth of the
employee,
(b) the address of the employee while employed by the
employer.
An employer is not required to keep such a record within the
period of 12 months after commencement of this clause.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
170 Employer to provide statement to employees exposed to
carcinogenic substances
(1) An employer must provide an employee who has been or is likely to
have been exposed to a prohibited or notifiable carcinogenic substance (as
defined in clause 158), on the termination of the employee’s employment,
with a written statement that includes the following:(a) the name of the carcinogenic substance or substances
involved,
(b) the period of exposure or potential exposure,
(c) details of how and where records of the exposure or potential
exposure can be obtained,
(d) a recommendation as to the advisability of having periodic health
assessments and details of the types of health tests that are relevant in the
circumstances.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(2) Subclause (1) does not apply to an exposure or likely exposure
that occurred before, or within 12 months after, the commencement of this
clause.
171 Employer to retain certain material as record
(1) An employer must retain the following, as a record, in a suitable
form for the periods specified:(a) all risk assessment reports indicating a need for atmospheric
monitoring or health surveillance, and records of the results of any
atmospheric monitoring or health surveillance—for at least 30 years
after the date of the last entry in them,
(b) a record of all induction or other training required by clause 13
to be provided to employees who are likely to be exposed to a hazardous
substance at the employer’s place of work—for at least 5 years
after the date of creation of the record,
(c) all records required to be kept under clause 169—for at
least 30 years after the date of the last entry in them,
(d) a copy of each notification to WorkCover by an employer of an
intention to carry out work that involves the use of a carcinogenic substance
or lead risk work, as required by Part 12.3—for at least 30 years after
the date on which the notification is given,
(e) all risk assessment reports indicating that atmospheric monitoring
or health surveillance is not required—for at least 5 years after the
date of the last entry in them,
(f) all records required to be kept under clause 203 (4) (as to an
employee ceasing to carry out lead risk work)—for at least 5 years after
the date of the last entry in them.
(2) If the employer ceases to carry on business in New South Wales,
the employer must offer the records referred to in subclause (1) (a) to
WorkCover.
Maximum penalty: Level 1.
172 Medical practitioner to retain records
(1) A medical practitioner must ensure that medical records obtained
as a result of health surveillance for an employee are retained as
confidential records and, if the medical practitioner has examined or treated
the employee for any other purpose, that the records are clearly identified as
being for the purpose of health surveillance under this
Regulation.
(2) The medical practitioner must ensure that the informed consent of
the employee is obtained, in writing, before any medical records that have
been obtained as a result of health surveillance, and that identify the
employee, are provided to any person who is not bound to observe principles of
professional confidentiality.
(3) If the medical practitioner ceases to practise in New South Wales,
the medical practitioner must offer the records to
WorkCover.
Maximum penalty: Level 1.
173 Employer to identify hazardous substances in enclosed
systems
An employer must ensure that the identity of any hazardous
substance contained in an enclosed system at the employer’s place of
work (such as a pipe or piping system, or a process or reactor vessel) is
notified to a person who could be exposed to the substance.Maximum penalty: Level 1.
174 Employer to provide information to WorkCover and
emergency services
(1) An employer must ensure that all records on hazardous substances
that are required to be kept by this Regulation are kept at the
employer’s place of work and are made available on request to WorkCover
and any emergency service.Maximum penalty: Level 1.
(2) (Repealed)
Chapter 6A Dangerous goods
Note. Chapter 5 (Plant) of this Regulation, at clauses 87 and 101, also
contains provisions that require designers and manufactures of plant to have
regard to the risks posed by dangerous goods.
Part 6A.1 Preliminary
174A Meaning of “dangerous goods”
In this Chapter, dangerous goods means
the following (whether or not they are packaged for transport or under
pressure):(a) substances or articles that under the ADG Code are listed or
described as:(i) dangerous goods of Class 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.1, 8 or 9,
or
(ii) goods too dangerous to be transported,
(b) C1 combustible liquids.
174B Definitions
(1) In this Chapter:AS
1940 means AS
1940—2004, The storage and handling of flammable and
combustible liquids.
bulk means:
(a) a quantity of dangerous goods in a container that has a capacity
greater than the maximum container size specified for packaged dangerous goods
of that type, or
(b) solid dangerous goods that are not in a container in an undivided
quantity exceeding 400 kg.
Class means the Class
allocated to dangerous goods under the ADG Code.
Class
label, for a Class, means the label specified in the ADG Code for
the Class of dangerous goods.
C1 combustible
liquid means a combustible liquid within the meaning of AS 1940 that has a flashpoint of
greater than 60.5 degrees Celsius but not greater than 150 degrees
Celsius.
compatible, in
relation to 2 or more substances, means that if the substances interact with,
or react to, each other, they will not cause, or substantially increase the
likelihood of, a serious incident (within the meaning of section 87 of the
Act).
container means
anything in or by which dangerous goods are or have been wholly or partly
encased, covered, enclosed, contained or packed (whether empty, partially full
or completely full) and includes any components or materials necessary for the
container to perform its containment function.
corresponding
legislation means the legislation of the Commonwealth or another
State or Territory that assigns a UN Number, Class, Subsidiary Risk and
Packing Group to dangerous goods for their transport by road, rail, air or
sea.
dangerous goods
in transit means dangerous goods at premises that:
(a) are part of a transport load that is in compliance with the
relevant transport code, and
(b) are loaded on a vehicle, vessel or aircraft or being transhipped
from one vehicle, vessel or aircraft to another, and
(c) are not intended to be at the premises for more than 5 consecutive
days (not including public holidays) and have not been at the premises for
more than 5 consecutive days (not including public holidays),
and
(d) are not intended to be consumed or processed at the premises and
have not been consumed or processed at the premises, and
(e) are not intended for sale at the
premises.
fire risk
dangerous goods means dangerous goods of Class 2.1, 3, 4 or 5 or
Subsidiary Risk 2.1, 3, 4 or 5, and C1 combustible liquids, that burn readily
or support combustion.
food includes:
(a) a substance prepared or intended or represented as being for human
consumption, and
(b) a substance intended to be an ingredient of, or additive to, a
substance referred to in paragraph (a).
food
packaging means:
(a) a container that contains, or is designed or intended to contain,
food, or
(b) material designed or intended to be used in such a
container.
free from
dangerous goods, in relation to an empty container, means if the
container last held:
(a) a gas or volatile liquid—the concentration of gas or vapour
in the atmosphere of the container is less than the concentration listed in
the document entitled Adopted National Exposure
Standards for Atmospheric Contaminants in the Occupational Environment
[NOHSC: 1003 (1995)] published by the NOHS
Commission, as in force from time to time, or
(b) dangerous goods of Class 2.1, Class 3 or Subsidiary Risk 2.1 or
3—the concentration of those goods or their vapours in the atmosphere of
the container is less than 5 per cent of the LEL (lower explosive limit) for
the goods when sampled at ambient temperature, or
(c) a non-volatile liquid or solid—the container has been
thoroughly cleaned.
goods
too dangerous to be transported has the same meaning as in the ADG
Code.
handling has the same
meaning as in section 135A of the Act.
hazardous area
means an area or space in which the atmosphere contains or may be reasonably
be expected to contain any material or substance (including, but not limited
to, combustible dusts, combustible fibres, flammable vapours, flammable
liquids, flammable gases, flammable or combustible fumes) at a concentration
that is capable of being ignited by an ignition source.
ignition
source means any source of energy sufficient to ignite combustible
dusts, combustible fibres, flammable vapours, flammable gases or flammable or
combustible fumes and includes the following:
(a) a naked flame,
(b) exposed incandescent material,
(c) hot surfaces,
(d) radiant heat,
(e) a spark from mechanical friction,
(f) a spark from static electricity,
(g) an electrical arc,
(h) any electrical, electronic, mechanical or other
equipment.
incident
involving dangerous goods means an incident within the meaning of
section 86 of the Act (whether or not it occurs at a place of work) that
involves dangerous goods.
intermediate
bulk container or IBC means a rigid or
flexible portable packaging for the transport of dangerous goods that:
(a) has a capacity of not more than:(i) for solids of Packing Group I packed in a composite, fibreboard,
flexible, wooden or rigid plastics container—1,500 L,
or
(ii) for solids of Packing Group I packed in a metal
container—3,000 L, or
(iii) for solids or liquids of Packing Groups II and III—3,000 L,
and
(b) is designed for mechanical handling, and
(c) is resistant to the stresses produced in usual handling and
transport as determined by tests under the ADG
Code.
MSDS means a material
safety data sheet prepared in accordance with clause 174J.
package means the
complete product of the packing of dangerous goods, and consists of the goods
and their packaging.
packaged
dangerous goods means:
(a) Class 2 dangerous goods that are in a container with a capacity of
not more than 500 L, or
(b) goods too dangerous to be transported or dangerous goods of a
Class other than Class 2 that are in a container with:(i) a capacity of not more than 450 L, and
(ii) a net mass of not more than 400 kg, or
(c) C1 combustible liquids in a container with a capacity of not more
than 450 L.
Packing Group
means the packing group assigned to dangerous goods under the ADG
Code.
pipework means a pipe
or an assembly of pipes, pipe fittings, valves and pipe accessories used to
convey dangerous goods.
pool
chlorine means dangerous goods of Class 5.1, being calcium
hypochlorite, sodium dichloroisocyanurate, sodium trichloroisocyanurate,
potassium dichloroisocyanurate, dichloroisocyanuric acid, trichloroisocyanuric
acid and other oxidising agents, in solid form, used for chlorinating
water.
proper shipping
name has the same meaning as in the ADG Code.
relevant transport
code, in relation to dangerous goods in transit, means the ADG Code,
the International Civil Aviation Organization’s Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous
Goods by Air, the International Maritime Organization’s
International Maritime Dangerous Goods
Code or the International Air Transport Association’s
IATA Dangerous Goods Regulations as
appropriate.
serious
incident has the same meaning as in section 87 (1) of the
Act.
storage
location means any place or area where one type of dangerous goods
or compatible dangerous goods are kept either in bulk or in a quantity
exceeding the relevant quantity specified in the column headed
“Placarding quantity” in the Table to Schedule 5 (and includes a
building, structure, room, compartment, tank or other bulk container, store or
receptacle in or on which dangerous goods are stored or handled either in bulk
or in a quantity exceeding the relevant quantity specified in the column
headed “Placarding quantity” in the Table to Schedule
5).
storing has the same
meaning as in section 135A of the Act.
Subsidiary
Risk has the same meaning as in the ADG Code.
tank means a container,
other than an IBC, that is used or designed to be used to transport, store or
handle dangerous goods in the form of a gas or a liquid in bulk and includes
fittings, closures and any other equipment that forms part of the
container.
UN
Number or UN followed by a number, in
relation to dangerous goods, means either of the following:
(a) the substance identification serial number shown in Appendices 1
and 2 of the ADG Code in relation to those goods,
(b) the number assigned to the goods by the United Nations Committee
of Experts on the Transport of Dangerous goods in the document entitled
Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous
Goods published by the United Nations from time to
time.
water
capacity, of a container, means the total internal volume of the
container in litres of water measured at a temperature of 15 degrees
Celsius.
(2) In this Chapter, a reference to litres in relation to dangerous
goods of Class 2 means the water capacity of the container that holds those
dangerous goods.
174C Dangerous goods to which section 135A of the Act
applies
(1) For the purposes of this Chapter, dangerous goods within the
meaning of clause 174A are declared to be dangerous goods to which section
135A of the Act applies.
(2) However, for the purposes of Parts 6A.2–6A.4 of this Chapter
and despite subclause (1), the following dangerous goods are not dangerous
goods to which section 135A of the Act applies at premises that are not places
of work unless the quantity of the goods at those premises exceeds any minimum
quantity set out in relation to the goods in the Table to this
clause.
(3) In the Table to this clause, kg or L means, where
this combination of letters immediately follows numbers, the combined total
of:(a) the number of kilograms of non-liquid dangerous goods,
and
(b) the number of litres of liquid dangerous
goods.
Table
Dangerous goods | Minimum quantity |
Liquified Petroleum Gas (LP Gas) (being dangerous
goods of Class 2.1) | 500 L (water capacity) |
Dangerous goods of Class 2.1 (other than Liquified
Petroleum Gas (LP Gas)) | 200 L (water capacity) |
Dangerous goods of Class 2.2 | 300 L (water capacity) |
Note. Dangerous goods of Class 2.3 are not covered by this table and
therefore are dangerous goods to which section 135A of the Act applies at all
premises (whether or not a place of work).
| |
Dangerous goods of Class 3 | 100 L |
Pool chlorine | 100 kg |
Sodium Hypochlorite designated by UN Number
1791 | 100 L |
Dangerous goods of Class 9 | 100 kg or L |
Dangerous goods of Packing Group I | 5 kg or L |
C1 combustible liquids | 1,000 L |
Any dangerous goods other than those specified
above (not including dangerous goods of Class 2.3) | 100 kg or L |
174D Application of Chapter
This Chapter applies to:(a) all dangerous goods at places of work, and
(b) dangerous goods to which section 135A of the Act applies
(regardless of whether those goods are at a place of work or are for use at
work).
174E Non-application of Chapter
(1) This Chapter does not apply to the following:(a) the transport of dangerous goods by road, rail, sea or air, or any
associated activity or matter, to the extent to which it is regulated by the
following:(i) the Road and Rail Transport
(Dangerous Goods) Act 1997 or any regulation made under that
Act,
(ii) the International Civil Aviation Organization’s Technical Instructions for the Safe Transport of Dangerous
Goods by Air,
(iii) the International Maritime Organization’s International Maritime Dangerous Goods
Code,
(iv) the International Air Transport Association’s IATA Dangerous Goods
Regulations,
(b) dangerous goods that form part of batteries that are incorporated
into plant,
(c) dangerous goods in a fuel container that is fitted to a vehicle,
vessel or aircraft, or used in or consumed by a vehicle, vessel, aircraft,
mobile plant, appliance or other device, where the goods are necessary for its
propulsion or are part of, or necessary for the operation of, its equipment or
accessories (but not dangerous goods being stored in a spare fuel or goods
container),
(d) dangerous goods in a fuel container of a domestic, portable or
transportable fuel burning appliance,
(e) dangerous goods that form part of the refrigeration system of
refrigerated freight containers,
(f) dangerous goods in portable fire fighting equipment (such as fire
extinguishers), portable safety equipment and portable medical equipment at
premises for use at the premises,
(g) dangerous goods of Class 2.2 in portable gas cylinders that are
used or intended to be used for medical purposes,
(h) compressed gas in pneumatic tyres,
(i) potable liquids in consumer packages at retail premises (for
example, bottled alcoholic spirits at bottle shops),
(j) naturally occurring gas in an underground
mine.
(2) This Chapter does not apply to the following substances if their
use is not related to a work activity:(a) food,
(b) therapeutic agents,
(c) cosmetics,
(d) tobacco and tobacco products,
(e) toiletries and toilet products.
Part 6A.2 Manufacture, import and supply of dangerous
goods
Note. See clause 7 (2) as to the extent of a manufacturer’s duties
under this Part.
Division 1 General
174F Application—importers to ensure
manufacturers’ responsibilities are met
A person who imports dangerous goods manufactured outside New
South Wales for supply to others or for the person’s own use must ensure
that the responsibilities of a manufacturer under this Part are met in
relation to those goods.Note. Importing from outside New South Wales includes importing from
another State or Territory of Australia.
174G Manufacturer to identify dangerous goods
(1) A manufacturer of goods must, before the goods are handled or
supplied to another person, determine in accordance with the ADG Code, or in
the case of goods that are combustible liquids, in accordance with AS 1940, whether the goods are
dangerous goods.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(2) If a manufacturer determines that goods are dangerous goods, the
manufacturer:(a) must determine in accordance with the ADG Code whether the goods
are goods too dangerous to be transported, and
(b) must:(i) in the case of combustible liquids—assign a classification
under AS 1940 to the
liquids, or
(ii) in relation to all other dangerous goods—assign to the goods
the appropriate UN Number, Class, Subsidiary Risk and Packing Group under the
ADG Code.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
174H Packing and labelling by manufacturer
(1) A manufacturer of dangerous goods who assigns a UN Number, Class,
Subsidiary Risk and Packing Group to those goods, before the goods are
supplied to another person, must ensure that the provisions of the ADG Code
are complied with in relation to the condition of the goods and:(a) in relation to dangerous goods in bulk—the container and
placarding for the goods, and
(b) in relation to all other dangerous goods—the packing and
package labelling for the goods.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(2) A manufacturer of C1 combustible liquids or goods too dangerous to
be transported, before the liquids or goods are supplied to another person,
must ensure that the liquids or goods are packed in packaging that is:(a) of a type and in a condition that will retain the liquids or goods
and will not react adversely with the liquids or goods,
and
(b) clearly labelled with the product name of the liquids or
goods.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(3) A manufacturer of dangerous goods complies with subclause (1) or
(2) if the dangerous goods are:(a) in relation to dangerous goods in bulk—contained in
containers, and are placarded, in accordance with corresponding legislation,
and
(b) in relation to all other dangerous goods—packed, or the
packages are labelled, in accordance with corresponding
legislation.
(4) Subclause (2) does not apply to C1 combustible liquids or goods
too dangerous to be transported that are supplied in
bulk.
174I Restrictions on supply
(1) A person (other than the manufacturer of the dangerous goods) who
supplies dangerous goods to another person must, before the goods are supplied
to the other person, ensure that the provisions of the ADG Code are complied
with in relation to the condition of the goods, and:(a) in relation to dangerous goods in bulk—the container and
placarding for the goods, and
(b) in relation to all other dangerous goods—the packing and
package labelling for the goods.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(2) A person (other than the manufacturer of the combustible liquids
or goods too dangerous to be transported) who supplies C1 combustible liquids
or goods too dangerous to be transported to another person must, before the
liquids or goods are supplied to the other person, ensure that the liquids or
goods are packed in packaging that is:(a) of a type and in a condition that will retain the liquids or goods
and will not react adversely with the liquids or goods,
and
(b) clearly labelled with the product name of the liquids or
goods.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(3) A supplier of dangerous goods complies with subclause (1) or (2)
if the dangerous goods are:(a) in relation to dangerous goods in bulk—contained in
containers, and are placarded, in accordance with corresponding legislation,
and
(b) in relation to all other dangerous goods—packed, or the
packages are labelled, in accordance with corresponding
legislation.
(4) Subclauses (1) and (2) do not apply to a retailer who supplies
dangerous goods in a container provided by the purchaser, but only if:(a) the capacity of the container does not exceed 30 kg or 30 L,
and
(b) the retailer:(i) in relation to dangerous goods of Class 2—has ensured that
the container is a package that meets the requirements of the ADG Code that
relate to packages for the goods, and
(ii) in relation to all other dangerous goods—has taken all
reasonable steps to ensure that the container:(A) is of a type and in a condition that will retain the goods and
will not react adversely with the goods, and
(B) is clearly marked with the product name of the goods,
and
(C) is not a container that could be mistaken for or confused with one
that is used for food.
(5) Subclause (2) does not apply to C1 combustible liquids or goods
too dangerous to be transported that are supplied in
bulk.
Division 2 Material safety data sheets
174J Manufacturer to prepare material safety data
sheet
(1) A manufacturer of dangerous goods must prepare a material safety
data sheet (MSDS) for the
dangerous goods before the dangerous goods are supplied to another
person.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(2) The MSDS must:(a) be in English, and
(b) contain the date on which it was last reviewed or, if it has not
been reviewed, the date of its preparation, and
(c) clearly identify the dangerous goods to which it relates,
and
(d) set out the following information in relation to the dangerous
goods to which it relates:(i) their recommended uses,
(ii) their chemical and physical properties,
(iii) any relevant health-hazard or physical-hazard
information,
(iv) information concerning the precautions to be followed in relation
to their safe storage and handling,
(v) if applicable, the proper shipping name, UN Number, Class,
Subsidiary Risk and Packing Group,
(vi) in the case of goods too dangerous to be transported, the name of
the goods as specified in Appendix 5 to the ADG Code,
(vii) in the case of C1 combustible liquids, the appropriate
classification under AS
1940, and
(e) set out the name, and Australian address and telephone numbers
(including an emergency number), of the
manufacturer.
(3) The manufacturer must review and revise the MSDS as often as is
reasonably necessary to keep it up to date and, in any event, at intervals not
exceeding 5 years.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(4) If the dangerous goods manufactured by a manufacturer are also a
hazardous substance, the MSDS prepared for the dangerous goods for the
purposes of this clause:(a) may be a single MSDS that complies with both clause 150 and this
clause if it is prepared before 1 September 2006, or
(b) must be a single MSDS that complies with both clause 150 and this
clause if it is prepared on or after 1 September
2006.
174K Manufacturer to provide MSDS
(1) A manufacturer of dangerous goods must provide a copy of a current
MSDS for the dangerous goods:(a) to any person who supplies the dangerous goods for use,
and
(b) to any person who claims to be associated with the handling or
storage of the dangerous goods and who asks to be provided with a copy of the
MSDS, and
(c) to any medical practitioner or health practitioner who requires it
for the purpose of providing emergency medical
treatment.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(2) This clause commences on 1 September
2006.
174L Manufacturer to disclose ingredients to medical
practitioner
(1) If an MSDS or label does not disclose the chemical name of an
ingredient of dangerous goods, the manufacturer of the dangerous goods must
disclose the chemical identity of the ingredient to any medical practitioner
or health practitioner who applies to the manufacturer for the disclosure of
that information for the purpose of the management of the practitioner’s
patient.
(2) The manufacturer must immediately respond to the application but,
on or after supplying any information, may require the medical practitioner or
health practitioner concerned to sign a written undertaking that he or she
will use the information only for the purpose for which it has been
provided.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
174M Supplier to provide MSDS
(1) A person who supplies dangerous goods must ensure that a current
MSDS in relation to the goods prepared by the manufacturer is provided:(a) on the first occasion the dangerous goods are supplied,
and
(b) on the first occasion the dangerous goods are supplied following a
revision of the MSDS, and
(c) at any other time, to any person who claims to be associated with
the storage or handling of the dangerous goods and who asks to be provided
with a copy of the MSDS, and
(d) to any medical practitioner or health practitioner who requires it
for the purpose of providing emergency medical
treatment.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(2) Subclause (1) (a) and (b) do not apply to a supplier who is a
retailer if:(a) the dangerous goods are packaged dangerous goods supplied in a
consumer package with a capacity that does not exceed 30 kg or 30 L,
or
(b) the dangerous goods are supplied in a container provided by the
purchaser with a capacity that does not exceed 30 kg or 30 L,
or
(c) the retailer is supplying fuel to the fuel tank of a vehicle,
vessel or aircraft.
(3) This clause commences on 1 September
2006.
Part 6A.3 Obligations of occupiers
Division 1 Preliminary
174N Definitions
In this Part:controller
of dangerous goods premises means the controller of premises at or
in which dangerous goods to which section 135A of the Act applies are stored
or handled.
controller of
premises includes:
(a) a person who has only limited control of the premises concerned,
and
(b) a person who has, under any contract or lease, an obligation to
maintain or repair the premises concerned.
occupier means the
following:
(a) if dangerous goods are stored or handled at an employer’s
place of work—the employer,
(b) a controller of dangerous goods
premises.
Division 2 Hazard identification and risk
assessment
174O Duties in relation to dangerous goods
(1) An occupier must ensure that all persons (including members of the
public) are not exposed to risks to their health and safety arising from
dangerous goods at the occupier’s premises.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Note. Other general laws and specific legislation may provide that
occupiers have obligations with regard to dangerous goods that relate to risks
to property or the environment, both inside and beyond the premises of the
occupier, arising from those goods.
(2) Nothing in this clause is to be construed:(a) as conferring a right of action in any civil proceedings in
respect of any contravention, whether by act or omission, of this clause,
or
(b) as conferring a defence to an action in any civil proceedings or
as otherwise affecting a right of action in any civil
proceedings.
Note. Section 10 (2) of the Act provides that person who has control of
any plant or substance used by people at work must ensure that the plant or
substance is safe and without risks to health when properly
used.
174P Extension of hazard identification and risk assessment
provisions
(1) Division 1 (General duties of controllers of premises) of Part 4.2
of Chapter 4 of this Regulation extends to controllers of dangerous goods
premises (regardless of whether or not the premises are a place of work or are
used for work).
(2) A reference in Chapter 2 (Places of work—risk management and
other matters) and Division 1 (General duties of controllers of premises) of
Part 4.2 of Chapter 4 of this Regulation to occupational health and safety
(however expressed) includes, where the hazard concerned is a hazard that
arises from dangerous goods, a reference to public health and
safety.
(3) For the avoidance of doubt:(a) when complying with clause 11 or 36, an occupier, when considering
how to control a risk associated with the storage and handling of dangerous
goods (where it is not reasonably practicable to eliminate the risk), must
control the risk by taking the measures set out in clause 5,
and
(b) clauses 6 and 8 apply in relation to duties and responsibilities
of occupiers and other persons at dangerous goods premises that are not places
of work.
174Q Risk assessment
(1) An occupier must review each risk assessment conducted for the
purposes of clause 10 or 35 at the times required by clause 12 or 37, but in
any case each risk assessment must be reviewed at least once every 5
years.
(2) The occupier must:(a) if the occupier is an employer, make a record of each risk
assessment and any review of a risk assessment by:(i) making a notation in the register of dangerous goods kept under
clause 174ZW if no specific measures are necessary to control the risks
associated with the storage or handling of dangerous goods,
or
(ii) preparing a report on the risk assessment if specific measures are
necessary to control the risks associated with the storage or handling of the
dangerous goods, and
(b) if the occupier is not an employer, make a record of each risk
assessment and any review of a risk assessment, and
(c) keep a copy of that record while the risk assessment is current or
being reviewed.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Division 3 Particular risk control measures
Subdivision 1 Stability and interaction with dangerous
goods
174R Stability of dangerous goods
(1) An occupier must ensure, so far as is reasonably practicable, that
the dangerous goods at the occupier’s premises do not inadvertently
become unstable, decompose or change so as to:(a) create a hazard that is different from the hazard originally
created by the dangerous goods, or
(b) increase the risk associated with the dangerous
goods.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(2) Without limiting subclause (1), the occupier must ensure
that:(a) if the stability of the dangerous goods is dependent on the
maintenance of levels of stabilisers, those levels are maintained as specified
by the manufacturer of the dangerous goods, and
(b) if the dangerous goods are required to be stored or handled with a
particular temperature range specified by the manufacturer, they are stored or
handled within that temperature range.
(3) Subclause (2) does not apply in relation to dangerous goods that
are about to be used in a manufacturing process.
(4) In this clause, stabiliser
means any substance (including any diluent, inhibitor, desensitiser,
phlegmatizer, solvent, wetting agent or adulterant) added to, or present in,
dangerous goods that overcomes the chemical instability inherent in the
dangerous goods.
174S Separation of dangerous goods
(1) Without affecting the generality of clauses 11 and 36, an occupier
must ensure that the risk to other dangerous goods storage or handling areas
and to persons and property at or beyond the premises that arises from an
incident involving dangerous goods:(a) is eliminated, or
(b) if it is not reasonably practicable to eliminate the risk, is
controlled so far as is reasonably practicable by
separation.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(2) In this clause, separation,
in relation to the separation of dangerous goods from a person, property or
thing, means the physical separation of the dangerous goods from the person,
property or thing, by either distance or a physical
barrier.
174T Preventing interaction with other substances
An occupier must ensure that dangerous goods on the
occupier’s premises that are not compatible with other substances
(including other dangerous goods) are stored or handled separately from the
other substances so that a loss of containment or any other interaction cannot
cause a serious incident.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
174U Ignition sources in hazardous areas
(1) An occupier must ensure that ignition sources in any hazardous
area within the occupier’s premises:(a) are eliminated, or
(b) if it is not reasonably practicable to eliminate those ignition
sources, the risk arising from those sources is
controlled.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(2) An occupier must identify any hazardous area that is within, or
arises as a result of dangerous goods stored or handled at, the
occupier’s premises.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
174V Atmospheric emissions
An occupier must ensure that any risk produced by atmospheric
emissions from dangerous goods that are toxic, corrosive, flammable, explosive
or asphyxiant:(a) is eliminated, or
(b) if it is not reasonably practicable to eliminate the risk, is
reduced so far as is reasonably practicable.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Note. The obligation imposed by this clause is in addition to any
obligations under Division 5 of Part 4.3 of Chapter 4.
174W Preventing contamination of food and personal
products
An occupier must ensure that dangerous goods on the
occupier’s premises cannot contaminate food, food packaging or personal
use products.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
174X Containers for dangerous goods in bulk
An occupier of premises at which dangerous goods in bulk in a
container are present must ensure that:(a) the container and any associated pipework are provided with stable
foundations and supports, and
(b) any pipework or equipment connected to the container is installed
so as to prevent excessive stress on the container, pipework or equipment,
and
(c) the container and any associated pipework are protected from
deterioration.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
174Y Containment of spills
(1) An occupier must ensure that, in each place at the
occupier’s premises where dangerous goods are stored or handled,
provision is made for containment of spills or leaks so as:(a) to eliminate the risk from any spill or leak of dangerous goods,
or if it is not reasonably practicable to eliminate the risk, reduce it so far
as is reasonably practicable, and
(b) so far as is reasonably practicable, to contain safely within the
premises the dangerous goods that have been spilled or leaked and any effluent
arising from an incident.
(2) In the case of dangerous goods containment, any area or receptacle
intended to contain spills or leaks must not be shared with any other
substances, including other dangerous goods, that are not compatible with the
dangerous goods to be contained.
(3) In the event of a spill or leak of dangerous goods, the occupier
must ensure that:(a) immediate action is taken to reduce any risk associated with the
spill or leak so far as is reasonably practicable, and
(b) the dangerous goods and any resulting effluent are, as soon as
reasonably possible, cleaned up and disposed of or otherwise made
safe.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
174Z Transfer of dangerous goods
(1) An occupier must ensure that any risk associated with the transfer
of dangerous goods within, to or from the occupier’s premises is
eliminated, or if it is not reasonably practicable to eliminate the risk, is
controlled so far as is reasonably practicable.
(2) In eliminating or controlling a risk in accordance with subclause
(1), the occupier must, as relevant, have regard to:(a) the need for measures to:(i) control spills and leaks, and
(ii) minimise static electricity, and
(iii) control vapour generation, and
(b) the suitability of pipework, attachments and associated safety
systems at the premises with the risk elimination or control measures
proposed.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
174ZA Impact protection
An occupier must ensure, as far as is reasonably practicable, that
any containers, pipework, attachments, equipment containing, or associated
with, of dangerous goods on the occupier’s premises are protected from
physical damage resulting from activities in or on the premises, including
impacts, imposed loads and mechanical stress.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Subdivision 2 Preparedness for emergencies
174ZB Fire protection
(1) An occupier must ensure that:(a) the occupier’s premises are provided with a fire protection
system that:(i) has been designed and constructed having taken account of any risk
assessment of the premises, and
(ii) is designed and constructed to take account of:(A) the types and quantities of dangerous goods and the conditions
under which they are stored and handled, and
(B) other materials and substances that make up the premises or are
stored or handled at the premises, and
(iii) is compatible with the dangerous goods and the other materials and
substances and is effective in the control of incidents involving the types
and quantities of dangerous goods and other materials and substances,
and
(b) the fire protection system is:(i) properly installed, tested and maintained, and
(ii) at all times accessible to persons on the premises and to the
relevant emergency services, and
(iii) capable of being used, without adaptation or modification, with
the equipment used by the New South Wales Fire Brigades and the NSW Rural Fire
Service.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(2) The occupier must, if any of the components of the fire protection
system are rendered inoperative, ensure that:(a) the implications of any of the components of the system being
unserviceable or inoperative are assessed, and
(b) alternative measures are taken to control, to the same level of
effectiveness, those risks that were controlled by the system when functioning
fully, and
(c) the fire protection system is returned to full operation as soon
as is reasonably practicable.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(3) If the implications of the system becoming unserviceable or
inoperative, as assessed by the occupier under subclause (2) (a), include a
significant reduction in the effectiveness of the fire protection system, the
occupier must notify the relevant emergency services of the condition of the
fire protection system.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(4) In determining the alternative measures required under subclause
(2) (b) the occupier must have regard to the need for:(a) the provision of alternative fire protection measures,
and
(b) a reduction of the quantities of dangerous goods stored or handled
at the premises, and
(c) stopping or reducing the processes used for the storage and
handling of dangerous goods at the premises, and
(d) modifications to systems of work at the
premises.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(5) In this clause, fire
protection system includes fixed or portable fire detection, fire
suppression and fire fighting equipment.
174ZC Planning for emergencies
(1) This clause applies in relation to premises where dangerous goods
are stored and handled in quantities that exceed the relevant quantities
specified in the column headed “Manifest quantity” in the Table to
Schedule 5.
(2) An occupier of premises to which this clause applies must ensure
that a written plan for dealing with any emergency associated with the storage
and handling of dangerous goods on those premises (an emergency
plan) is:(a) developed, implemented and maintained, and
(b) communicated to:(i) persons who are engaged by the occupier to work at the premises
and who may be exposed to risk as a result of an emergency,
and
(ii) persons in control of adjacent premises to the extent that the
emergency plan applies to those person, if persons or property on the adjacent
premises may be exposed to risk as a result of an
emergency.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(3) In developing or reviewing the emergency plan, the occupier
must:(a) provide a draft of the emergency plan to the Commissioner of the
New South Wales Fire Brigades, and
(b) have regard to any written advice received from the Commissioner
of the New South Wales Fire Brigades.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(4) The occupier of the premises must provide a copy of the emergency
plan to:(a) if the premises to which this clause applies are within a rural
fire district within the meaning of the Rural Fires Act 1997—the NSW
Rural Fire Service, or
(b) in any other case—the Commissioner of the New South Wales
Fire Brigades.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(5) The occupier must review the emergency plan:(a) if there is a change in circumstances at the premises, or any
adjacent premises, such as to raise the possibility of an emergency of a kind
that is not dealt with by the plan, and
(b) at intervals of not more than 5 years from the date on which the
plan was developed or last reviewed.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(6) The occupier must communicate the revised plan to the persons
specified in subclause (2) (b).Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(7) This clause commences on 1 September
2006.
Subdivision 3 Safety equipment and safe access
174ZD Safety equipment
(1) An occupier must ensure that, where safety equipment is required
to control an identified risk in relation to the storage or handling of
dangerous goods (including personal protective equipment and clean up
equipment such as neutralisers, decontaminants and associated equipment), that
equipment is provided, maintained and accessible to persons authorised to be
on the premises.
(2) A person must not wilfully damage or make ineffective any safety
equipment referred to in subclause (1).
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
174ZE Safe access
An occupier must ensure that safe means of access to and from and
within the occupier’s premises are provided and
maintained.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Subdivision 4 Plant, equipment and containers
174ZF Cleaning or decommissioning plant, equipment and
containers
(1) An occupier must ensure that any plant, equipment or container
that was used in connection with dangerous goods and:(a) is to be disposed of, or
(b) has not had dangerous goods placed in or taken from it for a
continuous period of 12 months,
is made free from dangerous or otherwise made
safe.
(2) If a dangerous goods container has been made free from dangerous
goods and the container is to be reused for a purpose other than its original
purpose, the occupier must ensure that any references, signs, symbols or
warning relating to the dangerous goods that it formerly contained are removed
or obliterated.
(3) If an underground, partially underground or fully mounded tank
(other than an LPG tank) has been used to contain dangerous goods and 2 years
have elapsed since any dangerous goods were last put in or taken from the
tank, the occupier of the premises in which it is situated (or in the case of
a LPG tank, the owner of the tank) must:(a) remove any remaining dangerous goods from, and abandon, the tank
in compliance with AS
1940, and
(b) within 7 days of the abandonment, notify WorkCover in the approved
form of the abandonment.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Note. See clause 174ZZE for obligations in relation to LPG
tanks.
Subdivision 5 Provision of information
174ZG Occupier to obtain MSDS
(1) For all dangerous goods stored or handled on an occupier’s
premises, the occupier:(a) must obtain from the supplier of the goods an MSDS before or on
the first occasion on which they are supplied, and
(b) must ensure that the MSDS is readily accessible to any person at
the premises who could store or handle the goods, and
(c) must ensure that the MSDS is not altered, otherwise than where it
is appropriate that an overseas MSDS be reformatted by the
occupier.
(2) The provisions of subclause (1) (a) and (b) do not apply
to:(a) dangerous goods in transit, and
(b) dangerous goods that are supplied to a retailer, retail warehouse
operator or transport warehouse operator in a consumer package that:(i) holds less than 30 kg or 30 L of the goods,
and
(ii) is intended for retail sale, and
(iii) is not intended to be opened on the premises of the retailer or
operator.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(3) This clause commences on 1 September
2006.
174ZH Occupier to ensure containers are labelled and enclosed
systems are identified
(1) An occupier must ensure that packaged dangerous goods at the
occupier’s premises, including those supplied to or produced within the
occupier’s premises, are labelled in accordance with the ADG Code, and
that the labels are not removed, defaced or altered.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(2) Without limiting subclause (1), an occupier must ensure that any
such label:(a) clearly identifies the dangerous goods, and
(b) provides basic health and safety information about the dangerous
goods, including any relevant risk phrases and safety
phrases.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(3) However:(a) a container into which dangerous goods are transferred for use
within the next 12 hours need only be labelled with the product name and the
relevant risk phrases and safety phrases, and
(b) a container into which dangerous goods are transferred for
immediate use need not be labelled, so long as it is cleaned immediately after
it has been emptied of the dangerous goods.
(4) An occupier must ensure that the identity of any dangerous goods
contained in an enclosed system at the occupier’s premises (such as a
pipe or piping system, or a process or reactor vessel) is notified to a person
who could handle the dangerous goods.Maximum penalty: Level 1.
(5) This clause does not apply to dangerous goods in
transit.
Subdivision 6 Placards
174ZI Commencement of Subdivision
This Subdivision commences on 1 September
2006.
174ZJ Outer warning placards
(1) If the quantities of dangerous goods stored and handled at an
occupier’s premises exceed the relevant quantities specified in the
column headed “Placarding quantity” in the Table to Schedule 5,
the occupier must ensure that a “HAZCHEM” outer warning placard as
specified in Schedule 6 is displayed at the entrances to the premises that
emergency services would use or be likely to use in the event of an
emergency.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(2) Subclause (1) does not apply to retail service
stations.
174ZK Other placarding requirements
(1) An occupier must ensure that the following are placarded in
accordance with this clause:(a) any container or other form of storage of dangerous goods in
bulk,
(b) any storage location of packaged dangerous
goods.
Note. See the definition of “storage location” in clause
174B.
(2) Subclause (1) does not apply to any of the following:(a) dangerous goods in bulk in any container, including an IBC, that
is intended for transport and marked in accordance with the ADG
Code,
(b) C1 combustible liquids in bulk in a quantity not exceeding 10,000
L that are separated from other dangerous goods,
(c) dangerous goods of Class 2.1 or 3 or C1 combustible liquids, that
are stored in an underground tank at a retail service station where the goods
are used to refuel vehicles.
(3) The dimensions, design, layout and content of a placard must be in
accordance with Schedule 6 or the ADG Code.
(4) A placard must be kept clean, in good order and
unobstructed.
(5) A placard required by subclause (1) or by clause 174ZJ must be
located:(a) so that it is clearly legible by persons approaching the premises,
bulk container or other form of storage or storage location (as appropriate),
and
(b) so that it is separate from any other sign or writing which
contradicts, qualifies or distracts attention from the
placard.
(6) A placard required by subclause (1) (a) must be located on or
adjacent to each bulk container or other form of
storage.
(7) A placard required by subclause (1) (b) must be located:(a) at the entrance to any building in which the dangerous goods are
stored, and
(b) within a building referred to in paragraph (a), at the entrance to
each room or other closed or walled section of the building in which the
dangerous goods are stored, and
(c) adjacent to any external storage location where the dangerous
goods are stored.
(8) If the dangerous goods to which placards apply are permanently
removed from the premises, the occupier must remove the
placards.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
174ZL Different location permitted
(1) An occupier of premises that are required to be placarded may
place placards in locations different from those specified in this Part if the
relevant emergency services agree with the placards being in those different
locations.
(2) The occupier must ensure that the agreement of the relevant
emergency services is in writing and is readily available for inspection by
WorkCover.
174ZM Revision
An occupier must ensure that all placards required by this
Subdivision are revised as soon as reasonably practicable after any change to
the type or quantity of dangerous goods stored at the occupier’s
premises that requires different information to be displayed.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Subdivision 7 Manifests
174ZN Manifest to be maintained
(1) An occupier of premises where dangerous goods are stored and
handled in quantities that exceed the relevant quantities specified in the
column headed “Manifest quantity” in the Table to Schedule 5 must
keep a manifest of dangerous goods, that contains the information and site
plans required by Schedule 7, readily available for use by an inspector or the
emergency services.
(2) The occupier must ensure that a copy of the manifest is kept, and
is readily accessible, at the main entrance to the occupier’s premises
unless the occupier and the Commissioner of the New South Wales Fire Brigades
or the NSW Rural Fire Service, as appropriate, have agreed to a different
location for keeping a copy of the manifest.
(3) The occupier must ensure that the manifest is revised as soon as
possible after a change in any of the information specified in Schedule
7.
(4) This clause does not apply in relation to dangerous goods in
transit.
(5) This clause commences on 1 September
2006.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Subdivision 8 Serious incidents and other
incidents
Note. Sections 86 and 87 of the Act, and clauses 341, 341A and 342 of
this Regulation, make provision for the notification to WorkCover of serious
incidents and certain other incidents at places of work and for the
non-disturbance of plant and areas surrounding the place of a serious
incident.
174ZO Response to serious incidents and other
incidents
(1) An occupier must respond to a serious incident or other incident
involving dangerous goods at the occupier’s premises by ensuring
that:(a) immediate action is taken to assess and control any risk
associated with the serious incident or other incident, including making any
plant or equipment associated with the serious incident or other incident and
the surrounding area safe so far as is reasonably practicable,
and
(b) only persons essential to carrying out the action referred to in
paragraph (a) remain in the vicinity of the serious incident or other
incident, and
(c) the risk to each person engaged by the occupier at the premises to
carry out the action referred to in paragraph (a) is reduced so far as is
reasonably practicable.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(2) Clauses 341–343 extend to controllers of dangerous goods
premises and to premises on or in which dangerous goods to which section 135A
of the Act applies (regardless of whether or not the premises are a place of
work or are used for work).Note. Sections 86 and 87 of the Act apply to premises on or in which
dangerous goods to which section 135A of the Act applies are stored or handled
(regardless of whether or not the premises are a place of work or are used for
work): see section 135A (3) (c) of the Act.
(3) The obligations of the occupier under subclause (1) (b) and (c) do
not apply in respect of members of the emergency services responding to the
serious incident or other incident.
174ZP Investigation of serious incidents and other
incidents
An occupier must ensure that:(a) any serious incident or other incident involving dangerous goods
occurring at the premises is investigated and that the investigation, so far
as possible, determines the cause or likely cause of the serious incident or
other incident, and
(b) a record of the investigation is:(i) made, and
(ii) kept for at least 5 years, and
(iii) readily available, on request, to
WorkCover.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
174ZQ Risk assessment and control following serious incidents
and other incidents
An occupier of premises where a serious incident or other incident
involving dangerous goods has occurred must:(a) review the risk assessment carried out in accordance with this
Regulation, taking into account the results of the investigation into the
serious incident or other incident, and
(b) if the review identifies deficiencies in any risk control
measures, alter those measures or implement new
measures.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
174ZR WorkCover may request information
(1) WorkCover may request any information from an occupier in relation
to:(a) the cause or effect of a serious incident or other incident that
has occurred on the occupier’s premises, and
(b) any action taken by the occupier as a result of the serious
incident or other incident.
(2) A request for information must:(a) be in writing, and
(b) specify a reasonable period within which the occupier must
respond.
(3) The occupier must provide the requested information:(a) in writing, and
(b) within the period specified by
WorkCover.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(4) This clause does not apply to a serious incident or other incident
at premises that are not a place of work.
Subdivision 9 Notification
174ZS Notification to WorkCover
(1) An occupier of premises where dangerous goods are stored and
handled in quantities that in total exceed or are likely to exceed the
relevant quantities specified in the column headed “Manifest
quantity” in the Table to Schedule 5 must ensure that WorkCover is
notified of the presence of those dangerous goods.
(2) A notification to WorkCover under subclause (1) must:(a) be given within 14 days after the obligation to notify arises,
and
(b) be accompanied by a fee in such amount as WorkCover may determine
as the appropriate amount to cover expenses in connection with the processing
and review of notifications required by this clause, and
(c) include the following information:(i) the name of the occupier (and any other occupiers of the premises
concerned),
(ii) the address of the premises where the dangerous goods are stored
and handled,
(iii) the occupier’s contact details,
(iv) the nature of the principal activities involving the dangerous
goods,
(v) the Class, Packing Group and the maximum quantity of the dangerous
goods stored and handled in bulk or as packaged dangerous
goods,
(vi) descriptions and details and the maximum quantity of any C1
combustible liquids stored and handled in bulk or as packaged dangerous
goods,
(vii) the product name and the maximum quantity of goods too dangerous
to be transported,
(viii) any other documents or information specifically requested by
WorkCover.
(3) The occupier must ensure that WorkCover is provided with further
notification, containing the information required under subclause (2), every
12 months, or at such longer intervals as are specified by
WorkCover.
(4) On receiving a notification under this clause, WorkCover must send
the occupier a written acknowledgment of the
notification.
(5) WorkCover may give any information contained in a notification to
a relevant local government council and the emergency
services.
(6) This clause does not apply in relation to dangerous goods in
transit.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Subdivision 10 Miscellaneous
174ZT Security at premises
An occupier must, so far as is reasonably practicable,
prevent:(a) access to dangerous goods on the occupier’s premises by
unauthorised persons, and
(b) unauthorised activities occurring on those
premises.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
174ZU Lighting
An occupier must ensure that lighting is provided that:(a) does not create excessive glare or reflection,
and
(b) is adequate to allow persons to move safely within the
occupier’s premises, and
(c) facilitates safe access to and egress from the premises, including
emergency exits.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Part 6A.4 Obligations of employers
174ZV Employer to retain records of induction and
training
An employer must retain records in a suitable form of all
induction or other training required by clause 13 to be provided to employees
who are likely to store or handle dangerous goods at the employer’s
place of work for at least 5 years after the date of creation of the
record.Maximum penalty: Level 1.
174ZW Employer to keep register of dangerous goods
(1) An employer must ensure that a register is kept and maintained for
all dangerous goods stored or handled at the employer’s place of
work.
(2) The employer must ensure that the register includes:(a) a list of all dangerous goods used at the employer’s place
of work, and
(b) the relevant MSDS (if any) for each of those dangerous goods,
and
(c) any notations required under clause
174ZX.
(3) The employer must ensure that the register is readily accessible
to all employees who may store or handle dangerous goods while at the
employer’s place of work.
(4) This clause does not apply to the following dangerous
goods:(a) dangerous goods that are supplied to a retailer or retail
warehouse operator in a consumer package holding less than 30 kg or 30 L of
the dangerous goods, that is intended for retail sale and that is not intended
to be opened on the premises of the retailer or operator,
(b) dangerous goods in transit.
(5) The employer may keep and maintain a single register both for the
purposes of this clause and for the purposes of clause 167 (Employer to keep
register of hazardous substances).
(6) This clause commences on 1 September
2006.
Maximum penalty: Level 1.
174ZX Employer to record risk assessments
(1) An employer must record the results of a risk assessment relating
to the storage or handling of dangerous goods by:(a) making a notation in the register of dangerous goods kept under
clause 174ZW if no specific measures are necessary to control the risks
associated with the dangerous goods, or
(b) preparing a report on the risk assessment if specific measures are
necessary to control the risks associated with the dangerous
goods.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(2) The employer must ensure that any risk assessment report prepared
in relation to dangerous goods that are stored or handled at the
employer’s place of work is readily accessible to any employee or other
person working at the employer’s place of work who could store or handle
the dangerous goods.Maximum penalty: Level 1.
(3) This clause commences on 1 September
2006.
Part 6A.5 Specific provisions applying to all dangerous goods
to which section 135A of Act applies
174ZY Application
This Part applies to all dangerous goods to which section 135A of
the Act applies (regardless of whether or not they are at a place of
work).
174ZZ Self-service fuel dispensing units
(1) A person who keeps dangerous goods, being vehicle fuel, for sale
or supply by means of a self-service fuel dispensing unit must, in relation to
the unit, comply (or cause compliance) with the provisions of this
clause.
(2) Instructions for the operation of the unit, and a statement of the
requirements of subclauses (8) and (9), must be clearly displayed on or
immediately adjacent to it.
(3) The unit and the area surrounding it must be adequately
illuminated when the unit is in operation.
(4) A person (an operator) must be
appointed to control and supervise from a control point the safe operation of
the unit when it is in operation for the sale of
fuel.
(5) Subclause (4) does not apply to a premises at which one or more
coin or card operated self-service fuel dispensing units are located during
such times (if any) as the premises are not
staffed.
(6) A person must not be appointed as an operator unless he or
she:(a) is a competent and reliable person of or over the age of 18 years,
and
(b) is fully conversant with the manner of operation of the unit by
the users and the system employed for the sale of fuel by means of the
unit.
(7) The person referred to in subclause (1) must take all practicable
steps to ensure that the self-service fuel dispensing unit is not operated by
a person under 16 years of age.
(8) When a vehicle is standing near a self-service fuel dispensing
unit, the driver of the vehicle must ensure that its engine:(a) is stopped before the fuel tank is opened, and
(b) remains stopped while the fuel is being dispensed into the
vehicle.
(9) A person must not smoke, create a spark or introduce any other
ignition source within 3 metres of a self-service fuel dispensing unit
(including the nozzle of a hose that is part of such a unit). For the purposes
of this subclause, the normal movement of a vehicle does not constitute the
introduction of an ignition source.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
174ZZA Fuel dispensing units generally
(1) When a vehicle is standing near a fuel dispensing unit, the driver
of the vehicle must ensure that its engine:(a) is stopped before the fuel tank is opened, and
(b) remains stopped while the fuel is being dispensed into the
vehicle.
(2) A person must not smoke, create a spark or introduce any other
ignition source within 3 metres of a fuel dispensing unit (including the
nozzle of a hose that is part of such a unit). For the purposes of this
subclause, the normal movement of a vehicle does not constitute the
introduction of an ignition source.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
174ZZB Positioning of liquefied gas cylinders
A person must not keep, convey or use a cylinder containing
dangerous goods of Class 2.1, being liquefied flammable gas, unless the
cylinder is positioned so that the safety relief device communicates directly
with the vapour space in the cylinder.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
174ZZC Valves
(1) A person who keeps a cylinder or other container containing
dangerous goods of Class 2 must, unless it is connected by permanent piping to
a consuming device, ensure that its valve is kept securely closed at all times
except when the container is being filled or goods are being taken from
it.
(2) If piping or a pipeline is equipped with one or more excess flow
valves, a person must not convey dangerous goods of Class 2 by means of the
piping or pipeline unless each valve is set for the minimum diameter of that
part of the piping or pipeline that the goods would enter through the valve
without first passing through another such valve.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
174ZZD Filling of balloons and other containers
(1) A person must not:(a) fill a balloon or other collapsible container with flammable,
toxic or anaesthetic gas, or
(b) keep, convey, sell or use a balloon or other collapsible container
that contains any such gas.
(2) This clause does not prevent an activity carried out for the
purposes of or in connection with scientific research or for any medical
purpose.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
174ZZE Decommissioning of LPG tanks
If an LPG tank has been used to contain dangerous goods and 2
years have elapsed since any dangerous goods were last put in or taken from
the tank, the owner of the tank must:(a) remove any remaining dangerous goods from, and abandon, the tank
in compliance with AS/NZS
1596—2002 The storage and handling of LP
Gas, and
(b) within 7 days of the abandonment, notify WorkCover in the approved
form of the abandonment.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Chapter 7 Hazardous processes
Note. This Chapter imposes obligations on an employer. Employer, for the purposes of this
Chapter, includes self-employed persons (see clause 3).Chapter 2 (Places of work—risk management and other matters)
contains further obligations in relation to the provision of personal
protective equipment, emergency arrangements and first aid facilities by
employers.
Part 5.4 (Working with plant) contains provisions in relation to
the maintenance and repair of plant.
Part 6.4 (Use of hazardous substances) contains further
obligations in relation to the use of hazardous substances at places of
work.
Part 7.1 Spray painting
175 Definitions
In this Part:electrostatic spray
painting means spray painting using an electrically-charged spray
painting substance.
spray
booth means a structure that is designed to:
(a) enclose or otherwise accommodate articles being spray painted,
and
(b) control hazards of dust, mist, aerosols, fumes or flammable
vapours generated by spray painting by use of appropriate exhaust ventilation,
and
(c) provide for the prevention of ignition
sources,
being a structure that is used only for the purpose of spray
painting.spray
painting means the process of spraying a spray painting substance
that has been converted into a mist or aerosol onto a surface, whether for
decoration, preservation, insulation or otherwise.
spray
painting substance means a substance used in spray painting and
includes, but is not limited to, paints, powders, lacquers, paint removers,
rust converters and removers, surface preparation and removers, surface
preparation products, resins, solvents and thinners.
176 Application
This Part applies in addition to the other provisions of this
Regulation.Note. In particular, see clause 164 (Use of hazardous substances) which
prohibits the use of certain hazardous substances in spray painting and clause
165 (Employer to provide health surveillance) which requires employers to
provide health surveillance if there is a risk to health through exposure to
hazardous substances.
177 Spray painting in spray booths—particular risk
control measures
An employer must ensure that:(a) spray painting is carried out in a spray booth,
and
(b) no persons (other than persons required to be in the spray booth
as part of the spraying process) are in a spray booth during spray painting,
and
(c) any persons in a spray booth during spray painting are wearing
appropriate personal protective equipment.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
Note. See clause 51 (Atmospheric contaminants—particular risk
control measures) for prohibition of exposure to atmospheric contaminants
above specified exposure levels.
178 Spray painting outside spray booths—particular risk
control measures
(1) This clause applies to spray painting other than spray painting
carried out in a spray booth.Note. Despite clause 177 (a), an employer may carry out spray painting
other than in a spray booth if the employer proves that compliance with that
clause is not reasonably practicable (see section 28 of the Act which provides
a defence to proceedings in those circumstances).
(2) An employer must ensure that spray painting to which this clause
applies:(a) is carried out in the open air at least 6 metres from every
building and from every other thing that might obstruct ventilation,
and
(b) is effectively isolated from every other process in which persons
are employed and that is within 6 metres (measured in any direction) from the
place at which the spray painting substance is being applied,
and
(c) is effectively isolated from all plant, machinery and equipment
that is, or may become, a source of ignition and that is within 2 metres,
measured vertically above, and 6 metres, measured in other directions, from
the place at which the spray painting substance is being
applied.
(3) If it is not reasonably practicable (within the meaning of section
28 of the Act) for an employer to ensure that the spray painting is carried
out in the open air as required by subclause (2) (a), the employer must ensure
that:(a) the place where the spray painting is carried out is adequately
ventilated (by natural or mechanical ventilation), and
(b) the spray painting is effectively isolated in accordance with
subclause (2) (b) and (c).
(4) For the purposes of this clause, spray painting is not effectively
isolated:(a) from another process if a substance from the spray painting can be
inhaled by a person engaged in the other process, or
(b) from plant, machinery or equipment if there is a risk that a
substance from the spray painting will be ignited by a source of ignition from
or associated with the plant, machinery or
equipment.
(5) An employer must ensure that persons carrying out spray painting
to which this clause applies are wearing appropriate personal protective
equipment.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
179 Electrostatic spray painting—particular risk
control measures
(1) An employer must ensure that equipment used to carry out
electrostatic spray painting is provided with automatic controls that will, if
any conveyor carrying articles through the high voltage electric field
stops:(a) disconnect the power supply to any high voltage transformer used
in the process, and
(b) give a warning of the stoppage.
(2) An employer must ensure that, if electrostatic spray painting is
carried out using a hand-held device, the following items are effectively
earthed:(a) the handle of the device,
(b) the articles being painted,
(c) if the painting is carried out in a spray booth:(i) all metal work of the booth, and
(ii) all metal articles inside the booth or within 2 metres of the
booth.
(3) An employer must ensure that a clearly legible warning notice
bearing the words “DANGER—HIGH VOLTAGE” is exhibited in a
clearly visible position on equipment used to carry out electrostatic spray
painting.
(4) An employer must ensure that equipment used to carry out
electrostatic spray painting cannot be used unless the exhaust system is in
operation.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
Part 7.2 Abrasive blasting
180 Definitions
In this Part:abrasive
blasting means the process of cleaning, smoothing, roughening,
cutting, preparing or removing the surface, or part of the surface, of any
article or building by means of blasting, blowing, throwing or otherwise
propelling an abrasive substance against the article or building, including
the propelling of an abrasive substance by means of blasting steam or water at
a high pressure.
abrasive blasting
enclosure means a structure that is designed to:
(a) enclose or otherwise accommodate articles being abrasive blasted,
and
(b) isolate or minimise hazards of dusts or debris generated by
abrasive blasting, and
(c) provide for the prevention of ignition sources,
and
(d) safely filter and discharge any exhaust ventilation to a suitable
point outside the workplace,
being a structure that is used only for the purpose of abrasive
blasting.abrasive
substance means any substance used as an abrasive for the purpose of
abrasive blasting.
181 Application
This Part applies in addition to the other provisions of this
Regulation.
182 Abrasive blasting—particular risk control
measures
(1) An employer must ensure that:(a) abrasive blasting is carried out in an abrasive blasting enclosure
if reasonably practicable, and
(b) no persons (other than persons required to be in the abrasive
blasting enclosure as part of the blasting process) are in an abrasive
blasting enclosure during abrasive blasting, and
(c) any persons in an abrasive blasting enclosure during abrasive
blasting are wearing appropriate personal protective
equipment.
(2) If it is not reasonably practicable to carry out abrasive blasting
in an abrasive blasting enclosure, an employer must ensure that:(a) any area exposed to dust is minimised, and
(b) adequate signs to warn of the hazards of the blasting are
provided, and
(c) persons not carrying out the blasting are not permitted to enter
an area in which there is a risk of exposure to atmospheric contaminants,
and
(d) persons carrying out the blasting are wearing appropriate personal
protective equipment.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
183 Supply of respirators and personal protective
equipment
(1) An employer must ensure that persons who are carrying out abrasive
blasting and who may be exposed to atmospheric contaminants arising from the
blasting are provided with an air supplied respirator if the persons may be
exposed to atmospheric contaminants exceeding the appropriate exposure
standard referred to in clause 51 (Atmospheric contaminants—particular
risk control measures).
(2) An employer must ensure that other persons (including those
carrying out maintenance or repair work on abrasive blasting equipment) who
may be exposed to atmospheric contaminants arising from abrasive blasting are
provided with appropriate personal protective equipment if the persons may be
exposed to atmospheric contaminants exceeding the appropriate exposure
standard referred to in clause 51.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
Note. Also see clause 15 (Provision by an employer of personal
protective equipment).
184 Control of substances used in abrasive
blasting
An employer must ensure that substances that may result in the
exposure of persons to atmospheric contaminants exceeding the appropriate
exposure standard referred to in clause 51 are not used for the purpose of
abrasive blasting.Maximum penalty: Level 3.
Part 7.3 Welding
185 Definition
In this Part:welding
includes any metal welding or similar process, such as fusion welding
(including arc welding, gas welding and laser beam welding), spot welding,
braze welding and thermal cutting (including oxygen and plasma
cutting).
186 Application
This Part applies in addition to the other provisions of this
Regulation.
187 Exposure to atmospheric contaminants and other
hazards—particular risk control measures
(1) An employer must ensure that exposure of persons to atmospheric
contaminants arising from welding, including fumes, gases and vapours emitted
from materials consumed during welding and from materials being welded, is
controlled by use of one or more of the following measures (in descending
order of priority):(a) substituting a less hazardous process, material or
procedure,
(b) using appropriate ventilation.
(2) An employer must ensure that persons directly involved in welding
are wearing appropriate personal protective
equipment.
(3) An employer must ensure that adequate signs to warn of the hazards
are provided at or near any area in which there is a risk of exposure of
persons to hazards arising from welding.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
188 Supply of respirators
An employer must ensure that any person who may be exposed to
atmospheric contaminants arising from welding, including fumes, vapours or
gases emitted from materials consumed during welding and from materials being
welded, is provided with suitable respiratory protection if the person may be
exposed to atmospheric contaminants exceeding the appropriate exposure
standard referred to in clause 51 (Atmospheric contaminants—particular
risk control measures).Maximum penalty: Level 3.
Note. Also see clause 15 (Provision by an employer of personal
protective equipment).
189 Ultraviolet radiation—particular risk control
measures
An employer must ensure that risks associated with exposure of
persons to harmful levels of ultraviolet radiation at or near the site of
welding are controlled by use of the following measures (in descending order
of priority):(a) using appropriate screens to provide protection from ultraviolet
radiation,
(b) ensuring that persons required to be in an area in which there is
a risk of exposure to ultraviolet radiation are wearing appropriate protective
equipment,
(c) ensuring that persons who are not carrying out welding are not
permitted to enter an area in which there is a risk of exposure to ultraviolet
radiation and that adequate signs to warn of the hazards are
provided.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
Part 7.4 Electroplating
190 Definition
In this Part:electroplating means the
process of applying a deposit of metal onto an article, or any part of an
article, by electrolytic means, including the ancillary process of polishing,
brightening or cleaning the article by electrolytic or chemical
means.
191 Application
This Part applies in addition to the other provisions of this
Regulation.
192 Exposure to atmospheric contaminants and other
hazards—particular risk control measures
(1) An employer must ensure that exposure of persons to atmospheric
contaminants arising from electroplating is controlled by use of one or more
of the following measures (in descending order of priority):(a) substituting a less hazardous process, material or
procedure,
(b) using appropriate ventilation or fume suppressants, or
both.
(2) An employer must ensure that, if the persons exposed to
atmospheric contaminants arising from electroplating are persons involved in
the cleaning or maintenance of equipment used in electroplating, the exposure
is controlled by using appropriate ventilation and the provision of
appropriate personal protective equipment.
(3) An employer must ensure that adequate provision is made to
minimise the consequences of dangerous spills or splashes arising from
electroplating by the supply, appropriate to the level of risk, of spill kits,
safety showers, eye wash and personal protective equipment for splash
protection.
(4) An employer must ensure that adequate signs to warn of the hazards
are provided at or near any area in which there is a risk of exposure of
persons to hazards arising from electroplating.
(5) An employer must ensure that persons who are not carrying out
electroplating are not permitted to enter an area in which there is a risk of
exposure to hazards arising from electroplating.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
193 Labelling of containers
An employer must ensure that every container of a substance
(whether hazardous or not) used in electroplating is clearly labelled with the
name of the substance at all times.Maximum penalty: Level 3.
Note. This clause is in addition to clauses 156 (Supplier to ensure
hazardous substances are labelled) and 163 (Employer to ensure containers are
labelled) (to the extent that those clauses apply to the containers referred
to in the clause).
194 Cyanide—particular risk control measures
An employer must ensure that any electroplating process involving
cyanide complies with the following:(a) containers of corrosives involved in the process must be separated
from any container of cyanide by at least one water rinse
tank,
(b) cyanide not being used in the process must be kept in containers
that are stored in a manner that prevents them from coming into contact with a
liquid,
(c) containers of corrosives not directly involved in the process must
not be kept in a storage area in which cyanide is kept,
(d) a person is available to provide first aid in the case of cyanide
poisoning and an emergency kit suitable for treating cyanide poisoning,
together with an appropriate respirator, is provided in a suitable location
for use by that person,
(e) a notice with respect to the treatment of persons for cyanide
poisoning is exhibited in a suitable location where cyanide is used or
stored.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
Part 7.5 Molten metal
195 Definitions
In this Part:molten metal
work means any work process in which metals are melted, poured and
moulded.
196 Application
This Part applies in addition to the other provisions of this
Regulation.
197 Atmospheric contaminants and other
hazards—particular risk control measures
(1) An employer must ensure that exposure of persons to atmospheric
contaminants from molten metal work, including toxic or noxious fumes, dust or
gases emitted during the melting, pouring and moulding processes, is
controlled by use of the following measures (in descending order of
priority):(a) isolation of the work,
(b) installation of extractive ventilation or measures of equivalent
effectiveness.
(2) An employer must ensure that persons directly involved in molten
metal work are wearing appropriate personal protective equipment (including,
where appropriate, respiratory equipment and equipment for protection against
impact, radiation or heat).
(3) An employer must ensure that adequate signs to warn of the hazards
are provided at or near any area in which there is a risk of exposure of
persons to hazards arising from molten metal work.
(4) An employer must ensure that persons who are not carrying out
molten metal work are not permitted to enter any area in which there is a risk
of exposure to hazards arising from molten metal
work.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
198 Exposure to radiation—particular risk control
measures
An employer must ensure that exposure of persons to heat and
infra-red and ultra-violet radiation generated by molten metal work is
controlled by use of the following measures (in descending order of
priority):(a) isolation of the heat or radiation generating process from the
work space,
(b) shielding the persons concerned from the heat or
radiation.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
Part 7.6 Lead processes and lead risk work
199 Definitions
In this Part:blood lead
level means the concentration in whole blood expressed in micromoles
per litre (µmol/L) or micrograms per decilitre
(µg/dL).
lead means
lead metal, inorganic lead compounds and lead salts of organic
acids.
lead
process means any one of the following processes:
(a) any work that exposes a person to lead dust in air or lead fumes
arising from the manufacture or handling of a dry lead compound, except galena
(lead sulphide) when its character or composition remains
unchanged,
(b) any work connected with the manufacture, assembly, handling or
repair of, or parts of, electric accumulators (batteries) that involves the
manipulation of dry lead compounds, pasting or casting
lead,
(c) breaking up or dismantling of lead accumulators and the sorting,
packing and handling of plates or other parts containing lead removed or
recovered from those accumulators,
(d) spraying with molten lead, alloys or lead paint containing more
than 5 per cent by weight of lead,
(e) melting or casting of lead alloys containing more than 5 per cent
by weight of lead in which the temperature of the molten material is more than
450 degrees Celsius,
(f) recovery of lead from its ores, oxides or other compounds by a
thermal reduction process,
(g) dry machine grinding, discing, buffing or cutting by power tools
of lead or alloy containing more than 5 per cent by weight of
lead,
(h) machine sanding or buffing of surfaces coated with paint
containing more than one per cent by dry weight of lead,
(i) any process by which electric arc, oxy-acetylene, oxy gas, plasma
arc or a flame is applied, for the purposes of welding, cutting or cleaning,
to the surface of any metal that is coated with lead or paint containing more
than one per cent by dry weight of lead,
(j) radiator repairs if exposure to lead dust or fumes may
occur,
(k) fire assay if lead is used,
(l) melting of lead or alloy containing more than 50 per cent lead by
weight if the exposed surface area of the molten material is more than 0.1
square metres and the temperature of the molten material exceeds 450 degrees
Celsius.
lead risk
work means a lead process or a work activity or sequence of
activities at a specific area within a place of work in which the blood lead
level of an employee might reasonably be expected to rise or does rise above
1.45 µmol/L (30 µg/dL).
200 Application
This Part applies in addition to the other provisions of this
Regulation.Note. In particular, note that the provisions of Part 6.4 apply to the
use of all hazardous substances (including lead) at work and, among other
things, require employers to provide health surveillance for employees if
there is a risk to health resulting from exposure to a hazardous substance.
Those provisions apply whether or not the use constitutes a lead process or
lead risk work for the purposes of this Part. Also note that clause 345
requires persons to give WorkCover notice of any proposed lead risk
work.
201 Employer to control risks from lead
(1) An employer at a place of work at which a lead process is carried
out must ensure that contamination by lead is confined to the area in which
the lead process is carried out (a lead process
area) and that lead contamination of the surrounding environment
does not occur.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(2) An employer must ensure that:(a) a lead process area is kept as clean as is practicable,
and
(b) compressed air, compressed gas or dry sweeping cleaning methods
are not used in a lead process area, and
(c) no employee eats, drinks, chews gum, smokes or carries smoking
materials in a lead process area, and
(d) any eating or drinking facilities provided at the workplace cannot
be contaminated with lead, and
(e) employees working in a lead process area wear appropriate personal
protective equipment, and
(f) changing rooms and washing, showering and toilet facilities
appropriate to the lead process carried out are provided and maintained in
good working order, and
(g) employees remove clothing and equipment contaminated with lead,
and wash their hands and faces, before entering an area provided at the
workplace for eating and drinking.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(3) An employer must arrange for the laundering of protective work
clothing that may have been contaminated by lead.Maximum penalty (subclause (3)): Level
2.
202 Biological monitoring and health surveillance
(1) In the case of lead risk work, any biological monitoring required
to be performed under Part 6.4 must consist of the measurement of lead in
whole blood or packed red cells, sampled as capillary or venous blood (as
appropriate) and related measurements, as required.
(2) In the case of lead risk work, health surveillance (additional to
that required to be performed under Part 6.4) must be performed:(a) in relation to an employee who is carrying out lead risk work at
the commencement of this clause—as soon as practicable after that
commencement, or
(b) in relation to an employee who commences lead risk work after the
commencement of this clause:(i) before the employee commences the work (except biological
monitoring), and
(ii) within one month of the commencement of the work,
and
(iii) as soon as practicable after 2 months of the commencement of the
work, and
(iv) as soon as practicable after 6 months of the commencement of the
work.
(3) In the case of lead risk work, the biological monitoring required
to be performed under Part 6.4 and subclause (1) must be performed at the
following intervals:(a) for females of reproductive capacity:(i) within 3 months of the last biological monitoring if the result of
that last monitoring shows a blood lead level of less than 0.48 µmol/L
(10 µg/dL), or
(ii) within 6 weeks of the last biological monitoring if the result of
the last monitoring shows a blood lead level result of 0.48 µmol/L (10
µg/dL) or more,
(b) for females not of reproductive capacity and males:(i) within 6 months of the last biological monitoring if the result of
the last monitoring shows a blood lead level result of less than 1.45
µmol/L (30 µg/dL), or
(ii) within 3 months of the last biological monitoring if the result of
the last monitoring shows a blood lead level of 1.45 µmol/L (30
µg/dL) or more but less than 1.93 µmol/L (40 µg/dL),
or
(iii) within 6 weeks of the last biological monitoring if the result of
the last monitoring shows a blood lead level of 1.93 µmol/L (40
µg/dL) or more.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
203 Employer to remove certain employees from lead risk
work
(1) An employer must ensure that an employee ceases to carry out lead
risk work if the employer or employee considers that the employee has received
an excessive exposure to lead in the workplace and the results of biological
monitoring on the employee show the confirmed blood lead level of the employee
as:(a) 0.72 µmol/L (15 µg/dL) or more for females who are
pregnant or breast feeding, or
(b) 0.97 µmol/L (20 µg/dL) or more for other females of
reproductive capacity, or
(c) 2.41 µmol/L (50 µg/dL) or more for females not of
reproductive capacity and males.
(2) An employer must ensure that an employee referred to in subclause
(1) receives a medical examination by an authorised medical practitioner
within 7 days of the employer determining that the employee should cease
carrying out lead risk work.
(3) An employer must ensure that an employee referred to in subclause
(1) does not carry out lead risk work until:(a) the employee’s confirmed blood lead level is less
than:(i) 0.48 µmol/L (10 µg/dL) for females of reproductive
capacity, or
(ii) 1.93 µmol/L (40 µg/dL) for females not of reproductive
capacity and males, and
(b) the employee is certified as fit to return to lead risk work by an
authorised medical practitioner.
(4) An employer must keep a record that includes the following
particulars:(a) the date on which an employee ceased to carry out lead risk work
in accordance with this clause and the date on which the employee recommenced
such work,
(b) the name, sex and date of birth of the
employee.
Note. The record must be retained for at least 5 years. See clause
171.
(5) In this clause:confirmed blood
lead level means the concentration of lead in venous whole
blood.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
204 Pregnant or breastfeeding employee to advise
employer
An employee employed to carry out lead risk work who:(a) knows she is pregnant, or
(b) is breast feeding,
must advise her employer of that fact as soon as
practicable.Maximum penalty: Level 2.
Note. See also clause 28 for obligation of employee to notify employer
of any matter that may affect employer’s obligations under this
Regulation.
Part 7.7 Electrical work
Note. See also Division 3 of Part 4.2 (Electricity—duties of
controllers of premises) and Division 8 of Part 4.3 (Electricity—duties
of employers).
205 Definitions
In this Part:electrical
installation has the same meaning as in Chapter 4.
safe
work method statement means a statement that:
(a) describes how work is to be carried out, and
(b) identifies the work activities assessed as having safety risks,
and
(c) identifies the safety risks, and
(d) describes the control measures that will be applied to the work
activities,
and includes a description of the equipment used in the work, the
standards or codes to be complied with, the qualifications of the personnel
doing the work and the training required to do the work.Note. See Chapter 2 for provisions relating to the identification,
assessment and control of risks.
206 Application
This Part applies in addition to the other provisions of this
Regulation.
207 Electrical work on electrical installations—safety
measures
(1) An employer must ensure that any electrical work on an electrical
installation at a place of work is carried out using a safe system of
work.
(2) An employer must ensure that such work is not carried out while
the circuits and apparatus of the part of the installation that is being
worked on are energised.
(3) The safe system of work must include:(a) checks to ensure that the circuits and apparatus of the part of
the installation that is being worked on are not energised before work
commences and remain that way until the work is completed,
and
(b) measures to eliminate or control the risk of the person carrying
out the work inadvertently contacting any part of the installation that
remains energised.
(4) Despite subclause (2), electrical work on an electrical
installation may be carried out while the circuits and apparatus of the part
of the installation that is being worked on are energised if it is necessary
to do so in the interests of safety and the risk of harm would be greater if
the circuits and apparatus were de-energised before work commenced. In these
circumstances the employer must ensure that:(a) before the work is commenced, a written risk assessment has been
completed in respect of the work in consultation with the persons proposing to
do the work, and
(b) the work is carried out in accordance with a safe work method
statement for the work, and
(c) the work has been authorised by the person in control of the
premises, and
(d) the persons doing the work are appropriately qualified, trained
and instructed in safe work practices for the particular task, including the
proper use of test equipment, tools, accessories and personal protective
equipment, and
(e) appropriate test equipment and tools and accessories are provided
to the persons doing the work, are properly used and are well maintained,
and
(f) appropriate clothing and personal protective equipment for the
work are provided to the persons doing the work and are properly worn and
used, and
(g) the isolation point of the relevant electrical supply has been
clearly identified and is able to be reached and operated quickly without any
need to negotiate or remove obstacles, and
(h) the work area is clear of obstruction so as to enable entry and
exit quickly and safely, and
(i) unauthorised persons are prevented from entering the work area by
signage or barriers, or both, and
(j) the work is undertaken in the presence of a safety observer who is
competent to perform the particular task that is to be carried out and is
competent in electrical rescue and cardio-pulmonary
resuscitation.
(5) This clause does not apply to electrical work carried out under a
plan required to be lodged under the Electricity Supply (Safety and Network Management)
Regulation 2002 or to electrical testing referred to in clause
208.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
208 Electrical testing on electrical
installations—safety measures
(1) An employer must ensure that persons conducting tests for the
integrity and operability of energised circuits and apparatus of an electrical
installation at a place of work conduct the tests in a safe
manner.
(2) Without limiting the generality of subclause (1), the employer
must ensure that:(a) a safe system of work is used that includes:(i) a risk assessment in respect of the tests, and
(ii) measures to eliminate or control the risk of the persons
conducting the tests inadvertently contacting any part of the installation
that is energised (including safe work practices to minimise the risk of
inadvertent contact, if the risk cannot be eliminated),
and
(b) appropriate test equipment is provided and properly used by
appropriately trained persons, and
(c) appropriate personal protective equipment is provided and used by
the persons conducting the tests, and
(d) if necessary to minimise a risk identified by the risk assessment,
the tests are conducted in the presence of a safety observer who is competent
to assist the persons who are conducting the tests and who is competent in
electrical rescue and cardio-pulmonary
resuscitation.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Chapter 8 Construction work
Note. This Part imposes obligations on an employer. Employer, for the purposes of this
Chapter, includes self-employed persons (see clause 3).
Part 8.1 Preliminary
209 Definitions
In this Chapter:construction site
means the site of construction work (either in progress or
suspended).
falling
objects means objects (including materials, debris, tools and
equipment) that fall or rebound during construction work.
formwork
means the surface, supports and framing used to define the shape of concrete
until it becomes self-supporting.
high risk construction
work means any of the following:
(a) construction work involving structural alterations that require
temporary support,
(b) construction work at a height above 3 metres,
(c) construction work involving excavation to a depth greater than 1.5
metres,
(d) demolition work for which a licence is not required under Chapter
10 to carry on the business of that work,
(e) construction work in tunnels,
(f) construction work involving the use of
explosives,
(g) construction work near traffic or mobile
plant,
(h) construction work in or around gas or electrical
installations,
(i) construction work over or adjacent to water where there is a risk
of drowning.
overhead protective
structure means an overhead structure designed to protect:
(a) persons at a construction site, or
(b) public places or other property (or persons on public places or
other property) adjoining a construction site.
principal
contractor, in relation to construction work (or a construction
project involving construction work), means a person who is, under clause 210,
for the time being appointed or taken to be the principal contractor for the
construction work.
qualified
engineer for a task means a person qualified for member grade of the
Australian Institution of Engineers, having not less than 4 years
post-qualification professional engineering experience in that
task.
structural
frames includes steelwork, post-tensioning and pre-cast concrete,
timber or masonry frames of any part of a building or
structure.
210 Appointment of principal contractor
(1) This clause applies to any place of work at which:(a) construction work is undertaken and the cost of the work exceeds
$250,000, or
(b) high risk construction work is undertaken and the cost of the work
does not exceed $250,000, or
(c) demolition work or asbestos removal work for which a licence is
required under Chapter 10 to carry on the business of that work is undertaken
(regardless of the cost of the work),
(but does not apply to a place of work if the contract to undertake the
work referred to was entered into before the commencement of this
clause).
(2) An owner of a place of work to which this clause applies
must:(a) appoint a principal contractor for the construction work carried
out by or on behalf of the owner, and
(b) authorise the principal contractor who is appointed to exercise
such authority of the owner as is necessary to enable the principal contractor
to discharge the responsibilities imposed on a principal contractor by this
Part.
(3) A person cannot be appointed as a principal contractor unless the
person is responsible for the construction work at all times until the work is
completed.
(4) If a principal contractor is not appointed in relation to
demolition work or asbestos removal work referred to in subclause (1) (c), the
employer carrying out that work is taken to be the principal contractor for
the work.
(5) Nothing in this clause prevents an owner from appointing itself as
the principal contractor for the construction work.
(6) Subject to subclause (4), if an owner does not appoint a principal
contractor for the construction work, the owner is taken to be the principal
contractor for the construction work.
(7) An owner must ensure that signs, that are clearly visible from
outside the site and on which the name and contact telephone numbers
(including an after hours emergency telephone number) of the principal
contractor are stated, are placed on each construction
site.
(8) In this clause:owner
has the same meaning as in the Local
Government Act 1993.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
211 Cost of construction work
For the purposes of this Chapter, the cost of any construction
work is:(a) the cost of the work as assessed for the purposes of the payment
of any fee for approval to carry out the work under the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act
1979, or
(b) if there is no such cost assessed, the contract price for carrying
out the work, or
(c) if there is no such contract price, the value of the work carried
out.
Part 8.2 OHS induction training—construction
work
Note. This Part imposes obligations on principal contractors and
employers to ensure that occupational health and safety induction training has
been undertaken by construction workers and requires self-employed
construction workers to undertake such training. The provisions apply with
respect to all construction work.
212 Definitions
In this Part:Code of
Practice means the document prepared by WorkCover entitled
“Code of
Practice—Occupational Health and Safety Induction Training for
Construction Work 1998” as in force on the commencement
of this Regulation.
construction
project means a project involving construction work.
OHS
induction training has the meaning given by clause
216.
OHS induction
training certificate means a certificate under clause 220A that has
been issued to a person whom WorkCover is satisfied has completed the general
health and safety induction training referred to in clause 217.
registered
training organisation has the same meaning as in the Vocational Education and Training Act
2005.
statement of OHS
induction training means a statement issued under clause
220.
213 Principal contractors to ensure that OHS induction
training undertaken
(1) A principal contractor for a construction project must not direct
or allow another person to carry out construction work on the construction
project unless the principal contractor is satisfied that the person has
undergone OHS induction training.
(1A) The only evidence on the basis of which a principal contractor may
be satisfied that a person has completed the general health and safety
induction training referred to in clause 217 is production by the person of a
current OHS induction training certificate.
(1B) Subclause (1A) does not apply until 1 December 2006 in relation to
a person who:(a) has undergone the general health and safety induction training
prior to 29 March 2004, and
(b) has arranged to undertake the training referred to in clause 216
(1) (b) and (c).
(2) A principal contractor for a construction project must:(a) identify any change in the construction site, and in the
activities performed by each person carrying out construction work at the
construction site, that might affect the health or safety of any person on the
construction site, and
(b) if any such change is identified, ensure that each person carrying
out construction work at the construction site undergoes such OHS induction
training referred to in clause 216 (1) (b) or (c) as is necessary to enable
the person to carry out that work safely despite the
change.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
214 Employers to ensure OHS induction training
undertaken
(1) An employer must ensure that any employee whom the employer
employs to carry out construction work has been provided with the OHS
induction training required to be undertaken by the employee in accordance
with this Part.
(1A) The only evidence on the basis of which an employer may be
satisfied that an employee has completed the general health and safety
induction training referred to in clause 217 is production by the employee of
a current OHS induction training certificate.
(1B) Subclause (1A) does not apply until 1 December 2006 in relation to
a employee who:(a) has undergone the general health and safety induction training
prior to 29 March 2004, and
(b) has arranged to undertake the training referred to in clause 216
(1) (b) and (c).
(2) An employer must not direct or allow an employee to carry out
construction work unless the employer is satisfied that the employee has
undergone OHS induction training.
(3) An employer who employs any employee to carry out construction
work must:(a) identify any change in the construction site, and in the
activities performed by each employee carrying out construction work at the
construction site, that might affect the health or safety of any person on the
construction site, and
(b) if any such change is identified, ensure that each employee
carrying out construction work at the construction site undergoes such OHS
induction training referred to in clause 216 (1) (b) or (c) as is necessary to
enable the employee to carry out that work safely despite the
change.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
Note. Section 22 of the Act provides that an employer must not impose a
charge on an employee in respect of anything done or provided in pursuance of
any specific requirement made by or under the Act.
215 Self-employed persons to undergo OHS induction
training
(1) A self-employed person must not carry out construction work unless
the person has undergone OHS induction training.
(2) A self-employed person carrying out construction work must:(a) identify any change in the construction site, and in the
activities performed by the person at the construction site, that might affect
the health or safety of any person on the construction site,
and
(b) if any such change is identified, undergo such OHS induction
training referred to in clause 216 (1) (b) or (c) as is necessary to enable
the person to carry out that work safely despite the
change.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
215A Holder of OHS induction training certificate to produce
certificate
(1) An inspector may direct a person carrying out construction work to
produce for inspection immediately:(a) the person’s OHS induction training certificate,
and
(b) a sample of the person’s usual
signature.
(2) A person to whom such a direction is given must not fail to comply
with the direction.Maximum penalty: Level 1.
(3) Until 1 December 2006, it is sufficient compliance with subclause
(2) if the person concerned satisfies the inspector that the person:(a) has undergone the general health and safety induction training
prior to 29 March 2004, and
(b) has arranged to undertake the training referred to in clause 216
(1) (b) and (c).
216 Meaning of “OHS induction
training”
(1) For the purposes of this Part, OHS induction
training means training referred to in each of the following
paragraphs completed to the satisfaction of the person conducting the
training:(a) general health and safety induction training that complies with
clause 217,
(b) work activity based health and safety induction training that
complies with clause 218 and relates to the particular type of construction
work to be carried out,
(c) site specific health and safety induction training that complies
with clause 219 and relates to the particular site at which the construction
work is to be carried out.
(2) An approval by WorkCover of OHS induction training for the
purposes of Part 15 of the Construction Safety
Regulations 1950 (being an approval in force immediately
before the commencement of this clause) is taken to be an approval by
WorkCover of the training for the purposes of this
Regulation.
217 General health and safety induction training
(1) General health and safety induction training must:(a) cover the relevant health and safety topics set out in the Code of
Practice, and
(b) be approved by WorkCover, and
(c) be developed by WorkCover or by a person who has a Certificate IV
in Assessment and Workplace Training issued by a registered training
organisation (or a document from such an organisation stating that the person
has an equivalent qualification), and
(d) be conducted by:(i) a person who has been accredited by WorkCover to conduct such
training, or
(ii) a person who is employed by an organisation approved by WorkCover
to provide such training and who has a Certificate IV in Assessment and
Workplace Training issued by a registered training organisation (or a document
from such an organisation stating that the person has an equivalent
qualification).
(2) Until 29 March 2005, a Statement of Attainment in the competency
Train small groups has, for the purposes of subclause (1) (d) (ii), the
same effect as a Certificate IV in Assessment and Workplace
Training.
217A Accreditation of individuals to conduct OHS induction
training
(1) An application by an individual to be accredited to provide OHS
induction training:(a) is to be in the form, and accompanied by the particulars, approved
by WorkCover, and
(b) is to be accompanied by such application fee as WorkCover
determines to cover the expenses in dealing with the
application.
(2) WorkCover may approve an application for accreditation (with or
without conditions) or may refuse the application for such reason as it
considers sufficient.
(3) WorkCover may suspend or cancel the accreditation of a person who
is accredited to provide OHS induction training if it is satisfied
that:(a) the person is no longer competent to conduct the training for
which the person is an accredited person, or
(b) the person has been convicted of an offence against the Act or the
associated occupational health and safety legislation, or any regulation under
the Act or that legislation, or of an offence against a corresponding law or
any regulation under a corresponding law, or
(c) the person was accredited on the basis of false or misleading
information or a failure to disclose or provide required information,
or
(d) the person has contravened the conditions of his or her
accreditation or a guideline relating to the provision of OHS induction
training, or
(e) the person has had his or her accreditation as an assessor
suspended or cancelled under clause 287, or has had his or her approval as a
Premium Discount Advisor suspended or cancelled under the regulations under
the Workers Compensation Act
1987, for reasons of a kind referred to in paragraph (b), (c)
or (d).
(4) Before suspending or cancelling a person’s accreditation,
WorkCover:(a) must cause written notice of the proposed suspension or
cancellation to be given to the person, and
(b) must give the person a reasonable opportunity to make
representations to WorkCover in relation to the proposed suspension or
cancellation, and
(c) must have regard to any representations so
made.
(5) If, after having regard to any representations made by the person,
WorkCover decides to proceed with the proposed suspension or cancellation,
WorkCover must give to the person a written notice:(a) stating that the accreditation is suspended or cancelled,
and
(b) in the case of a suspension, specifying the period for which the
accreditation is suspended, and
(c) giving reasons for the suspension or
cancellation.
(6) The suspension or cancellation takes effect on the date on which
notice of the suspension or cancellation is given to the person or such later
date as may be specified in the notice.
(7) Any person who, before the commencement of this clause, was
accredited by WorkCover to provide OHS induction training is taken to have
been accredited under this clause.
(8) WorkCover may take action under subclause (3) in respect of any
matter or circumstance (including conduct or a conviction, contravention,
suspension or cancellation) that occurred before, on or after the commencement
of that subclause.
218 Work activity based health and safety induction
training
Work activity based health and safety induction training
must:(a) cover the relevant health and safety topics set out in the Code of
Practice, and
(b) if the training is provided by way of a training course:(i) be developed by a person who has a Certificate IV in Assessment
and Workplace Training issued by a registered training organisation (or a
document from such an organisation stating that the person has an equivalent
qualification), and
(ii) be conducted by a person who has a Statement of Attainment in the
competency Train small groups issued by a registered training
organisation (or a document from such an organisation stating that the person
has an equivalent qualification),
unless the training course is conducted by the employer of the person
undertaking the training and that employer employs not more than 10
employees.
219 Site specific health and safety induction
training
Site specific health and safety induction training must cover the
relevant health and safety topics set out in the Code of
Practice.
220 Statements of OHS induction training
(1) A person who conducts training referred to in clause 216 (1) (a)
must issue to each person who has, in the opinion of the person conducting the
training, completed the training in accordance with the relevant guidelines
issued by WorkCover a written statement that:(a) states that the person to whom the statement is issued completed
the training to the satisfaction of the person conducting it,
and
(b) identifies the types of activities covered by the training,
and
(c) specifies the date or dates on which the training was provided,
and
(d) specifies the name and qualifications of the person who conducted
the training, and
(e) is signed by the person who conducted the
training.
(1A) Within 7 days after a person issues a statement of OHS induction
training under this clause, the person must cause notice of that fact to be
given to WorkCover so as to enable WorkCover to issue the person to whom the
statement has been issued with an OHS induction training
certificate.Maximum penalty: Level 1.
(1B) During the period of 30 days after a statement of OHS induction
training is issued under his clause, the person to whom it is issued is, for
the purposes of clauses 213, 214 and 215A, taken to hold an OHS induction
training certificate and the statement is, for those purposes, taken to be
such a certificate.
(1C) WorkCover may issue guidelines:(a) for the provision of OHS induction training,
and
(b) for the issue of statements of OHS induction training under this
clause.
(1D) A person providing OHS induction training must not:(a) provide any such training otherwise than in accordance with any
guidelines issued under this clause, or
(b) issue a statement of OHS induction training under this clause
without having provided any such training, or
(c) issue a statement of OHS induction training under this clause
without the person having completed the training.
Maximum penalty: Level 2.
(2) A person who conducts training referred to in clause 216 (1) (a)
must keep a record of each statement of OHS induction training issued until 3
years after the issue of the statement.Maximum penalty: Level 2.
220A OHS induction training certificates
(1) WorkCover may issue an OHS induction training certificate to any
person whom it is satisfied has completed the general health and safety
training referred to in clause 217, whether on the basis of a statement of OHS
induction training issued under clause 220 or
otherwise.
(2) An OHS induction training certificate is of unlimited
duration.
220B Replacement of lost, stolen, damaged or destroyed OHS
induction training certificates
(1) The holder of an OHS induction training certificate that is lost,
stolen, damaged or destroyed may apply to WorkCover for a replacement
certificate.
(2) The application:(a) must be in the approved form, and
(b) must be accompanied by a statutory declaration by the applicant
that explains how, or the circumstances in which, the certificate was lost,
stolen, damaged or destroyed, and
(c) must be accompanied by the fee fixed for the time being by
WorkCover to cover expenses in connection with issue of replacement
certificates.
(3) WorkCover may issue a replacement certificate if satisfied that
the applicant’s OHS induction training certificate has been lost,
stolen, damaged or destroyed.
(4) If an application is refused, WorkCover must ensure that written
notice of the refusal, and of the reasons for the refusal, are given to the
applicant.
(5) The holder of an OHS induction training certificate that is
replaced under this clause:(a) must surrender the original certificate if it is recovered,
or
(b) in the case of a damaged certificate that is replaced, must
surrender the damaged certificate.
Maximum penalty (subclause (5)): Level
1.
220C Cancellation of OHS induction training
certificates
(1) WorkCover may cancel an OHS induction training certificate if
satisfied that the certificate was obtained on the basis of false or
misleading information or a failure to disclose or provide required
information.
(2) Before cancelling an OHS induction training certificate,
WorkCover:(a) must cause written notice of the proposed cancellation to be given
to the holder of the certificate, and
(b) must give the holder of the certificate a reasonable opportunity
to make representations to WorkCover in relation to the proposed cancellation,
and
(c) must have regard to any representations so
made.
(3) If, after having regard to any representations made by the holder
of the certificate, WorkCover decides to proceed with the proposed
cancellation, WorkCover must give to the holder a written notice:(a) stating that the certificate is cancelled, and
(b) giving reasons for the cancellation.
(4) The cancellation takes effect on the date on which notice of the
cancellation is given to the holder of the certificate or such later date as
may be specified in the notice.
221 Savings relating to construction work
experience
(1) This clause applies to an employee or self-employed person to whom
this clause applied as it was in force immediately before 29 March 2004, when
the Occupational Health and Safety Amendment
(Accreditation and Certification) Regulation 2004
commenced.
(2) For the purposes of this Part, a person to whom this clause
applies and who, since 1 April 1999 has, without a continuous break of 2 years
or more, carried out construction work of a particular type in the course of
employment, is taken to have:(a) undergone OHS induction training in relation to that type of
construction work, and
(b) undergone the general health and safety induction training
referred to in clause 217 prior to 29 March 2004, but only for the purposes of
being issued with an OHS induction training certificate pursuant to an
application for such a certificate made to WorkCover before 30 September 2004
and any requirement to produce such a certificate.
222 Lapsing of currency of OHS training and OHS training
statements
(1) A person’s OHS induction training ceases to be current for
the purposes of this Part if the person has not carried out construction work
for any consecutive period of 2 years or more since:(a) in the case of a person who has actually undergone
training—the completion of the training, or
(b) (Repealed)
(2) A statement of OHS induction training ceases to be valid for the
purposes of this Part if the person to whom it is issued has not carried out
construction work for any consecutive period of 2 years or more since the
issue of the statement.
223 Principal contractors and employers to keep
records
(1) A principal contractor for a construction project must keep a
record containing the following, in relation to each person carrying out
construction work on the project, until 3 years after the project is
completed:(a) a copy of any relevant statement of OHS induction training or a
statement indicating that the principal contractor is satisfied that the
relevant OHS induction training has been undertaken,
(b) a brief description of the site specific training that has been
undertaken by the person in accordance with this Part for the site at which
the construction work is carried out.
(2) An employer must keep a record containing the following, in
relation to each employee employed to carry out construction work, until 3
years after the employee has ceased to be employed by the employer:(a) a copy of any relevant statement of OHS induction training or a
statement indicating that the employer is satisfied that the relevant OHS
induction training has been undertaken,
(b) a brief description of the site specific training that has been
undertaken by the employee in accordance with this Part for the site at which
the construction work is carried out.
Maximum penalty: Level 1.
Part 8.3 Special workplace arrangements for construction
work
Note. This Part makes special arrangements for workplaces that are
construction sites where the cost of the work exceeds $250,000 or the work is
demolition work, asbestos removal work or high risk construction work. The
obligation bearers under this Part are principal contractors and
sub-contractors. However, to the extent that those contractors are also
employers or self-employed persons, the obligations under this Part apply to
them also.
224 Definition
In this Part:safe
work method statement means a statement that:
(a) describes how work is to be carried out, and
(b) identifies the work activities assessed as having safety risks,
and
(c) identifies the safety risks, and
(d) describes the control measures that will be applied to the work
activities,
and includes a description of the equipment used in the work, the
standards or codes to be complied with, the qualifications of the personnel
doing the work and the training required to do the
work.Note. See Chapter 2 for provisions relating to the identification,
assessment and control of risks.
225 Responsibilities of contractors to be in addition to
responsibilities as employers
The responsibilities imposed on a principal contractor or a
sub-contractor by this Part are in addition to any other responsibilities that
the principal contractor or sub-contractor may have as an employer or
self-employed person or other person having responsibilities under this
Regulation.
226 Responsibility of principal contractor to prepare an OHS
management plan
(1) This clause applies to any place of work at which construction
work is undertaken and the cost of the work exceeds
$250,000.
(2) The principal contractor for the construction work must ensure
that:(a) a site specific occupational health and safety management plan is
prepared for each place of work at which the construction work is to be
carried out before the work commences, and
(b) the plan is maintained and kept up to date during the course of
the work.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(3) The principal contractor must ensure that the occupational health
and safety management plan includes:(a) a statement of responsibilities listing the names, positions and
responsibilities of all persons who will have specific responsibilities on the
site for occupational health and safety, and
(b) details of the arrangements for ensuring compliance with the
requirements for occupational health and safety induction training that are
set out in Part 8.2, and
(c) details of the arrangements for managing occupational health and
safety incidents, including the identity of and contact details for the person
or persons who will be available to prevent, prepare for, respond to and
recover from occupational health and safety incidents, andNote. Some incidents must be notified to WorkCover under Chapter
12.
(d) any site safety rules and details of the arrangements for ensuring
that all persons at the place of work (whether employees or visitors) are
informed of the rules, and
(e) safe work method statements for all work activities assessed as
having safety risks.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(4) The principal contractor must ensure that a copy of the
occupational health and safety management plan is available for inspection
during the course of the construction work by:(a) any person working at the place of work concerned and by any
person about to commence work at that place, and
(b) an employee member of an OHS committee, an OHS representative, a
person elected by the persons employed at the place of work to represent a
group of employees on health and safety matters or (if the employees so agree)
an appropriate representative of an industrial organisation of
employees.
Maximum penalty: Level 1.
(5) The principal contractor must ensure that a copy of any parts of
the occupational health and safety management plan that are relevant to a
sub-contractor are provided to the sub-contractor before the sub-contractor
commences work at the place of work concerned.Maximum penalty: Level 1.
(6) The principal contractor must ensure that, if any change is made
to the occupational health and safety management plan during the course of the
construction work, a copy of any part of the plan that has been changed and
that is relevant to a sub-contractor is provided to the sub-contractor as soon
as practicable after the change is made.Maximum penalty (subclause (6)): Level
1.
227 Responsibility to provide safe work method
statements—principal contractor and sub-contractors
(1) This clause applies to any place of work at which:(a) construction work is undertaken and the cost of the work exceeds
$250,000, or
(b) high risk construction work is undertaken and the cost of the work
does not exceed $250,000, or
(c) demolition work or asbestos removal work for which a licence is
required under Chapter 10 to carry on the business of that work is undertaken
(regardless of the cost of the work).
(2) A principal contractor for the construction work must ensure that
each sub-contractor, before commencing work at a place of work, provides the
principal contractor with a written safe work method statement for the work to
be carried out by the sub-contractor.Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(3) A principal contractor must ensure that:(a) a sub-contractor is directed to comply with:(i) the safe work method statement that the sub-contractor has
provided, and
(ii) the requirements of the Act and this Regulation,
and
(b) the activities of a sub-contractor are monitored to the extent
necessary to determine whether the sub-contractor is complying with:(i) the safe work method statement that the sub-contractor has
provided, and
(ii) the requirements of the Act and this Regulation,
and
(c) if the sub-contractor is not so complying, the sub-contractor is
directed to take action immediately to comply with the safe work method
statement or the requirements of the Act and this Regulation, or both,
and
(d) if a risk to the health or safety of a person arises because of
the non-compliance, the sub-contractor is directed to stop work immediately
and not to resume work until the safe work method statement or those
requirements, or both, are complied with, unless an immediate cessation of
work is likely to increase the risk to health and safety, in which event the
sub-contractor must be directed to stop work as soon as it is safe to do
so.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(4) If there are no sub-contractors for the construction work, the
principal contractor must:(a) undertake an assessment of the risks associated with the work to
be carried out and prepare a written safe work method statement that includes
a copy of the assessment of risks, and
(b) maintain and keep up to date the statement,
and
(c) ensure that the work is carried out in accordance with the
statement, and
(d) if a risk to the health or safety of a person arises because of
non-compliance with the statement, ensure that work is stopped immediately and
not resumed until the statement is complied with (unless an immediate
cessation of work is likely to increase the risk to health and safety, in
which event the principal contractor must stop the work as soon as it is safe
to do so).
Maximum penalty (subclause (4)): Level
4.
228 Responsibility of principal contractor to keep register
of hazardous substances
(1) This clause applies to any place of work at which:(a) construction work is undertaken and the cost of the work exceeds
$250,000, or
(b) demolition work or asbestos removal work for which a licence is
required under Chapter 10 to carry on the business of that work is undertaken
(regardless of the cost of the work).
(2) The principal contractor for the construction work must ensure
that:(a) a register of hazardous substances at a place of work at which
construction work is carried out is kept and maintained during the course of
the work, and
(b) the register is readily accessible to all persons working at the
place of work, and
(c) copies are kept during the course of the work of any records of
atmospheric monitoring or health surveillance in relation to the place of
work, and
(d) copies are kept during the course of the work of any written
report of a risk assessment prepared in accordance with clause 168 (1) (b) in
relation to risks associated with exposure to a hazardous substance at the
place of work.
(3) If more than one sub-contractor is using hazardous substances at
the place of work, the principal contractor must ensure that the register of
hazardous substances kept under subclause (2) (a) contains details of all
hazardous substances being used at the place of
work.
(4) The principal contractor, if also required to keep and maintain a
register of hazardous substances or dangerous goods under clause 167 or 174ZV,
may keep and maintain a single register for the purposes of this clause and
for the purposes of those clauses.
Maximum penalty: Level 1.
Note. See Chapter 6 as to the obligations of employers with respect to
the keeping of registers and recording of information concerning hazardous
substances and carcinogenic substances.
229 Responsibilities of sub-contractors
(1) This clause applies to any place of work at which:(a) construction work is undertaken and the cost of the work exceeds
$250,000, or
(b) demolition work or asbestos removal work for which a licence is
required under Chapter 10 to carry on the business of that work is undertaken
(regardless of the cost of the work).
Subclauses (2) (b) and (3) also apply to any place of work at
which high risk construction work is undertaken and the cost of the work does
not exceed $250,000.
(2) A sub-contractor must not commence construction work at a place of
work unless the sub-contractor:(a) has been provided by the principal contractor for the construction
work with a copy of the parts of the occupational health and safety management
plan for the place of work that are relevant to the sub-contractor,
and
(b) has undertaken an assessment of the risks associated with the work
to be carried out and provided to the principal contractor a written safe work
method statement that includes a copy of the assessment of risks,
and
(c) has completed induction training with respect to occupational
health and safety as specified in the occupational health and safety
management plan for the place of work.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(3) A sub-contractor must not allow an employee of the sub-contractor
to start work at a place of work at which construction work is carried out
unless the employee has completed induction training with respect to
occupational health and safety as specified in the occupational health and
safety management plan for the place of work.Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(4) A sub-contractor must maintain and keep up to date the
sub-contractor’s safe work method statement for a place of work, and
must provide the principal contractor with any changes made to the safe work
method statement.Maximum penalty: Level 1.
(5) A sub-contractor must provide the principal contractor for the
place of work with any information known to or records held by the
sub-contractor concerning hazardous substances or atmospheric monitoring or
health surveillance that is required by this Regulation to be entered in the
register of hazardous substances or kept for the place of work.Maximum penalty (subclause (5)): Level
2.
Part 8.4 Control of risks arising during construction
work
230 Application
(1) This Part applies to the control of risks arising during
construction work.
(2) In particular, this Part applies to control of risks arising
from:(a) falling objects other than falling rock and earth (to which Part
8.5 applies),
(b) collapse of formwork and other structural frames used for
permanent or temporary support of buildings and other
structures,
(c) collapse of existing buildings and other structures affected by
construction work,
(d) unauthorised access to construction sites,
(e) use of compressed air in construction work,
(f) use of lasers in construction work.
231 Overhead protective structures—particular risk
control measures
(1) This clause applies if:(a) construction work is carried out at a place that adjoins a public
place or any other property, and
(b) that construction work is carried out at a vertical height
exceeding 4 metres above the lowest ground level of that public place or other
property (unless the ratio of the horizontal distance to the vertical height
between the nearest boundary of that public place or other property and where
the work is carried out exceeds 2),
but does not apply to maintenance work on power or telecommunication
poles, towers or overhead lines unless a risk assessment identifies that any
hazards cannot be controlled by means other than overhead protective
structures.
(2) In any case in which this clause applies, an employer must provide
an overhead protective structure that:(a) is of appropriate strength and design having regard to the
circumstances of that case, and
(b) will catch, deflect or hold any weight and amount of material or
objects that might reasonably be expected to fall on
it.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
232 Safe means of lowering materials—particular risk
control measures
(1) If an inclined or vertical chute is used on a construction site as
a means of lowering materials, an employer must ensure that the following
requirements are met:(a) the chute is properly secured to the building or other structure
to which it is attached,
(b) the chute is completely enclosed except as provided by this
clause,
(c) the open end at the top of the chute has a cover that can be
locked securely,
(d) each opening in the chute has:(i) a hinged or sliding door that can be locked securely when material
is not being fed into the chute through the opening, and
(ii) a hopper is fitted to it to channel material into the
chute,
(e) in order to prevent material that is being fed into the chute from
spilling outside the chute, a solid fence at least 1 metre high and 1 metre
long is erected at each opening in the chute at an angle of 45 degrees to the
building line,
(f) the discharge end of the chute is kept open at all
times.
(2) The employer must ensure that a designated area is provided around
the discharge end of the chute and that this area is adequately fenced.
Alternatively, if a bin is used at the discharge end, a fence with a hinged
gate that can be securely locked must be provided around the bin at a distance
of at least 2 metres from the bin.
(3) The employer must ensure that doors and all other openings of the
chute (except the discharge end) are closed and securely locked before:(a) any demolished material is removed from any such designated area,
or
(b) any such bin is replaced.
(4) The employer must ensure that notices of the danger from
discharged material are prominently placed at the discharge end of the chute
and on the access gate of the fence.
(5) In this clause, opening, in relation to a
chute, means an opening in the side of the chute through which material can be
fed into the chute.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
233 Formwork—particular risk control
measures
(1) An employer must ensure that formwork complies with AS 3610—1995 Formwork for
concrete.
(2) An employer must ensure that formwork is designed, constructed and
maintained so as to support safely all loads that are to be placed on
it.
(3) An employer must ensure that, before the concrete pour, formwork
is inspected by a qualified engineer and is certified by the qualified
engineer as safe for its intended purpose and the loads that will be placed on
it.
(4) Subclause (3) does not apply if:(a) the deck of the formwork is less than 3 metres above the lowest
surrounding ground level, or
(b) the area of the formwork deck is less than 16 square metres and is
designed to hold not more than 2.5 cubic metres or 6 tonnes of wet concrete
(whichever measure is appropriate).
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
234 Prevention of structural collapse—particular risk
control measures
(1) An employer must ensure that any danger to persons arising from
the collapse of a building during a temporary state of weakness or instability
before its construction is completed is controlled by the use of adequate
temporary guys, stays, supports and fixings or other
measures.
(2) An employer must ensure that, if construction work is likely to
reduce the stability of an existing building or a building in the course of
construction so as to endanger a person, shoring is used or other appropriate
measures are taken to prevent the collapse of the
building.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
235 Site security—particular risk control
measures
(1) Subject to subclause (2), an employer must ensure that perimeter
fencing is provided for all construction sites.
(2) Subclause (1) applies with respect to the site of construction of
a single dwelling house, duplex or civil engineering project or the site of
maintenance work only if a risk assessment identifies the need to isolate
particular hazards at the site that cannot be controlled by means other than
perimeter fencing.
(3) The employer must ensure that perimeter fencing required to be
provided by this clause is adequate for the purpose for which it is
constructed.
(4) An employer must ensure that signs, that are clearly visible from
outside the site and on which the name and contact telephone numbers
(including an after hours emergency telephone number) of the controller of the
site are stated, are placed on each construction
site.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
236 Use of compressed air—particular risk control
measures
An employer must ensure that the use of compressed air in
connection with any construction work complies with AS CA 12—1970 Work in
compressed air (known as the SAA Compressed Air Code), as in
force at the time of that publication.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
237 Laser work
(1) An employer must ensure that Class 3B or Class 4 lasers or laser
products as defined in AS/NZS
2211.1:1997 Laser safety: Equipment classification,
requirements and user’s guide, as in force at the time
of that publication, are not used in construction
work.
(2) Subject to subclause (1), an employer must ensure that the use of
lasers or laser products in construction work is in accordance with AS 2397—1993 Safe use of
lasers in the building and construction
industry.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Part 8.5 Excavation work—particular
provisions
238 Definition
In this Part:excavation
work means construction work of the kind referred to in paragraph
(a) of the definition of construction work in
Chapter 1.
239 Application
This Part applies to places of work at which excavation work is
carried out.
240 Protection of stability of excavation
work—particular risk control measures
(1) An employer must ensure that, in relation to excavation work, an
adequate system of safety, involving shoring, earth retention equipment or
other appropriate measures, is in place to control risks to health and safety
arising from one or more of the following:(a) the fall or dislodgment of earth and rock,
(b) the instability of the excavation or any adjoining
structure,
(c) the inrush of water,
(d) the placement of excavated material,
(e) instability due to persons or plant working adjacent to the
excavation.
(2) A shoring system is not required if, having regard to the nature
and slope of the side of the excavation and other relevant circumstances,
there is no reasonable likelihood of a fall or dislodgment of earth, rock or
other material from a height of more than 1.5 metres (measured vertically)
that may bury, trap or strike a person who is in the
excavation.
(3) If a system of shoring is used, the employer must ensure that an
adequate supply of shoring equipment and material is provided and used to
prevent a fall or dislodgment of earth, rock or other material that forms the
side of or is adjacent to the excavation work.
(4) An employer must ensure that adequate measures are taken in the
immediate vicinity of excavation work so as to prevent the collapse of the
work. In particular, an employer must ensure that no materials are placed,
stacked or moved near the edge of excavation work so as to cause the collapse
of the work.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
241 Potential risks arising from excavation
work—particular risk control measures
(1) An employer must ensure that no excavation work that is likely to
reduce the stability of any part of a building or structure is commenced or
continued unless adequate measures are adopted, both before and during the
excavation work, to prevent a risk to the health and safety of a person from
the collapse of the building or structure or any part of
it.
(2) An employer must ensure that:(a) adequate measures are taken in the immediate vicinity of
excavation work so as to prevent the fall of mobile plant or materials into
the excavation, and
(b) no materials are placed, stacked or moved near the edge of
excavation work so as to endanger a person present
below.
(3) An employer must ensure that, in relation to excavation work, an
adequate system of safety is in place to control risks to health and safety
arising from unplanned contact with electricity cables, gas mains and other
utility services.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
242 Regular inspection mandatory for excavations of 1 metre
or more—particular risk control measures
An employer must ensure that excavation work at a depth of 1 metre
or more is inspected by a competent person at the intervals determined during
the risk assessment for the work.Maximum penalty: Level 3.
243 Caissons and cofferdams—particular risk control
measures
An employer must ensure that caissons and cofferdams are of sound
construction and secured in position to prevent movement.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
244 Supervision
An employer must ensure that any of the following excavation work
is carried out only under the supervision of a competent person:(a) work at a depth of 1 metre or more,
(b) work in tunnels,
(c) work on caissons and cofferdams,
(d) compressed air work.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
245 Safe access and egress
An employer must ensure that there is a safe means of access to
and egress from excavations.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Part 8.6 Demolition work—particular
provisions
246 Definitions
(1) In this Part:AS
2601—1991 means AS
2601—1991 The demolition of
structures.
demolition work
means construction work involving the demolition of a building but does not
include construction work involving the removal of power or telecommunication
poles.
Note. Clause 3 provides that building includes a
structure and part of a building or structure.
(2) In applying the provisions of AS
2601—1991 for the purposes of this Part, references
in that Standard to a public thoroughfare are taken to be references to a
public place.
(3) In this Part, a reference to the height of a building is a
reference to the height of the building measured from the lowest level of the
ground immediately adjacent to the base of the building at the point at which
the height is to be measured to its highest point.
Note. Carrying on the business of demolition work requires a licence
(see Chapter 10). Demolition work also requires a permit (see Chapter
11).
247 Work to be done in accordance with Australian Standard
and this Part
(1) An employer must ensure that demolition work is carried out in
accordance with AS
2601—1991 and the provisions of this
Part.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(2) In the event of an inconsistency between a provision of AS 2601—1991 and the
provisions of this Regulation, the provisions of this Regulation
prevail.
(3) Despite AS
2601—1991 or this Part, a building may be demolished
by the use of explosives if a permit under Chapter 11 has been
obtained.
Note. The following matters, among others, are dealt with in AS 2601—1991:• Sequential demolition
• Measures to prevent materials falling on workers and the public,
including adequate fencing
• Use of heavy machinery and plant on suspended
floors
• Ensuring that stairs and other means of access, and scaffolding,
are clear of rubble and other debris
• Chimney demolition
• Dust control
• Warning signs and general safety measures
• Fire prevention
• Circumstances in which overhead protective structures and heavy
duty independent scaffolding are required
248 Investigations
(1) An employer must ensure that, before the commencement of stripping
or demolition work, an initial investigation of the building to be demolished
and the site on which it is located is carried out in accordance with AS
2601—1991.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(2) The results of the investigations of the building and site must be
recorded in writing by the employer and must be made available to WorkCover
for inspection, on demand.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(3) The records of the investigations must be included by the employer
in the work method statement for the demolition to substantiate the choice of
a particular sequence, method or technique of demolition.Maximum penalty (subclause (3)): Level
1.
249 Carrying out demolition work
(1) An employer must ensure that, if mechanical means are used to
carry out demolition work, the work is carried out
sequentially.
(2) An employer must ensure that demolition work involving pulling
with ropes or chains or similar means is carried out only if the building
being demolished is not more than 4 metres in height and the work is carried
out sequentially.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Note. See Chapter 11 regarding the issue of permits for the carrying out
of certain demolition work.
250 Working in or below building being demolished
(1) An employer must ensure that a person does not work in or below a
building that is being demolished if, at any time during the carrying out of
the demolition work, there is a danger that the person might be injured as a
result of demolished or other material falling or rebounding.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(2) This clause applies whether or not the person’s work is
associated with the demolition of the building.
251 Buildings adjacent to public places
(1) An employer must ensure that, if demolition work involves the
demolishing of a building that is less than 4 metres in height and is adjacent
to a public place, adequate precautionary measures are taken to protect
persons who may be in the public place.Note. AS
2601—1991 contains precautionary requirements for
the demolition of buildings that are more than 4 metres in
height.
(2) An employer must ensure that, if demolition work involves the
demolishing of a building (regardless of its height) that is adjacent to
another building, adequate precautionary measures are taken to protect:(a) the other building, and
(b) any person entering or leaving the other building,
and
(c) if the other building is shorter than the building being
demolished—any person who is on top of the other
building.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
252 Demolition within confines of building
The requirements of AS
2601—1991 relating to fencing, overhead protective
structures and scaffolding do not apply to the demolition of part of a
building if:(a) the work is carried out wholly within the confines of the
building, and
(b) demolished material is, at all times during the carrying out of
the work, prevented from falling or rebounding outside those
confines.
253 Overhead protective structures
An employer must, in carrying out any demolition work, ensure
that, if AS
2601—1991 requires an overhead protective structure
to be provided over a public walkway that lies between a public place and the
building being demolished, the overhead protective structure:(a) consists of a horizontal platform of solid construction with
vertical supports, and
(b) is at least 250 mm from the edge of the kerb of the walkway
towards the common boundary of the walkway and the building that is being
demolished, and
(c) has a minimum overhead clearance of 2.2 m to any bracings, beams
or any other part of the overhead protective structure,
and
(d) has a continuous solid upstand projecting at least one metre above
the platform surface, and
(e) is designed for a uniformly distributed live load of
10kPa.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Note. See figure 1 below, which illustrates these requirements.
254 Scaffolding
(1) This clause does not apply to the demolition of a chimney
stack.
(2) An employer must ensure that, if AS 2601—1991 requires
scaffolding to be provided, the scaffolding:(a) is erected before the commencement of any demolition work on the
side or part of the building being demolished that faces a public place,
and
(b) is kept in the erected position until the work is
completed.
Note. See also clause 58 (Scaffolding—particular risk control
measures) which requires compliance with AS/NZS
1576.1:1995.
(3) The employer must ensure that the scaffolding is provided with at
least 2, but not more than 3 platforms, unless otherwise certified by a
qualified engineer.
(4) The employer must ensure that each platform on the
scaffolding:(a) extends the full width of the scaffold frame,
and
(b) abuts the building, and
(c) extends into any openings of the building for a sufficient
distance in order to catch any falling material.
(5) The employer must ensure that any platform or section of a
platform (other than the platform at the final lower level of the scaffolding)
is not dismantled, repositioned or removed unless:(a) a further platform has been installed not more than 6 metres below
the platform or section of platform to be repositioned or removed,
and
(b) all material on the platform has been
removed.
(6) The employer must ensure that scaffolding is effectively enclosed
on the outer faces and ends for its full height with steel wire mesh
that:(a) has a cross section dimension of not less than 2.5 mm and an
aperture of not greater than 50 mm, and
(b) is adequately secured to the scaffolding, and
(c) is sufficient to withhold demolished
material,
or with some other equivalent system that is adequately secured to the
scaffolding and is sufficient to withhold demolished
material.
(7) The employer must ensure that the edges of the runs of wire mesh
are adequately overlapped and secured.
(8) The employer must ensure that appropriate material is securely
fixed to the wire mesh to minimise the release of dust into the
atmosphere.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
255 Demolition of chimney stacks
(1) An employer must ensure that the demolition of a chimney stack is
carried out only:(a) by felling using undercutting or explosives,
or
(b) by the removal of successive sections of metal, or successive
courses of brickwork or masonry, from the top.
(2) The employer must ensure that, if a chimney stack is or is to be
demolished by felling:(a) the felling is not done in a wind that:(i) is likely to cause the chimney stack to fall otherwise than in the
intended direction, or
(ii) exceeds 20 knots, and
(b) if undercutting is used—the equilibrium of the stack being
undercut is gauged in compression by positive means to ensure that sufficient
time remains for the safe retreat of workers from the stack when it commences
to fall, and
(c) if the chimney stack could, in falling, endanger the safety of a
person or property in a place outside the area under the control of the
employer who is carrying out the demolition work—24 hours’ notice
of the intended commencement of the work is given to:(i) the council of the local government area in which the work is
carried out, and
(ii) a police officer.
(3) An employer must ensure that, if a chimney stack is to be
demolished by the removal of successive sections of metal from the top, or
successive courses of brickwork or masonry from the top, overhead protection
complying with clause 231 is provided over the discharge end of any chute,
hopper, bin or material outlet to protect any person removing material from
the discharge area from falling objects.
(4) The employer must ensure that material is not allowed to
accumulate on, or to overload, any such overhead
protection.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
256 Notification of dangerous work
An employer must ensure that a police officer is informed
immediately if, during any demolition work:(a) the building concerned (including an undemolished part of the
building) becomes unstable, and
(b) there is a danger that the building could collapse and injure any
person who is in any place not under the control of the person who is carrying
out that work, either directly or by his or her employees or
agents.
Maximum penalty: Level 1.
Part 8.7 Asbestos—particular provisions
257 Definitions
In this Part:asbestos
means the fibrous form of those mineral silicates that belong to the
serpentine or amphibole groups of rock-forming minerals, including actinolite,
amosite (brown asbestos), anthophyllite, chrysotile (white asbestos),
crocidolite (blue asbestos) and tremolite.
asbestos
work means work undertaken in connection with a construction work
process in which exposure to asbestos may occur and includes any work process
involving the use, application, removal, mixing or other handling of asbestos
or asbestos-containing material.
bonded asbestos
material means any material (other than friable asbestos material)
that contains asbestos.
bonded asbestos removal
work means work in which bonded asbestos material is removed,
repaired or disturbed.
friable asbestos
material means any material that contains asbestos and is in the
form of a powder or can be crumbled, pulverised or reduced to powder by hand
pressure when dry.
friable asbestos
removal work means work in which friable asbestos material is
removed, repaired or disturbed.
Note. Carrying on the business of asbestos removal work requires a
licence (see Chapter 10). Friable asbestos removal work also requires a permit
(see Chapter 11).
258 Application
This Part applies to asbestos and asbestos-containing material
present in a workplace in which construction work is carried out including
(but not limited to) asbestos used as a building material, for insulation or
fire-proofing, or otherwise used as a material in a
workplace.
259 Particular risk control measures
(1) An employer must ensure that asbestos work is carried out, in a
manner appropriate to that work, in accordance with the following documents
published by the NOHS Commission in August 1988, as in force from time to
time:(a) “Guide to the
Control of Asbestos Hazards in Buildings and Structures
[NOHSC: 3002 (1988)]”,
and
(b) “Code of Practice
for the Safe Removal of Asbestos [NOHSC: 2002
(1988)]”.
(If a requirement of clause 51 (Atmospheric
contaminants—particular risk control measures) is inconsistent with a
requirement of this subclause, the clause 51 requirement
prevails).
(2) An employer must ensure that:(a) employees and other persons contracted to carry out asbestos work
are informed of the dangers involved and of any precautions that should be
taken in connection with the work, and
(b) employees, workplace owners and plant owners are informed when
asbestos work is being carried out, and
(c) persons are warned, by the use of signs, labels or other similar
measures, of the presence of asbestos or asbestos-containing material in a
place at which construction work is being carried
out.
(3) An employer must identify, and implement, measures to prevent the
uncontrolled disturbance of asbestos-containing material while construction
work is being carried out.
(4) An employer must ensure that procedures are in place for:(a) the cleaning of premises at which asbestos work is carried out,
and
(b) the laundering and cleaning of personal protective equipment used
for asbestos work, and
(c) the containment of asbestos waste, and
(d) the disposal of asbestos and asbestos-containing
material.
(5) An employer must ensure that no asbestos-containing material,
including asbestos cement, is reused in connection with the carrying out of
construction work.
(6) An employer must ensure that no high-pressure processes are used
to clean the surface of asbestos-containing material, including asbestos
cement or any structures that consist of or contain asbestos, during the
carrying out of construction work.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
260 Friable asbestos material
An employer must restrict access:(a) to friable asbestos material, and
(b) to construction work processes involving friable asbestos
material,
by persons who are not licensed to carry out friable asbestos removal
work in accordance with Chapter 10.Maximum penalty: Level 3.
261 Monitoring
(1) If a risk assessment in connection with Division 5 (Atmosphere) of
Part 4.3 of Chapter 4 indicates a need for atmospheric monitoring of a
workplace in which asbestos or asbestos-containing material is located, the
employer must ensure that the monitoring is carried out by a competent person
in accordance with the document entitled “Guidance Note on the Membrane Filter Method for Estimating
Airborne Asbestos Dust [(NOHSC: 3003
(1988)]” published by the NOHSC Commission, as in
force from time to time.
(2) The analysis of samples obtained as a result of such monitoring
must be carried out:(a) in a laboratory accredited by the National Association of Testing
Authorities, and
(b) in accordance with the document referred to in subclause
(1).
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
Part 8.8 Diving work—particular provisions
262 Definition
In this Part:diving
work means work carried out under water and while using underwater
breathing apparatus, and includes work by the dive team in direct support of
the diver.
263 Application
This Part applies to diving work carried out in connection
with:(a) construction work, or
(b) work in relation to a vessel while it is moored or while it is in
a dock or in slips.
264 Particular risk control measures
An employer must ensure that:(a) diving hazards associated with environmental conditions,
hyperbaric and physiological factors and the diving site are controlled,
and
(b) diving work carried out at depths of 50 metres (at sea level, or
equivalent at altitude) or less complies with AS/NZS 2299.1:1999 Occupational
diving operations Part 1: Standard operational practice,
and
(c) the person diving holds a certificate issued by a medical
practitioner certifying that the person is medically fit for the diving work,
and
(d) the person diving holds an appropriate certificate issued under
the Australian Diver Accreditation Scheme (ADAS) administered by the
Department of Industry, Science and Resources of the
Commonwealth.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
Chapter 9 Certification of workers
Part 9.1 Certificates of competency for scaffolding, dogging,
rigging, the operation and use of plant and other work
Division 1 Preliminary
265 Definitions
Note. The definitions in this clause are for the purpose of the issue
and use of certificates of competency only and do not limit or affect any
definitions of similar terms in other Chapters of the
Regulation.
In this Part:boiler means a boiler
within the meaning of AS
2593—1995 Boilers—Unattended and limited
attendance but does not include the following:
(a) a boiler identified in Table 1.1 in that Australian Standard as
belonging to Attendance category 3 (Unattended Operation) or category 4 (Low
Hazard),
(b) a hot drink dispenser with an internal volume of 0.014 cubic
metres or less and a heat input of 5 kilowatts or less and a maximum working
pressure of 210 kilopascals or less,
(c) a liquid heating unit where the liquid is intended to be heated
under a pressure above atmospheric pressure and to a temperature not greater
than 1 degree below the normal atmospheric boiling point of the
liquid,
(d) a boiler of the Hobby Miniature Locomotive type, manufactured from
steel and with an internal volume of 50 litres or less, or manufactured from
copper and with an internal volume of 25 litres or less and a maximum working
pressure of 700 kilopascals or less if:(i) during the construction of the locomotive the boiler has been
inspected in the manner described in AMBSC Code—Part 1: Copper Boilers
or AMBSC Code—Part 2: Steel Boilers, as appropriate, by a person
registered with that Committee and is certified by that person as having been
so inspected, and
(ii) the locomotive containing the boiler is in the charge of a person
of or above the age of 18 years whenever it is being operated in a public
place,
(e) a direct-fired process heater,
(f) a vessel whose design allows it to operate empty of the liquid or
vapour that it is designed to heat without adversely affecting its structure
or its manner of operation.
certificate of
competency means a certificate of competency issued under this
Part.
Note. This definition includes former certificates of competency,
licences and permits taken to be certificates of competency issued under this
Part. See clauses 268 (Former authorities) and 269 (Recognised
qualifications).
corresponding
law means any of the following laws:
Occupational Health and Safety Act
1985 of Victoria
Workplace Health and Safety Act
1995 of Queensland
Occupational Health, Safety and Welfare
Act 1986 of South Australia
Occupational Safety and Health Act
1984 of Western Australia
Workplace Health and Safety Act
1995 of Tasmania
Work Health Act 1986 of
the Northern Territory
Scaffolding and Lifts Act
1957 and Machinery Act
1949 of the Australian Capital
Territory
crane
means an appliance intended for raising or lowering a load, and moving it
horizontally, but does not include:
(a) any industrial lift-truck, earthmoving machinery, amusement
structure, tractor, industrial robot or lift, or
(b) any front-end loader, backhoe, excavator or similar plant
configured for operation as a crane, or
(c) any non-slewing mobile crane with a capacity of 3 tonnes or less
or used only for towing vehicles.
dogging means:
(a) the application of slinging techniques, including the selection or
inspection of lifting gear, to safely sling a load, or
(b) the directing of a crane operator or hoist operator in the
movement of a load when the load is out of the operator’s
view.
fork-lift truck
means a powered industrial truck equipped with a mast and elevating load
carriage to which is attached a pair of fork arms or other loadholding
attachment but does not include any pedestrian-operated fork-lift truck or a
pallet truck capable of providing a maximum lift not exceeding 225
millimetres.
fumigant means any of
the following chemicals:
(a) methyl bromide,
(b) phosphine,
(c) ethylene oxide (except single dose canisters),
(d) ethylene dichloride,
(e) carbon disulphide,
(f) chloropicrin,
(g) hydrogen cyanide.
fumigation means the
use of a fumigant.
hoist
means an appliance intended for raising or lowering a load or personnel and
includes a mast-climbing work platform, a personnel and materials hoist and a
slip form or jump form, but does not include a lift.
loadshifting
machine means a dragline, excavator, fork-lift truck, front-end
loader, front-end loader/backhoe, front-end loader of the skid-steer type or
order picking fork-lift truck.
materials platform
hoist means a powered builder’s hoist by which only goods or
materials (and not people) may be hoisted by means of a car, bucket or
platform cantilevered from, and travelling up and down externally to, the face
of a structure.
mobile
crane means a crane that forms part of a vehicle.
National
Certification Standard means the document entitled “National Occupational Health and Safety
Certification Standard for Users and Operators of Industrial Equipment
[NOHSC: 1006]” published by the NOHS
Commission, as in force from time to time.
National
Competency Guidelines means the document entitled “National Guidelines for Occupational Health
and Safety Competency Standards for the Operation of Loadshifting Equipment
and Other Types of Specified Equipment [NOHSC:
7019]” published by the NOHS Commission, as in force
from time to time.
National
Standard for Licensing Pest Management Technicians means the
document entitled “National
Standard for Licensing Pest Management Technicians”
published in 1999 by the National Environmental Health Forum (Monographs
General Series No 4).
notice of
satisfactory assessment means:
(a) in relation to the application of pesticides or the use of
fumigants, a qualification or statement of attainment issued by a registered
training organisation, or
(b) in any other case, a notice of satisfactory assessment issued
under clause 281 or a record of assessment issued under a corresponding law
that, in WorkCover’s opinion, is equivalent to such a notice of
satisfactory assessment.
personnel and
materials hoist means a powered builder’s hoist, comprising a
car, structure, machinery or other associated equipment, by which people,
goods or materials may be hoisted, and includes a cantilever hoist, a tower
hoist, a multiple-winch assembly or winches configured for operation as a
hoist for the movement of people.
pesticide means a
pesticide within the meaning of the Pesticides Act 1999.
power
crane means any crane driven by other than manual
power.
power
hoist means any hoist driven by other than manual
power.
recognised
course of training means a course of training that is recognised in
accordance with clause 271 (2).
recognised
qualification—see clause 269.
registered
training organisation has the same meaning as in the Vocational Education and Training Act
2005.
rigging means the
exercising of direct control of the movement of equipment and associated gear
necessary for the purpose of:
(a) setting up or dismantling a crane or hoist, or similar plant
configured for operation as a crane or hoist, or
(b) placing or securing plant or a load relating to, and including the
structural members of, a building or structure, or
(c) ensuring the stability of the structural members of a building or
structure.
scaffolding means the
erection, alteration or dismantling of temporary structures that are
specifically erected to support platforms, but does not include the erection,
alteration or dismantling of any such structure if the maximum distance a
person or object could fall from the structure is less than 4
metres.
scheduled
work—see clause 266.
self-erecting tower
crane means a tower crane:
(a) whose erection and dismantling processes are an inherent part of
the crane’s function, and
(b) that has a tower element and a boom or jib element that ordinarily
remain fully assembled and part of the crane during transport from one place
to another place.
supervisor, in
relation to a trainee, means a person who is designated as the trainee’s
supervisor under clause 273 (2).
trainee, in relation to
scheduled work, means an unqualified person who is engaged in a recognised
course of training for that kind of work and who is of or above the age of 17
years.
unqualified
person, in relation to a kind of scheduled work, means a person who
does not hold a certificate of competency or recognised qualification in
relation to that work.
266 Scheduled work
For the purposes of this Part, scheduled work
means work of a kind listed under the subheadings in the following
Schedule:Schedule of work for which qualifications are
required
Scaffolding
1.1 Basic scaffolding, consisting of scaffolding activities connected
with the operation or use of plant including:(a) prefabricated scaffolds, and
(b) cantilevered materials hoists with a maximum working load of 500
kilograms, and
(c) ropes and gin wheels, and
(d) safety nets and static lines, and
(e) bracket scaffolds (tank and formwork),
but excluding:
(f) cantilevered crane-loading platforms, and
(g) cantilevered and spurred scaffolds, and
(h) barrow ramps and sloping platforms, and
(i) perimeter safety screens and shutters, and
(j) mast climbers, and
(k) tube and coupler scaffolds (including tube and coupler covered
ways and gantries), and
(l) hung scaffolds, including scaffolds hanging from tubes, wire ropes
or chains, and
(m) suspended scaffolds.
1.2 Intermediate scaffolding, consisting of all basic scaffolding
together with other scaffolding activities connected with the operation or use
of plant including:(a) cantilevered crane-loading platforms, and
(b) cantilevered and spurred scaffolds, and
(c) barrow ramps and sloping platforms, and
(d) perimeter safety screens and fences, and
(e) mast climbers, and
(f) tube and coupler scaffolds (including tube and coupler covered
ways and gantries),
but excluding:
(g) hung scaffolds, including scaffolds hanging from tubes, wire ropes
or chains, and
(h) suspended scaffolds.
1.3 Advanced scaffolding, consisting of all intermediate scaffolding
together with all other scaffolding activities connected with the operation or
use of plant including:(a) hung scaffolds, including scaffolds hanging from tubes, wire ropes
or chains, and
(b) suspended scaffolds.
Dogging
2 Dogging.
Rigging
3.1 Basic rigging, consisting of rigging activities connected with the
erection, movement or placement of plant or materials including:(a) steel or pre-cast concrete, and
(b) hoists (including mast-climbing hoists), and
(c) safety nets and static lines, and
(d) perimeter safety screens and shutters, and
(e) cantilevered crane-loading platforms,
but excluding:
(f) load-equalising gear, and
(g) cranes, conveyors, dredges and excavators, and
(h) tilt slabs, and
(i) hoists with jibs and wire-climbing hoists, and
(j) plant, equipment or materials moved in demolition,
and
(k) dual lifts, and
(l) gin poles and shear legs, and
(m) flying foxes and cableways, and
(n) guyed derricks and structures, and
(o) suspended and fabricated hung
scaffolds.
3.2 Intermediate rigging, consisting of all basic rigging together
with other rigging activities connected with the erection, movement or
placement of plant or materials including:(a) load-equalising gear, and
(b) cranes, conveyors, dredges and excavators, and
(c) tilt slabs, and
(d) hoists with jibs and wire-climbing hoists, and
(e) plant, equipment or materials moved in demolition,
and
(f) dual lifts,
but excluding:
(g) gin poles and shear legs, and
(h) flying foxes and cableways, and
(i) guyed derricks and structures, and
(j) suspended and fabricated hung
scaffolds.
3.3 Advanced rigging, consisting of all intermediate rigging together
with all other rigging activities connected with the erection, movement or
placement of plant or materials including:(a) gin poles and shear legs, and
(b) flying foxes and cableways, and
(c) guyed derricks and structures, and
(d) suspended and fabricated hung
scaffolds.
Operation and use of cranes
4.1.1 Operation and use of a tower crane (other than a self-erecting
tower crane).
4.1.2 Operation and use of a self-erecting tower
crane.
4.2 Operation and use of a derrick crane.
4.3 Operation and use of a portal boom crane.
4.4 Operation and use of a bridge or gantry crane (other than one that
is remotely controlled and has 3 or fewer powered
operations).
4.5 Operation and use of a vehicle-loading crane with a capacity of 10
metre-tonnes or more.
4.6 Operation and use of a non-slewing mobile crane with a capacity of
greater than 3 tonnes.
4.7.1 Operation and use of a slewing mobile crane with a capacity of up
to and including 20 tonnes.
4.7.2 Operation and use of a slewing mobile crane with a capacity of up
to and including 60 tonnes.
4.7.3 Operation and use of a slewing mobile crane with a capacity of up
to and including 100 tonnes.
4.7.4 Operation and use of a slewing mobile crane with a capacity of
more than 100 tonnes.
4.8 Operation and use of a boom-type elevating work platform with a
boom 11 metres or more in length.
Operation and use of hoists
5.1 Operation and use of a materials platform
hoist.
5.2 Operation and use of a personnel and materials
hoist.
Operation and use of truck-mounted concrete-placing
booms
6 Operation and use of a truck-mounted concrete-placing
boom.
Operation and use of boilers
7.1 Basic boiler operation, consisting of the operation or use of any
boiler whose operation relies on:(a) a single fixed combustion air supply, and
(b) a non-modulating single heat source, and
(c) a fixed firing rate.
7.2 Intermediate boiler operation, consisting of basic boiler
operation together with the operation or use of any other boiler whose
operation relies on:(a) a modulating combustion air supply, or
(b) a modulating heat source, or
(c) a superheater, or
(d) an economiser.
7.3 Advanced boiler operation, consisting of intermediate boiler
operation together with the operation or use of any other boiler whose
operation relies on multiple fuel types that may be fired simultaneously. This
does not include boilers that change fuel type during start sequence. For the
purposes of this paragraph, a boiler that relies on multiple fuel types means
a boiler that is fired using at least two of the following fuel types:(a) gas,
(b) liquid fuel, including oil and diesel fuel,
(c) solid fuel, including coal (including pulverised coal),
briquettes, coke, wood (including wood chips) or any other type of solid
fuel.
Operation and use of steam turbines
8 Operation and use of a steam turbine that is multi-wheeled or
capable of a speed exceeding 3,600 rpm or a steam turbine that relies for its
operation on:(a) attached condensers, or
(b) a multi-stage heat extraction process,
except a steam turbine that produces a power output of less than 500
kilowatts.
Operation and use of reciprocating steam
engines
9 Operation and use of a reciprocating steam engine containing a
piston of 250 millimetres or more in diameter.
Operation and use of loadshifting machines
10.1 Operation and use of a fork-lift truck.
10.2 Operation and use of an order-picking fork-lift
truck.
10.3 Operation and use of a dragline.
10.4 Operation and use of an excavator.
10.5 Operation and use of a front-end loader.
10.6 Operation and use of a front-end
loader/backhoe.
10.7 Operation and use of a front-end loader of the skid-steer
type.
Application of pesticides
11 Application of pesticides (other than fumigants), but not
including the following:(a) the application of pesticides by a person for the purposes of the
carrying out of agriculture by the person, including:(i) horticulture, or
(ii) the use of land for any purpose of husbandry, such as the keeping
or breeding of livestock, poultry or bees, or
(iii) the growing of fruit and vegetables,
but not including the processing or storing of agricultural products
unless undertaken in connection with another agricultural purpose carried out
by the person,
(b) the application of pesticides as authorised by or under the
Pesticides Act
1999.
Use of fumigants
12 Use of fumigants.
267 Application of Part
(1) This Part applies to scheduled work.
(2) This Part applies only if that work is work as an employee or
self-employed person.
267A Manner of giving written notice
If any provision of this Part requires a written notice to be
given to a person or served on a person, it may be:(a) given to the person personally, or
(b) sent to the person by post to the person’s last known
address which, if the person has provided WorkCover with his or her address,
may be the address so provided.
268 Former authorities
(1) In this clause, former
authority means:(a) a certificate of competency in force under an Act or regulation
repealed by the Occupational Health and
Safety Act 2000 immediately before that repeal (being a
certificate of competency of a kind that could be issued under this Part),
and
(b) a pest control operator’s licence, or fumigation permit, in
force under the Occupational Health and Safety
(Pest Control) Regulation 1988 immediately before its
repeal.
(2) Unless sooner cancelled, a former authority is taken to be a
certificate of competency issued under this Part authorising the doing of the
same kind of work to which the authority relates until the expiration of the
term (if any) for which the authority was issued.
269 Recognised qualifications
(1) The following qualifications are recognised for the purposes of
this Part in relation to scheduled work (other than work that involves the
application of pesticides or the use of fumigants):(a) a qualification in force under a corresponding
law,
(b) a certificate of competency (however described) approved by
WorkCover for the purposes of this clause.
(2) The following qualifications are recognised for the purposes of
this Part in relation to scheduled work that involves the application of
pesticides or the use of fumigants:(a) a qualification obtained in another State or in a Territory, being
a qualification approved by WorkCover for the purposes of this
clause,
(b) a certificate of competency (however described) approved by
WorkCover for the purposes of this clause.
(3) A recognised qualification within the meaning of the Occupational Health and Safety (Certificates of
Competency) Regulation 1996 is a recognised qualification for
the purposes of this Part.
(4) A qualification does not have any force for the purposes of this
Part while it is suspended or after it has been
cancelled.
Division 2 Work for which certificates of competency or
recognised qualifications are required
270 Requirement to be qualified to do scheduled
work
(1) A person must not do any kind of scheduled work unless the person
holds a certificate of competency or recognised qualification in relation to
work of that kind.Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(2) A person must not employ, direct or allow another person to do any
kind of scheduled work unless the person doing the work holds a certificate of
competency or recognised qualification in relation to work of that
kind.Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(3) A person must not:(a) contravene the conditions of a certificate of competency or
recognised qualification held by the person, or
(b) direct or allow another person to contravene the conditions of a
certificate of competency or recognised qualification held by that other
person.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(4) This clause is subject to the other provisions of this
Part.
Note. Additional exemptions may be granted by WorkCover under Chapter
12.
271 Exception for trainees
(1) A trainee may do any kind of scheduled work to which a recognised
course of training in which the trainee is engaged relates if the
person:(a) does the work under the supervision of a supervisor,
and
(b) keeps and maintains a record of training in accordance with the
requirements of clause 275.
(2) For the purposes of this clause, a course of training is
recognised in relation to a person if, when the person began that course, the
course was recognised by the guidelines issued by WorkCover in relation to the
training of trainees.
272 Responsibility for providing supervision of
trainees
For the purposes of this Division, the person responsible for
ensuring that a trainee is properly supervised in the doing of scheduled work
is:(a) in the case of a trainee who is doing the work as an employee, the
person’s employer, or
(b) in the case of a trainee who is doing the work under contract as
an independent contractor, the person for whom he or she is doing the work
under that contract, or
(c) in the case of a trainee who is doing the work while engaged in a
course of training for that work, the person by whom that course is being
conducted, or
(d) in the case of a trainee who is doing the work under an
arrangement with some other person (whether or not for reward) otherwise than
as referred to in paragraph (a), (b) or (c), that other
person.
273 Responsible person’s obligations
(1) The person responsible for a trainee doing scheduled work must
ensure that the following requirements are complied with:(a) the trainee must at all times be directly supervised by a
supervisor designated by the person in accordance with subclause (2), unless
the responsible person or supervisor has established:(i) that the trainee’s competency makes direct supervision
unnecessary, and
(ii) that a lesser degree of supervision would not endanger the health
or safety of the trainee or any other person,
(b) the trainee must receive directions, demonstrations, training and
monitoring appropriate to the work and commensurate with the competence of the
trainee,
(c) it must be possible for immediate remedial action to be taken in
the event of an emergency arising out of the trainee’s doing the
work.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(2) The person responsible for a trainee may designate a supervisor
for the trainee only if:(a) the supervisor is a person who holds a certificate of competency
or recognised qualification in relation to work of the kind being done by the
trainee, or
(b) if no such person is available, the supervisor is a person who
belongs to a class of persons that the guidelines issued by WorkCover in
relation to the supervision of trainees recognise as competent to directly
supervise a trainee in the doing of the type of work
concerned.
(3) The person responsible for a trainee must ensure that the trainee
keeps and maintains a record of training in accordance with clause
275.Maximum penalty (subclause (3)): Level
1.
274 Supervisor’s obligations
(1) The supervisor of a trainee doing scheduled work must directly
supervise the trainee while the trainee is doing the work, unless the employer
of the trainee or the supervisor has established:(a) that the trainee’s competency makes direct supervision
unnecessary, and
(b) that a lesser degree of supervision would not endanger the health
or safety of the trainee or any other person.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(2) A supervisor designated to supervise a trainee by the
trainee’s employer:(a) must ensure that the trainee keeps and maintains a record of
training in accordance with clause 275, and
(b) must check the record on each date on which the scheduled work is
done by the trainee, and:(i) if satisfied that the record is correct in respect of that date,
must sign the record on that date, or
(ii) if not so satisfied, must make and sign on that date a note to
that effect on the record.
Maximum penalty (subclause (2)): Level
1.
275 Trainee’s obligations
(1) A trainee must keep and maintain a record of
training.
(2) The record must contain the following information in relation to
scheduled work of the kind to which the training relates:(a) the name and address of the trainee,
(b) the name and address of each employer for whom the trainee does
that work,
(c) the name of each person who supervises the trainee while the
trainee is doing that work,
(d) a description of that work as it is actually done by the trainee
in the course of training,
(e) a record of the dates on which that work was
done.
Maximum penalty: Level 1.
276 Exception for holders of notices of satisfactory
assessment
(1) An unqualified person who has been issued with a notice of
satisfactory assessment that indicates that the person is competent to do a
specified kind of scheduled work may do work of that kind until the expiration
of 60 days after the date of issue of the notice.
(2) If the person applies to WorkCover for a certificate of competency
within that period, the person may continue to do work of that kind:(a) until the person is issued with a certificate of competency,
or
(b) until 14 days after the person receives notice that the
application has been refused.
277 Exception for maintenance or demonstration
(1) An unqualified person may do any kind of scheduled work (other
than dogging or scaffolding) that involves the operation or use of plant if
the work:(a) does not involve operating or using the plant for the purpose for
which it was designed, and
(b) is done solely for the purpose of the testing, trialling,
installing, commissioning, maintaining, servicing, repairing, altering or
disposing of the plant.
(2) A person may operate a crane or hoist solely for the purpose of
setting up or dismantling the crane or hoist if the person holds a certificate
of competency or recognised qualification relating to rigging that qualifies
the person to set up or dismantle a crane or hoist.
Division 3 Assessment of competency
278 Standards of competency
(1) A person is competent to do a particular kind of scheduled work if
the person’s competency to do the work is of a standard equal to or
better than the appropriate competency standard.
(2) For the purposes of this Chapter, the appropriate competency
standard for work that involves scaffolding, dogging or rigging or the
operation or use of a crane, hoist, truck-mounted concrete-placing boom,
boiler, steam turbine or reciprocating steam engine is:(a) the standard of competency set out in Schedule A, B or C to the
National Certification Standard in relation to that work,
or
(b) any other standard of competency that WorkCover considers to be
equivalent to that standard.
(3) For the purposes of this Chapter, the appropriate competency
standard for scheduled work involving the operation or use of a loadshifting
machine is:(a) the standard of competency set out in the National Competency
Guidelines in relation to that work, or
(b) any other standard of competency that WorkCover considers to be
equivalent to that standard.
(4) For the purposes of this Chapter, the appropriate competency
standard for work that involves the application of pesticides or the use of
fumigants is the standard of competency set out in relation to that work in
the National Standard for Licensing Pest Management
Technicians.
279 Assessors
The following persons are assessors for the purposes of this
Chapter:(a) WorkCover,
(b) a person who is accredited as an assessor under Division
4,
(c) a registered training organisation.
(d) (Repealed)
280 Applications for assessment
(1) A person may apply to an assessor for an assessment of the
person’s competency to do scheduled work if the person is at least 18
years of age.
(2) The application:(a) must be in the approved form, and
(b) must be accompanied by such material or information to support the
application as the assessor may require, and
(c) in the case of an application to WorkCover, must be accompanied by
the fee fixed for the time being by WorkCover to cover expenses in connection
with the regulation of assessments.
(3) An applicant must provide proof of the applicant’s age and
identity to the assessor.
281 Assessment of competency
(1) (Repealed)
(2) If the assessor assesses the applicant as being competent to do
scheduled work, the assessor must issue to the applicant a notice of
satisfactory assessment specifying the scheduled work that the applicant has
been assessed as being competent to do.
(3) An assessor (other than WorkCover or a registered training
organisation), or a person employed or otherwise engaged by a registered
training organisation, who does any of the following is guilty of an
offence:(a) assesses an applicant’s competency to do scheduled work
otherwise than in accordance with the guidelines applicable under clause 282
in relation to the conduct of assessments for such work,
(b) issues a notice of satisfactory assessment without assessing the
applicant as being competent to do the scheduled work specified in the
notice,
(c) falsely assesses the applicant as being competent to do scheduled
work,
(d) assesses an applicant’s competency to do scheduled work,
being aware that the applicant has been assessed in relation to the same kind
of work within the previous 21 days,
(e) refuses to issue a notice of satisfactory assessment in respect of
the scheduled work despite having assessed the applicant as being competent to
do the work.
Maximum penalty (subclause (3)): Level
4.
282 Assessment guidelines
(1) An assessor who assesses an applicant’s competency to do
scheduled work (other than scheduled work involving the application of
pesticides or the use of fumigants) must do so in accordance with the
guidelines issued by WorkCover in relation to the conduct of
assessments.
(2) Such guidelines may make provision for any one or more of the
following matters:(a) techniques for directly observing the applicant’s
performance of the work under workplace conditions,
(b) simulated work-related tasks to be performed,
(c) checklists to be completed by the applicant,
(d) projects or assignments to be completed by the
applicant,
(e) test questions,
(f) any other methods of assessment.
(3) An assessor who assesses an applicant’s competency to do
scheduled work involving the application of pesticides or the use of fumigants
must do so in accordance with the document entitled “National Assessment Principles”
published by the Australian National Training Authority in March
1999.
283 Appeals against decisions by assessors
(1) A person who is affected by a decision of an assessor (other than
a decision of a registered training organisation) may apply to WorkCover for a
review of the decision.
(2) An application for review under this clause must be made in
writing within 14 days after the applicant receives notice of the relevant
decision.
(3) The decision of WorkCover on an application under this clause has
effect as if it were the decision by an assessor.
283A Assessment of competency at direction of
WorkCover
(1) A written notice directing a person to have his or her competency
assessed may be given, at any time, by WorkCover:(a) to a person who is the holder of a certificate of competency,
or
(b) to a person whose certificate of competency is suspended,
or
(c) to a person who has lodged an application for the issue or renewal
of a certificate of competency.
(2) WorkCover may suspend, cancel or refuse to issue or renew the
certificate of competency if the person refuses or fails to comply, without
reasonable excuse, with the requirements set out in the
notice.
(3) If WorkCover decides to suspend, cancel or refuse to issue or
renew a certificate of competency under this clause, WorkCover must give the
person written notice:(a) stating that the certificate has been suspended or cancelled, or
that the application for the issue or renewal of a certificate has been
refused, and
(b) giving reasons for the suspension, cancellation or refusal,
and
(c) in the case of a suspension, stating the period for which the
certificate is suspended.
(4) The suspension or cancellation of a certificate of competency
takes effect on the date on which notice of the suspension or cancellation is
given to the holder of the certificate or on such later date as may be
specified in the notice.
Division 4 Accreditation of assessors
284 Accreditation of assessors
(1) Any person may apply to WorkCover for accreditation as an
assessor.
(2) The application:(a) must be in the approved form, and
(b) must be accompanied by such material or information to support the
application as WorkCover may require, and
(c) must be accompanied by the fee fixed for the time being by
WorkCover to cover expenses in connection with the regulation of
assessors.
(2A) WorkCover may accredit the applicant as an assessor or may refuse
the application for such reason as it considers sufficient, even if it is
satisfied that the applicant is competent to carry out the functions of an
assessor under this Chapter.
(3) WorkCover must not accredit a person as an assessor unless it is
satisfied that the applicant is competent to carry out the functions of an
assessor under this Chapter.
(4) If WorkCover accredits a person as an assessor, it must issue to
the person a certificate of accreditation for the kinds of assessments for
which the person is accredited.
(5) If an application is refused, WorkCover must ensure that written
notice of the refusal, and of the reasons for the refusal, are given to the
applicant.
285 Form of certificates of accreditation
A certificate of accreditation for an assessor must be in the
approved form and must specify:(a) the date on which it was issued, and
(b) the date on which accreditation expires, and
(c) the kinds of assessment for which the assessor is
accredited.
286 Term of accreditation
(1) Unless sooner cancelled, a person’s accreditation as an
assessor is in force for 3 years, or such shorter time as is specified in the
certificate of accreditation, from the date on which the assessor was issued
with a certificate of accreditation.
(2) A person’s accreditation is of no effect while it is
suspended.
287 Suspension and cancellation of accreditation
(1) WorkCover may suspend or cancel the accreditation of a person who
is accredited as an assessor if it is satisfied that:(a) the assessor is no longer competent to carry out the kinds of
assessments for which the assessor is accredited, or
(b) the assessor has been convicted of an offence against the Act or
the associated occupational health and safety legislation, or any regulation
under the Act or that legislation, or of an offence against a corresponding
law or any regulation under a corresponding law, or
(c) the assessor was accredited on the basis of false or misleading
information or a failure to disclose or provide required information,
or
(d) the assessor has carried out an assessment of competency:(i) otherwise than in accordance with the guidelines issued by
WorkCover in relation to the conduct of assessments, or
(ii) in the case of an assessor who has carried out an assessment under
a corresponding law, otherwise than in accordance with that law or any
guidelines in force under that law, or
(e) the person has had his or her accreditation to conduct OHS
induction training suspended or cancelled under clause 217A, or has had his or
her approval as a Premium Discount Advisor suspended or cancelled under the
regulations under the Workers Compensation
Act 1987, for reasons of a kind referred to in paragraph (b),
(c) or (d).
(2) Before suspending or cancelling an assessor’s accreditation,
WorkCover:(a) must cause written notice of the proposed suspension or
cancellation to be given to the assessor, and
(b) must give the assessor a reasonable opportunity to make
representations to WorkCover in relation to the proposed suspension or
cancellation, and
(c) must have regard to any representations so
made.
(3) If, after having regard to any representations made by the
assessor, WorkCover decides to proceed with the proposed suspension or
cancellation, WorkCover must give to the assessor a written notice:(a) stating that the accreditation is suspended or cancelled,
and
(b) in the case of a suspension, specifying the period for which the
accreditation is suspended, and
(c) giving reasons for the suspension or
cancellation.
(4) The suspension or cancellation takes effect on the date on which
notice of the suspension or cancellation is given to the assessor or such
later date as may be specified in the notice.
287A Immediate suspension
(1) An inspector may, by written notice served on the holder of a
certificate of accreditation, immediately suspend the certificate for a period
of up to 10 days if the inspector has a reasonable concern about:(a) the holder’s integrity, or
(b) the holder’s competency to exercise the functions of an
assessor.
(2) The notice of suspension:(a) must specify the period for which the certificate is suspended,
and
(b) must give reasons for the suspension, and
(c) must state that the holder of the certificate may object to the
suspension by providing WorkCover with reasons why the suspension should not
be maintained for that period.
(3) WorkCover must immediately terminate the suspension and give
written notice to the holder of the certificate of that fact if, after
considering any objection by the holder, WorkCover is satisfied that the
suspension should not be maintained.
288 Cancelled certificates of accreditation must be
surrendered
The holder of a certificate of accreditation that is cancelled
must return the certificate to WorkCover within such period as may be
specified in the notice of cancellation.Maximum penalty: Level 1.
Division 5 Issue of certificates of competency
289 Applications for certificates
An application for the issue of or renewal of a certificate of
competency to do scheduled work:(a) must be lodged with an organisation nominated by WorkCover to
accept such applications (including WorkCover itself if nominated),
and
(b) must be in the approved form, and
(c) must be accompanied by such material or information to support the
application (such as any relevant notice of satisfactory assessment) as
WorkCover may require, and
(d) must be accompanied by the fee fixed for the time being by
WorkCover to cover expenses in connection with the regulation of holders of
certificates of competency of the class concerned.
290 Issue of certificates
(1) WorkCover must issue a certificate of competency authorising a
person to do a particular kind of scheduled work if:(a) the person has complied with the application requirements in
clause 289, and
(b) the person is the holder of a notice of satisfactory assessment,
issued not more than 60 days before the date of the application, that
indicates that the applicant is competent to do work of that kind,
and
(c) WorkCover is satisfied that the person can be relied on to do work
of that kind without endangering the health or safety of that or any other
person.
(2) However, WorkCover may refuse to issue a certificate of competency
to an applicant if:(a) the applicant is less than 18 years of age, or
(b) any relevant certificate, qualification or exemption held by the
applicant has been suspended or cancelled within the previous 5
years.
(3) If an application is refused, WorkCover must ensure that written
notice of the refusal, and of the reasons for the refusal, are given to the
applicant.
(4) For the purpose of determining the kind of scheduled work for
which a certificate of competency may be issued, WorkCover may (but is not
required to) have regard to the certificate classifications set out in the
National Certification Standard, the National Competency Guidelines and the
National Standard for Licensing Pest Management
Technicians.
(5) If a person applies for a certificate of competency and the person
has previously held a certificate of competency of the same type as that
applied for, or relating to the same kind of work as will be authorised by the
certificate applied for, WorkCover may, if it thinks it appropriate to do so,
dispense with the requirement under subclause (1)
(b).
291 Conversion of recognised qualifications to certificates
of competency
(1) WorkCover may, on application or on its own motion, issue a
certificate of competency authorising the doing of scheduled work to a person
who holds a qualification or certificate referred to in clause 269 that
authorises the holder to do the same kind of work.
(2) An application under this clause:(a) must be in the approved form, and
(b) must be accompanied by such material or information to support the
application as WorkCover may require, and
(c) must be accompanied by the fee fixed for the time being by
WorkCover to cover expenses in connection with the regulation of holders of
certificates of competency of the class concerned, and
(d) must be made before 1 September 2006.
(3) If an application is refused, WorkCover must ensure that written
notice of the refusal, and of the reasons for the refusal, are given to the
applicant.
292 Form of certificates
(1) A certificate of competency must be in the approved form and must
specify:(a) the name of the person to whom it is issued,
and
(b) the date of its issue, and
(c) a description of the kind of scheduled work that the certificate
authorises its holder to do, and
(d) a unique identifying number, and
(e) the expiry date of the certificate if the certificate is issued
for a limited period, and
(f) any conditions attached to the
certificate.
(2) A certificate of competency that authorises work involving the
application of pesticides or the use of fumigants must also contain a
photograph of the person to whom it is issued and specify the person’s
date of birth.
(3) The holder of a certificate of competency must sign the
certificate as soon as practicable after receiving
it.
(4) The kind of scheduled work authorised by a certificate of
competency may be referred to in the certificate by means of a code or symbol,
in which case the holder of the certificate must be given, with the
certificate, a document that fully describes the work to which the code or
symbol refers.
(5) Work that is authorised by a certificate of competency by
reference to a code or symbol is unaffected by any subsequent change in the
system of codes or symbols used by WorkCover to describe different kinds of
scheduled work.
293 Term of certificates
(1) Unless sooner cancelled, a certificate of competency expires on
the earlier of:(a) the day specified in subclause (2) for the expiry of a certificate
of competency, or
(b) the day that the certificate is surrendered to an organisation
nominated by WorkCover to accept surrendered certificates (including WorkCover
itself if nominated), or
(c) the day that the holder of the certificate is issued a new
certificate of competency authorising the holder to do the same kind of work
as the holder is authorised to do under the existing
certificate.
(2) For the purposes of subclause (1) (a), the day specified for the
expiry of a certificate of competency is:(a) the day that is 5 years after its date of issue,
or
(b) in the case of a certificate issued before 29 March 2004—29
March 2009 or such earlier date as may be specified by WorkCover by means of a
written notice given to the holder of the
certificate.
(3) The date specified in a notice referred to in subclause (2) (b)
must not be a date less than 60 days after the date that the notice was
given.
(4) A certificate of competency is of no effect while it is
suspended.
(5) Despite subclause (1), if the holder of a certificate of
competency has applied under this Division for the issue or renewal of a
certificate of competency authorising the holder to do that same kind of work
as the holder is authorised to do under the certificate referred to in that
subclause that is in force, the existing certificate does not expire until
WorkCover:(a) issues the certificate applied for, or
(b) gives the notice referred to in clause 290
(3).
293A Renewal of certificates
(1) WorkCover may, on the application of the holder of a certificate
of competency, renew a certificate of competency.
(2) Clause 290 applies to an application for the renewal of a
certificate of competency in the same way as it applies to an application for
the issue of a certificate of competency.
294 Replacement of lost, stolen, damaged or destroyed
certificates of competency
(1) The holder of a certificate of competency that is lost, stolen,
damaged or destroyed may apply to WorkCover for a replacement
certificate.
(2) The application:(a) must be in the approved form, and
(b) must be accompanied by a statutory declaration by the applicant
that explains how, or the circumstances in which, the certificate was lost,
stolen, damaged or destroyed, and
(c) must be accompanied by the fee fixed for the time being by
WorkCover to cover expenses in connection with issue of replacement
certificates.
(3) WorkCover may issue a replacement certificate if satisfied that
the applicant’s certificate of competency has been lost, stolen, damaged
or destroyed.
(4) If an application is refused, WorkCover must ensure that written
notice of the refusal, and of the reasons for the refusal, are given to the
applicant.
(5) The holder of a certificate of competency that is replaced under
this clause:(a) must surrender the original certificate if it is recovered,
or
(b) in the case of a damaged certificate that is replaced, must
surrender the damaged certificate.
Maximum penalty (subclause (5)): Level
1.
295 Holder to produce certificate
(1) An inspector may direct a person doing scheduled work to produce
for inspection immediately:(a) the recognised qualification or exemption that authorises the
person to do the work or, if the person is a trainee, the person’s
record of training in relation to the work, and
(b) a sample of the person’s usual
signature.
(2) A person to whom such a direction is given must not fail to comply
with the direction.Maximum penalty: Level 1.
Division 6 Suspension or cancellation of certificates of
competency
296 Suspension or cancellation of certificates
(1) WorkCover may suspend or cancel a certificate of competency if
satisfied that:(a) the holder of the certificate is no longer competent to do work of
the kind authorised by the certificate, or
(b) the holder of the certificate can no longer be relied on to do
work of the kind authorised by the certificate without endangering the health
or safety of the holder or any other person, or
(c) the certificate was obtained on the basis of false or misleading
information or a failure to disclose or provide required
information.
(2) Before suspending or cancelling a certificate of competency,
WorkCover:(a) must cause written notice of the proposed suspension or
cancellation to be given to the holder of the certificate,
and
(b) must give the holder of the certificate a reasonable opportunity
to make representations to WorkCover in relation to the proposed suspension or
cancellation, and
(c) must have regard to any representations so
made.
(2A), (2B) (Repealed)
(3) If, after having regard to any representations made by the holder
of the certificate, WorkCover decides to proceed with the proposed suspension
or cancellation, WorkCover must give to the holder a written notice:(a) stating that the certificate is suspended or cancelled,
and
(b) in the case of a suspension, specifying the period for which the
certificate is suspended, and
(c) giving reasons for the suspension or
cancellation.
(4) The suspension or cancellation takes effect on the date on which
notice of the suspension or cancellation is given to the holder of the
certificate or such later date as may be specified in the
notice.
(5) To remove any doubt, WorkCover may suspend or cancel a certificate
of competency on grounds arising wholly or partly outside New South
Wales.
297 Immediate suspension
(1) An inspector may, by notice served on the holder of a certificate
of competency, immediately suspend the certificate for a period of up to 10
days if the inspector has a reasonable concern about:(a) the competency of the holder to do work of the kind authorised by
the certificate, or
(b) the reliability of the holder to do work of the kind authorised by
the certificate without endangering the health or safety of the holder or any
other person.
(2) The notice of suspension:(a) must be in writing, and
(b) must give reasons for the suspension, and
(c) must specify the period for which the certificate is suspended,
and
(d) must state that the holder of the certificate may object to the
suspension by providing WorkCover with reasons why the suspension should not
be maintained for that period.
(3) WorkCover must immediately terminate the suspension and give
written notice to the holder of the certificate of that fact if, after
considering any objection by the holder, WorkCover is satisfied that the
suspension should not be maintained.
298 Cancelled certificates must be surrendered
The holder of a certificate of competency that is cancelled must
return the certificate to WorkCover within such period as may be specified in
the notice of cancellation.Maximum penalty: Level 1.
Part 9.2 Certificates of competency for formwork and the
operation and use of explosive-powered tools
Division 1 Preliminary
299 Definitions
In this Part:certificate of
competency means a certificate of competency issued under this
Part.
Note. The definition includes former certificates of competency taken to
be certificates of competency issued under this Part. See clause
300.
explosive-powered
tool means a tool or device whereby a stud, pin, dowel, screw,
rivet, spike or other object is driven against, into or through a substance by
means of an explosive.
formwork means the
erection and dismantling of the surface, supports and framing used to define
the shape of concrete until it becomes self-supporting (a “formwork
deck”), but does not include the erection or dismantling of a formwork
deck if:
(a) the maximum distance a person or object could fall from it is less
than 3 metres, or
(b) its area (not interconnected with another formwork deck) is less
than 16 square metres and it is designed to hold not more than 2.5 cubic
metres or 6 tonnes of wet concrete (whichever form of measure is
appropriate).
recognised
course of training means a course of training that is recognised in
accordance with clause 302 (2).
supervisor, in
relation to a trainee, means a person who is designated as the trainee’s
supervisor under clause 304 (2).
trainee, in relation to
work to which this Part applies, means an unqualified person who is engaged in
a recognised course of training for that kind of work and who is of or above
the age of 17 years.
unqualified
person means a person who does not hold a recognised
qualification.
work to which
this Part applies means formwork or work involving the operation or
use of explosive-powered tools.
300 Former certificates of competency
(1) In this clause, former
certificate of competency means a certificate of competency in force
under an Act or regulation repealed by the Occupational Health and Safety Act
2000 immediately before that repeal (being a certificate of
competency of a kind that could be issued under this
Part).
(2) Unless sooner cancelled, a former certificate of competency is
taken to be a certificate of competency issued under this Part authorising the
doing of the same kind of work to which the certificate
relates.
Division 2 Work for which certificates of competency are
required
301 Requirement to be qualified to do work to which this Part
applies
(1) A person must not do any kind of work to which this Part applies
unless the person holds a certificate of competency in relation to work of
that kind.Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(2) A person must not employ, direct or allow another person to do any
kind of work to which this Part applies unless the person doing the work holds
a certificate of competency in relation to work of that kind.Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(3) A person must not:(a) contravene the conditions of a certificate of competency held by
the person, or
(b) direct or allow another person to contravene the conditions of a
certificate of competency held by that other
person.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(4) This clause is subject to the other provisions of this
Part.
(5) This clause does not apply to the use of an explosive-powered tool
by an authorised person in connection with its repair, overhaul, testing or
proving.
(6) In this clause, authorised
person means:(a) in relation to explosive-powered tools of any class, a person who
lawfully manufactures, repairs, tests or proves firearms, or a person working
under the direct control and supervision of any such person,
and
(b) in relation to explosive-powered tools of a particular class, a
manufacturer of explosive-powered tools of that class, a person authorised by
the manufacturer to repair explosive-powered tools of that class or a person
working under the direct control and supervision of either of those
persons.
Note. Additional exemptions may be granted by WorkCover under Chapter
12.
302 Exception for trainees
(1) A trainee may do any kind of work to which this Part applies to
which the recognised course of training in which the trainee is engaged
relates if the trainee:(a) does the work under the supervision of a supervisor,
and
(b) keeps and maintains a record of training in accordance with the
requirements of clause 306.
(2) For the purposes of this clause, a course of training is
recognised in relation to a person if, when the person began that course, the
course was recognised by the guidelines issued by WorkCover in relation to the
training of trainees.
303 Responsibility for providing supervision of
trainees
For the purposes of this Division, the person responsible for
ensuring that a trainee is properly supervised in the doing of work to which
this Part applies is:(a) in the case of a trainee who is doing the work as an employee, the
person’s employer, or
(b) in the case of a trainee who is doing the work under contract as
an independent contractor, the person for whom he or she is doing the work
under that contract, or
(c) in the case of a trainee who is doing the work while engaged in a
course of training for that work, the person by whom that course is being
conducted, or
(d) in the case of a trainee who is doing the work under an
arrangement with some other person (whether or not for reward) otherwise than
as referred to in paragraph (a), (b) or (c), that other
person.
304 Responsible person’s obligations
(1) The person responsible for a trainee doing work to which this Part
applies must ensure that the following requirements are complied with:(a) the trainee must at all times be directly supervised by a
supervisor designated by the person in accordance with subclause (2), unless
the responsible person or supervisor has established:(i) that the trainee’s competency makes direct supervision
unnecessary, and
(ii) that a lesser degree of supervision would not endanger the health
or safety of the trainee or any other person,
(b) the trainee must receive directions, demonstrations, training and
monitoring appropriate to the work and commensurate with the competence of the
trainee,
(c) it must be possible for immediate remedial action to be taken in
the event of an emergency arising out of the trainee’s doing the
work.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(2) The person responsible for a trainee may designate a supervisor
for the trainee only if:(a) the supervisor is a person who holds a certificate of competency
in relation to work of the kind being done by the trainee,
or
(b) if no such person is available, the supervisor is a person who
belongs to a class of persons that the guidelines issued by WorkCover in
relation to the supervision of trainees recognise as competent to directly
supervise a trainee in the doing of the type of work
concerned.
(3) The person responsible for a trainee must ensure that the trainee
keeps and maintains a record of training in accordance with clause
306.Maximum penalty (subclause (3)): Level
1.
305 Supervisor’s obligations
(1) The supervisor of a trainee doing work to which this Part applies
must directly supervise the trainee while the trainee is doing the work,
unless the employer of the trainee or the supervisor has established:(a) that the trainee’s competency makes direct supervision
unnecessary, and
(b) that a lesser degree of supervision would not endanger the health
or safety of the trainee or any other person.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(2) A supervisor designated to supervise a trainee by the
trainee’s employer:(a) must ensure that the trainee keeps and maintains a record of
training in accordance with clause 306, and
(b) must check the record on each date on which the work to which this
Part applies is done by the trainee, and:(i) if satisfied that the record is correct in respect of that date,
must sign the record on that date, or
(ii) if not so satisfied, must make and sign on that date a note to
that effect on the record.
Maximum penalty (subclause (2)): Level
1.
306 Trainee’s obligations
(1) A trainee must keep and maintain a record of
training.
(2) The record must contain the following information in relation to
work to which this Part applies of the kind to which the training
relates:(a) the name and address of the trainee,
(b) the name and address of each employer for whom the trainee does
that work,
(c) the name of each person who supervises the trainee while the
trainee is doing that work,
(d) a description of that work as it is actually done by the trainee
in the course of training,
(e) a record of the dates on which that work was
done.
Maximum penalty: Level 1.
Division 3 Assessment of competency
307 Assessment of competency
(1) An applicant is competent to do formwork if WorkCover is
satisfied:(a) that the applicant has been assessed, to a standard considered
satisfactory by WorkCover, as being competent in the following:(i) the safe planning, preparation, erection and dismantling of
formwork,
(ii) the erection and use of different types of
scaffolding,
(iii) identifying and dealing with defects in structural
timbers,
(iv) the use of tubular metal scaffolding, its connections and
fittings,
(v) the methods used in the construction of scaffolding,
and
(b) that the applicant has successfully completed such training as
WorkCover considers appropriate for the performance of
formwork.
(2) An applicant is competent to do work that involves the use or
operation of explosive-powered tools if WorkCover is satisfied that the
applicant has been assessed, to a standard considered satisfactory by
WorkCover, as competent in:(a) the planning for the use of such tools, and
(b) the selection of charges for such tools, and
(c) the safe use, adjustment, assembly, taking apart and storage of
such tools.
(3) In assessing an applicant’s competency to do work to which
this Part applies, regard may be had to any of the following matters:(a) any relevant qualifications held by the applicant, including, in
particular, any qualifications that are for the time being accepted by
WorkCover as being equivalent to a certificate of competency under this
Part,
(b) the applicant’s learning and experience,
(c) the applicant’s demonstration of competency in tests or
examinations carried out by WorkCover or another person or
body,
(d) the results of any previous
assessments.
Division 4 Issue of certificates of competency
308 Applications for certificates
(1) A person may apply to WorkCover for a certificate of competency to
do work to which this Part applies if the person is at least 18 years of
age.
(2) The application:(a) must be lodged with WorkCover, and
(b) must be in the approved form, and
(c) must be accompanied by such material or information to support the
application as WorkCover may require, and
(d) must be accompanied by the fee fixed for the time being by
WorkCover to cover expenses in connection with the regulation of holders of
certificates of competency of the class concerned.
(3) An applicant must provide proof of the applicant’s age and
identity to WorkCover.
309 Issue of certificates
(1) WorkCover must issue a certificate of competency authorising a
person to do any kind of work to which this Part applies if:(a) the person has complied with the application requirements in
clause 308, and
(b) WorkCover is satisfied with an assessment of the person’s
competency to do work of that kind, and
(c) WorkCover is satisfied that the person can be relied on to do work
of that kind without endangering the health or safety of that or any other
person.
(2) However, WorkCover may refuse to issue a certificate of competency
to an applicant if:(a) the applicant is less than 18 years of age, or
(b) any relevant certificate, qualification or exemption held by the
applicant has been suspended or cancelled within the previous 5
years.
(3) If an application is refused, WorkCover must ensure that written
notice of the refusal, and of the reasons for the refusal, are given to the
applicant.
310 Form of certificates
(1) A certificate of competency must be in the approved form and must
specify:(a) the name of the person to whom it is issued,
and
(b) the date of its issue, and
(c) a description of the kind of work that the certificate authorises
its holder to do, and
(d) a unique identifying number.
(2) The holder of a certificate of competency must sign the
certificate as soon as practicable after receiving
it.
(3) The kind of work authorised by a certificate of competency may be
referred to in the certificate by means of a code or symbol, in which case the
holder of the certificate must be given, with the certificate, a document that
fully describes the work to which the code or symbol
refers.
(4) Work that is authorised by a certificate of competency by
reference to a code or symbol is unaffected by any subsequent change in the
system of codes or symbols used by WorkCover to describe different kinds of
work.
311 Term of certificates
(1) Unless sooner cancelled:(a) a certificate of competency issued after the commencement of this
subclause (including a certificate renewed under clause 311A) expires at the
end of 5 years from its date of issue, and
(b) subject to subclause (1A), a certificate of competency in force at
the commencement of this clause expires at the end of 29 March
2009.
(1A) The Minister may, by order published in the Gazette, postpone the
expiry date of a certificate of competency referred to in subclause (1) (b),
or of any class of such certificates, to such later date as is specified in
the order.
(2) A certificate of competency is of no effect while it is
suspended.
311A Renewal of certificates
WorkCover may renew a certificate of competency if satisfied that
the holder of the certificate remains competent to hold such a
certificate.
312 Replacement of lost, stolen, damaged or destroyed
certificates of competency
(1) The holder of a certificate of competency that is lost, stolen,
damaged or destroyed may apply to WorkCover for a replacement
certificate.
(2) The application:(a) must be in the approved form, and
(b) must be accompanied by a statutory declaration by the applicant
that explains how, or the circumstances in which, the certificate was lost,
stolen, damaged or destroyed, and
(c) must be accompanied by the fee fixed for the time being by
WorkCover to cover expenses in connection with the issue of replacement
certificates.
(3) WorkCover may issue a replacement certificate if satisfied that
the applicant’s certificate of competency has been lost, stolen, damaged
or destroyed.
(4) If an application is refused, WorkCover must ensure that written
notice of the refusal, and of the reasons for the refusal, are given to the
applicant.
(5) The holder of a certificate of competency that is replaced under
this clause:(a) must surrender the original certificate if it is recovered,
or
(b) in the case of a damaged certificate that is replaced, must
surrender the damaged certificate.
Maximum penalty (subclause (5)): Level
1.
313 Holder to produce certificate
(1) An inspector may direct a person doing work to which this Part
applies to produce for inspection immediately:(a) the certificate of competency or exemption that authorises the
person to do the work, and
(b) a sample of the person’s usual
signature.
(2) A person to whom such a direction is given must not fail to comply
with the direction.Maximum penalty: Level 1.
Division 5 Suspension or cancellation of certificates of
competency
314 Suspension or cancellation of certificates
(1) WorkCover may suspend or cancel a certificate of competency if
satisfied that:(a) the holder of the certificate is no longer competent to do work of
the kind authorised by the certificate, or
(b) the holder of the certificate can no longer be relied on to do
work of the kind authorised by the certificate without endangering the health
or safety of the holder or any other person, or
(c) the certificate was obtained on the basis of false or misleading
information or a failure to disclose or provide required
information.
(2) Before suspending or cancelling a certificate of competency,
WorkCover:(a) must cause written notice of the proposed suspension or
cancellation to be given to the holder of the certificate,
and
(b) must give the holder of the certificate a reasonable opportunity
to make representations to WorkCover in relation to the proposed suspension or
cancellation, and
(c) must have regard to any representations so
made.
(3) If, after having regard to any representations made by the holder
of the certificate, WorkCover decides to proceed with the proposed suspension
or cancellation, WorkCover must give to the holder a written notice:(a) stating that the certificate is suspended or cancelled,
and
(b) in the case of a suspension, specifying the period for which the
certificate is suspended, and
(c) giving reasons for the suspension or
cancellation.
(4) The suspension or cancellation takes effect on the date on which
notice of the suspension or cancellation is given to the holder of the
certificate or such later date as may be specified in the
notice.
315 Immediate suspension
(1) An inspector may, by notice served on the holder of a certificate
of competency, immediately suspend the certificate for a period of up to 10
days if the inspector has a reasonable concern about:(a) the competency of the holder to do work of the kind authorised by
the certificate, or
(b) the reliability of the holder to do work of the kind authorised by
the certificate without endangering the health or safety of the holder or any
other person.
(2) The notice of suspension:(a) must be in writing, and
(b) must give the reasons for the suspension, and
(c) must specify the period for which the certificate is suspended,
and
(d) must state that the holder of the certificate may object to the
suspension by providing WorkCover with reasons why the suspension should not
be maintained for that period.
(3) WorkCover must immediately terminate the suspension and give
written notice to the holder of the certificate of that fact if, after
considering any objection by the holder, WorkCover is satisfied that the
suspension should not be maintained.
316 Cancelled certificates must be surrendered
The holder of a certificate of competency that is cancelled must
return the certificate to WorkCover within such period as may be specified in
the notice of cancellation.Maximum penalty: Level 1.
Chapter 10 Licensing of certain businesses
Part 10.1 Preliminary
317 Definitions
(1) In this Chapter:asbestos means the
fibrous form of those mineral silicates that belong to the serpentine or
amphibole groups of rock-forming minerals, including actinolite, amosite
(brown asbestos), anthophyllite, chrysotile (white asbestos), crocidolite
(blue asbestos) and tremolite.
bonded asbestos
material means any material (other than friable asbestos material)
that contains asbestos.
bonded asbestos
removal work means work in which bonded asbestos material is
removed, repaired or disturbed.
demolition work
means any one or more of the following:
(a) work comprising the total demolition of any building, structure or
installation that is 10 metres or more in height,
(b) work comprising the partial demolition of any building, structure
or installation that is 10 metres or more in height so as to affect its
structural integrity,
(c) work comprising the total or partial demolition of any building,
structure or installation, being work involving the use of load shifting
machinery on suspended floors,
(d) work comprising the total or partial demolition of pre-tensioned
or post-tensioned structural components of a building or
structure,
(e) work done to a building, structure or installation that is 4
metres or more in height, being work involving mechanical
demolition,
(f) work done to a building, structure or installation involving
explosives or methods of induced collapse (that is, where the structural
stability of the whole or part of the building, structure or installation is
deliberately altered in such a way that the collapse ensues
suddenly).
friable asbestos
material means any material that contains asbestos and is in the
form of a powder or can be crumbled, pulverised or reduced to powder by hand
pressure when dry.
friable
asbestos removal work means work in which friable asbestos material
is removed, repaired or disturbed.
licence means a licence
to carry on the business of licensed work granted and in force under this
Chapter.
Note. Certain former licences and certificates are taken to be licences
granted under this Chapter. See Part 10.4.
licensed work
means work of one of the following kinds:
(a) demolition work,
(b) restricted demolition work,
(c) friable asbestos removal work, other than:(i) work done by a person, at the person’s usual place of
business, at a frequency of one hour per week or less, or
(ii) work done for the purpose only of obtaining a sample of asbestos
for identification,
(d) bonded asbestos removal work, other than:(i) work done for the purpose only of obtaining a sample of asbestos
for identification, or
(ii) work done in relation to bonded asbestos material having a total
surface area of less than the maximum allowable area specified in subclause
(3).
restricted
demolition work means demolition work other than work comprising the
following:
(a) demolition of chemical installations,
(b) demolition above 15 metres in height,
(c) demolition using a tower crane on site,
(d) demolition using a mobile crane with a rated capacity of more than
100 tonnes,
(e) demolition of pre-tensioned or post-tensioned
structures,
(f) demolition involving floor propping,
(g) demolition using explosives.
(2) For the purposes of this Chapter:(a) a person carries on a business if the person carries on the
business personally, in partnership or by employees or agents or if the person
advertises that the person carries on such a business, and
(b) a person does work if the person does the work personally, in
partnership or by employees or agents.
(3) For the purposes of paragraph (d) (ii) of the definition of
licensed
work in subclause (1), the maximum allowable area is:(a) 200 square metres in relation to work commenced before 1 July 2007
and completed before:(i) 1 July 2007, or
(ii) the day that is 2 months after the commencement of that
work,
whichever is the later, or
(b) 50 square metres in relation to work commenced on or after 1 July
2007, but before 1 January 2008, and completed before:(i) 1 January 2008, or
(ii) the day that is 2 months after the commencement of that
work,
whichever is the later, or
(c) 10 square metres in relation to work commenced on or after 1
January 2008.
Part 10.2 Licences required for demolition or asbestos
removal work
318 Licensed work not to be carried on without a
licence
(1) A person must not carry on the business of licensed work otherwise
than in accordance with a licence relating to that
work.
(2) A person must not employ, direct or allow another person to do
licensed work unless that person holds a licence relating to that
work.
(3) For the purposes of subclauses (1) and (2), a licence to carry on
the business of friable asbestos removal work, demolition work or restricted
demolition work also authorises the holder to carry on the business of bonded
asbestos removal work.
(4) A person must not:(a) contravene the conditions of a licence, or
(b) direct or allow another person to contravene the conditions of a
licence.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
Note. See definitions of licensed work and
demolition
work in clause 317. Generally, a licence is not required for the
manual demolition of a building, structure or installation under 10 metres in
height.
Part 10.3 Provisions relating to licences
Note. A decision of WorkCover to refuse an application for a licence, to
impose conditions on a licence or to suspend or cancel a licence under this
Part is subject to review by the Administrative Decisions Tribunal (also note
that a failure to determine an application within 3 months is taken to be a
refusal). See Part 12.5.
319 Applications for licences
(1) An application for a licence:(a) must specify the class or classes of licensed work for which the
licence is required, and
(b) must be in the approved form, and
(c) must be accompanied by the fee fixed for the time being by
WorkCover to cover expenses in connection with applications for licences of
the class concerned, and
(d) must be lodged at the offices of
WorkCover.
(2) An application by persons who intend to carry on business in
partnership may be made by any one or more of those
persons.
320 Eligibility for licence
(1) A person is eligible for a licence if WorkCover is satisfied
that:(a) in the case of an individual:(i) the individual is of or above the age of 18 years,
and
(ii) the individual is a fit and proper person to hold a licence,
and
(iii) the individual has appropriate qualifications in relation to the
relevant licensed work, and
(iv) appropriate arrangements exist to ensure that the
individual’s employees do not do licensed work unless they have had
training in safe working methods in relation to the licensed work,
and
(b) in the case of a corporation:(i) the corporation is a fit and proper person to hold a licence,
and
(ii) each director of the corporation would, if he or she were the
applicant, be a fit and proper person to hold a licence,
and
(iii) at least one individual engaged in the management of the
corporation has appropriate qualifications in relation to the licensed work,
and
(iv) appropriate arrangements exist to ensure that the
corporation’s employees do not do the licensed work unless they have had
training in safe working methods in relation to the licensed work,
and
(c) appropriate arrangements exist to ensure that, during the carrying
out of the licensed work, a person holding appropriate qualifications in
relation to the licensed work (whether or not the holder of the licence) will
supervise the carrying out of the work.
(2) For the purposes of this Chapter, a person holds appropriate
qualifications in relation to licensed work if the person:(a) has demonstrated his or her knowledge of safe working methods in
relation to the licensed work, and
(b) has completed a course of training recognised by WorkCover in
relation to the licensed work, and
(c) has, in the opinion of WorkCover, appropriate experience or
training relevant to the carrying out of the licensed
work.
(3) Subclause (2), as re-made by the Occupational Health and Safety Amendment (Licensing)
Regulation 2006, applies to an applicant for a licence where
the application for the licence was lodged but not finally determined before
the commencement of that Regulation.
321 Determination of applications
(1) After considering an application, WorkCover:(a) may grant the licence to which the application relates, either
unconditionally or subject to conditions, or
(b) may refuse the application if satisfied that the applicant is not
eligible for the licence.
(2) A licence is to be in the approved form and is to specify the
class of licensed work to which it relates.
(3) If WorkCover grants more than one licence to an applicant, it may
issue a single document in respect of those
licences.
322 Notice of refusal
If WorkCover refuses to grant a licence, it must give written
notice of the refusal, and of the reasons for the refusal, to the
applicant.
323 Term of licences
A licence remains in force, unless sooner suspended or cancelled,
for a period of 2 years commencing on the date on which it is granted, or
until such later date as may be specified in the licence for its
expiry.
324 Licence fees
(1) The fee payable for a licence is the fee fixed for the time being
by WorkCover to cover expenses in connection with the regulation of licensees
of the class concerned.
(2) A licence has no effect until the licence fee has been
paid.
325 Condition of licence relating to supervision
It is a condition of a licence that, during the carrying out of
the licensed work, a person holding appropriate qualifications in relation to
the licensed work (whether or not the holder of the licence) must supervise
the carrying out of the work.
326 Amendment of conditions of licences
(1) WorkCover, on the application of the holder of a licence or on its
own initiative:(a) may amend or cancel any condition to which the licence is subject,
or
(b) may impose further conditions on the
licence.
(2) An amendment to a condition, or a further condition, takes effect
on the date on which notice of the amendment or further condition is given to
the holder of the licence or on such later date as may be specified in the
notice.
327 Licences to be displayed
A person who does licensed work at any place must cause a copy of
the relevant licence to be displayed at that place while the work is being
done.Maximum penalty: Level 1.
328 Suspension or cancellation of licences
(1) WorkCover may suspend or cancel a licence if satisfied that the
holder of the licence:(a) has made a statement, in or in connection with an application for
the licence, that the holder knew, when the statement was made, to be false or
misleading in a material particular, or
(b) has done or authorised licensed work in such a manner as to expose
any person (including any of his or her employees or agents) to a health or
safety risk from the licensed work that could reasonably have been avoided,
or
(c) has contravened a condition of the licence, or
(d) has failed to comply with the requirements of an improvement
notice or prohibition notice under this Regulation, or
(e) has been convicted of an offence against the Act or any regulation
(including this Regulation) under the Act, or
(f) in the case of an individual, is no longer a fit and proper person
to hold the licence, or
(g) in the case of a corporation, has a director who is no longer a
fit and proper person to hold a licence.
(2) Before suspending or cancelling a licence, WorkCover:(a) must cause notice of the proposed suspension or cancellation to be
given to the holder of the licence, and
(b) must give the holder of the licence a reasonable opportunity to
make representations to WorkCover in relation to the proposed suspension or
cancellation, and
(c) must have regard to any representations so
made.
(3) The suspension or cancellation of a licence takes effect on the
date on which notice of the suspension or cancellation is given to the holder
of the licence or on such later date as may be specified in the
notice.
329 Cancelled licences to be returned to WorkCover
The holder of a cancelled licence must return the licence to
WorkCover within such period as may be specified in the notice of cancellation
given to the holder.Maximum penalty: Level 1.
Part 10.4 Savings and transitional provisions
330 Savings and transitional provisions
(1) A licence to carry out demolition work (Class 1, Unrestricted
Licence) in force immediately before the repeal of the Occupational Health and Safety (Demolition Licensing)
Regulation 1996 is taken to be a licence granted under this
Chapter authorising the carrying on of the business of demolition
work.
(2) A licence to carry out demolition work (Class 2, Restricted
Licence) in force immediately before the repeal of the Occupational Health and Safety (Demolition Licensing)
Regulation 1996 is taken to be a licence granted under this
Chapter authorising the carrying on of the business of restricted demolition
work.
(3) A licence to carry on the business of friable asbestos removal
work in force immediately before the repeal of the Occupational Health and Safety (Asbestos Removal Work)
Regulation 1995 is taken to be a licence granted under this
Chapter authorising the carrying on of the business of friable asbestos
removal work.
(4) A certificate of registration as a bonded asbestos removal
contractor in force immediately before the repeal of the Occupational Health and Safety (Asbestos Removal Work)
Regulation 1995 is taken to be a licence granted under this
Chapter authorising the carrying on of the business of bonded asbestos removal
work.
(5) A licence or certificate referred to in subclauses (1)–(4)
that is taken to be a licence granted under this Chapter continues in force
(unless sooner cancelled):(a) for the term for which it was granted, or
(b) for a period of 2 years from the commencement of this
Regulation,
whichever is the lesser period.
Chapter 11 Permits for certain work
Part 11.1 Preliminary
331 Definitions
In this Chapter:asbestos means the fibrous
form of those mineral silicates that belong to the serpentine or amphibole
groups of rock-forming minerals, including actinolite, amosite (brown
asbestos), anthophyllite, chrysotile (white asbestos), crocidolite (blue
asbestos) and tremolite.
demolition
work means demolition work (as defined in Chapter 10) that:
(a) is carried out by means of:(i) pushing or pulling using a mobile crane, or
(ii) a crane using a demolition ball, or
(b) involves the demolition of a building (or part of a building) that
is more than 4 metres in height and that involves pulling with ropes or chains
or similar means, or
(c) involves the demolition of a building by means of
explosives.
friable asbestos
material means any material that contains asbestos and is in the
form of a powder or can be crumbled, pulverised or reduced to powder by hand
pressure when dry.
friable asbestos
removal work means work in which friable asbestos material is
removed, repaired or disturbed, other than:
(a) work done by a person, at the person’s usual place of
business, at a frequency of one hour per week or less, or
(b) work done for the purpose only of obtaining a sample of asbestos
for identification.
permit
means a permit to do demolition work or friable asbestos removal work granted
and in force under this Chapter.
Note. Certain former permissions and permits are taken to be permits
granted under this Chapter. See Part 11.4.
Part 11.2 Permits required for demolition or friable asbestos
removal work
332 Demolition work or friable asbestos removal work not to
be done without a permit
(1) A person must not do demolition work or friable asbestos removal
work otherwise than in accordance with a permit.
(2) A person does not contravene subclause (1) if the person is doing
the work as an employee.
(3) A person must not:(a) contravene the conditions of a permit, or
(b) direct or allow another person to contravene the conditions of a
permit.
Maximum penalty: Level 3.
Part 11.3 Provisions relating to permits
Note. A decision of WorkCover to refuse an application for a permit, to
impose conditions on a permit or to suspend or cancel a permit under this Part
is subject to review by the Administrative Decisions Tribunal (also note that
a failure to determine an application within 7 days (or 21 days in the case of
demolition work involving explosives) is taken to be a refusal). See Chapter
12.
333 Applications for permits
(1) An application for a permit to do demolition work or friable
asbestos removal work:(a) must be in the approved form, and
(b) may be made only by the holder of a licence granted under Chapter
10 in respect of work of that kind, and
(c) must specify the nature and extent of the work to be done and the
method by which the applicant proposes to do the work, and
(d) must, if the work is the demolition of a building (or part of a
building) that is more than 4 metres in height and the demolition work
involves pulling with ropes or chains or similar means, be accompanied by a
risk assessment and such other documents as WorkCover may require,
and
(e) must specify the estimated cost of doing the work,
and
(f) must be accompanied by the fee fixed for the time being by
WorkCover to cover the administrative costs of WorkCover in connection with
the regulation of the holders of permits of the class concerned,
and
(g) must be lodged at the offices of WorkCover at least 7 days (or 21
days in the case of demolition work involving the use of explosives) before
the work is due to commence.
(2) An application by persons who do work in partnership may be made
by any one or more of those persons.
334 Determination of applications
(1) After considering an application, WorkCover:(a) may grant the permit to which the application relates, either
unconditionally or subject to conditions, or
(b) may refuse the application.
(2) If an application is refused, WorkCover must ensure that written
notice of the refusal, and of the reasons for the refusal, are given to the
applicant.
(3) A permit is to be in the approved form.
335 Term of permits
(1) A permit has effect for such period as may be specified in the
permit.
(2) A permit ceases to have effect while it is suspended or if it is
cancelled.
336 Amendment of conditions of permits
(1) WorkCover, on the application of the holder of a permit or on its
own initiative:(a) may amend or cancel any condition to which the permit is subject,
or
(b) may impose further conditions on the
permit.
(2) An amendment to a condition, or a further condition, takes effect
on the date on which notice of the amendment or further condition is given to
the holder of the permit or on such later date as may be specified in the
notice.
337 Permits to be displayed
A person who does demolition work or friable asbestos removal work
at any place must cause a copy of the relevant permit to be displayed at that
place while the work is being done.Maximum penalty: Level 1.
338 Suspension and cancellation of permits
(1) WorkCover may suspend or cancel a permit if satisfied that the
holder of the permit:(a) has made a statement, in or in connection with an application
under this Regulation, that the holder knew, when the statement was made, to
be false or misleading in a material particular, or
(b) has done demolition work or friable asbestos removal work in such
a manner as to expose any person (including any of his or her employees or
agents) to a health or safety risk from the work that could reasonably have
been avoided, or
(c) has contravened a condition of the permit, or
(d) has failed to comply with the requirements of an improvement
notice or prohibition notice issued under this Regulation,
or
(e) has been convicted of an offence against the Act or any regulation
(including this Regulation) under the Act.
(2) Before suspending or cancelling a permit, WorkCover:(a) must cause notice of the proposed suspension or cancellation to be
given to the holder of the permit, and
(b) must give the holder of the permit a reasonable opportunity to
make representations to WorkCover in relation to the proposed suspension or
cancellation, and
(c) must have regard to any representations so
made.
(3) The suspension or cancellation of a permit takes effect on the
date on which notice of the suspension or cancellation is given to the holder
of the permit or on such later date as may be specified in the
notice.
339 Cancelled permits to be returned to WorkCover
The holder of a cancelled permit must return the permit to
WorkCover within such period as may be specified in the notice of cancellation
given to the holder.Maximum penalty: Level 1.
Part 11.4 Savings and transitional provisions
340 Savings and transitional provisions
(1) A written permission to do demolition work given under Regulation
84AB or 84AH of the Construction Safety
Regulations 1950 and in force immediately before the repeal of
those Regulations is taken to be a permit granted under this Chapter to do the
same work.
(2) A permit to do friable asbestos removal work granted under the
Occupational Health and Safety (Asbestos
Removal Work) Regulation 1995 and in force immediately before
the repeal of that Regulation is taken to be a permit granted under this
Chapter to do the same work.
Chapter 12 Miscellaneous
Part 12.1 Notification of accidents and other
matters
341 Notification of incidents—additional incidents to
be notified
Note. Section 86 of the Act requires the occupier of a place of work to
give WorkCover notice in accordance with that section of certain incidents at
the place of work. These incidents include incidents that have resulted in a
person being killed and incidents prescribed in clause 344 for the purposes of
section 87 of the Act. Section 86 of the Act also provides that additional
incidents can be declared by regulation to be incidents required to be
notified to WorkCover.
In accordance with section 86 (1) (b) of the Act, any incident
listed below occurring at or in relation to a place of work is, if it is an
incident that presents a risk to health or safety and is not immediately
threatening to life, declared to be an incident that is required to be
notified to WorkCover:(a) an injury to a person (supported by a medical certificate) that
results in the person being unfit, for a continuous period of at least 7 days,
to attend the person’s usual place of work, to perform his or her usual
duties at his or her place of work or, in the case of a non-employee, to carry
out his or her usual activities,
(b) an illness of a person (supported by a medical certificate) that
is related to work processes and results in the person being unfit, for a
continuous period of at least 7 days, to attend the person’s usual place
of work or to perform his or her usual duties at that place of
work,
(c) damage to any plant, equipment, building or structure or other
thing that impedes safe operation,
(d) an uncontrolled explosion or fire,
(e) an uncontrolled escape of gas, dangerous goods (within the meaning
of the ADG Code) or steam,
(f) a spill or incident resulting in exposure or potential exposure of
a person to a notifiable or prohibited carcinogenic substance (as defined in
Part 6.3),
(g) removal of workers from lead risk work (as defined in Part 7.6)
due to excessive blood lead levels,
(h) exposure to bodily fluids that presents a risk of transmission of
blood-borne diseases,
(i) the use or threatened use of a weapon that involves a risk of
serious injury to, or illness of, a person,
(i1) a robbery that involves a risk of serious injury to, or illness
of, a person,
(i2) electric shock that involves a risk of serious injury to a
person,
(j) any other incident that involves a risk of:(i) explosion or fire, or
(ii) escape of gas, dangerous goods (within the meaning of the ADG
Code) or steam, or
(iii) serious injury to, or illness of, a person, or
(iv) substantial property damage.
341A How notice of incidents is to be given
Notice required to be given to WorkCover under section 86 of the
Act must be given in any of the following ways:(a) by electronic communication (using a mode of electronic
communication approved by WorkCover) providing the information requested by
WorkCover,
(b) by telephone to WorkCover, giving such information as may be
requested of the caller.
342 Variation of obligations under section 86 of the
Act—employers to notify WorkCover of incidents
(1) In accordance with section 86 (4) of the Act, the obligations
under that section are varied by requiring an employer of a person (instead of
the occupier of the place of work) to give WorkCover notice in the case of an
injury to, or illness of, the person, being an injury or illness that is an
incident referred to in clause 341. This subclause does not apply if the
employer is aware that another person has given the required notice to
WorkCover or if the employer has given notice of the incident in accordance
with section 44 (2) of the Workplace Injury
Management and Workers Compensation Act
1998.
(2) Notice required to be given by the employer must be given as soon
as practicable (but not later than 7 days) after the employer becomes aware of
the incident.
343 Retention of records of notice acknowledgement
(1) A person who gives WorkCover a notice under section 86 of the Act
(including under clause 342) must make and keep for at least 5 years after the
notice is given:(a) a record of the date, time, place and nature of the incident to
which the notice relates, and
(b) a record of the date on which and the way in which the notice was
given, and
(c) a record of any acknowledgement (such as a receipt number) given
to the person by WorkCover as evidence of receipt of the
notice.
Note. An entry in the register of injuries kept under section 63 of the
Workplace Injury Management and Workers
Compensation Act 1998 is a sufficient record of an injury to a
worker for the purposes of this clause. The record of an acknowledgement of
the notice can also be made and kept as part of the register of
injuries.
(2) Any such person must make those records available for inspection
by an inspector in accordance with a request by the inspector, and in any
event, no later than 7 days after the date of the
request.
Maximum penalty: Level 1.
Part 12.2 Prescription of additional serious
incidents
344 Non-disturbance of places and plant involved in serious
incidents—additional serious incidents
Note. Section 87 of the Act requires the occupier of a place of work
involved in a serious incident (an incident that has resulted in a person
being killed) not to disturb the place (or plant at the place) for a period of
36 hours. The section provides that additional incidents can be prescribed as
serious incidents by regulation. (The section does not prevent such actions as
helping or removing trapped or injured persons or actions directed or
permitted by an inspector in the 36 hour period—see section 87
(4).)
For the purposes of the definition of serious incident in
section 87 (1) of the Act, the following incidents at or in relation to a
place of work are prescribed:(a) an injury to a person that results in the amputation of a
limb,
(b) the placing of a person on a life support
system,
(c) any incident listed below that presents an immediate threat to
life:(i) the loss of consciousness of a person caused by impact of physical
force, exposure to hazardous substances, electric shock or lack of
oxygen,
(ii) major damage to any plant, equipment, building or
structure,
(iii) an uncontrolled explosion or fire,
(iv) an uncontrolled escape of gas, dangerous goods or
steam,
(v) imminent risk of explosion or fire,
(vi) imminent risk of an escape of gas, dangerous goods or
steam,
(vii) a spill or incident resulting in exposure or potential exposure of
a person to a notifiable or prohibited carcinogenic substance (as defined in
Part 6.3),
(viii) entrapment of a person in a confined space,
(ix) collapse of an excavation,
(x) entrapment of a person in machinery,
(xi) serious burns to a person.
Part 12.3 Notifications of proposed work
345 Proposed work in respect of which notice to WorkCover is
required
(1) An employer must not commence to carry out work of the following
kind at a place of work unless the employer has given WorkCover notice of the
proposed work:(a) work that involves the use of a notifiable or prohibited
carcinogenic substance (as defined in Part 6.3),
(b) lead risk work (as defined in Part 7.6),
(c) bonded asbestos removal work (as defined in Part
10.1),
(d) demolition work (as defined in Part 10.1), other than work for
which a permit under Chapter 11 is in force.
(2) Any such notice must:(a) be in the approved form, and
(b) except as provided in paragraph (c), be given at least 60 days
before the commencement of the proposed work (or, if WorkCover has agreed in
writing to accept a shorter period of notice, be given before the commencement
of that shorter period), and
(c) in the case of work that involves the therapeutic use of
cyclophosphamide in hospitals, be given on or before the day of use,
and
(d) contain the information specified in any guidelines prepared by
WorkCover for the purpose, and
(e) be given by leaving it at, or by sending it by post or facsimile
transmission to, an office of WorkCover.
(3) If an employer has given notice of proposed work involving the use
of a carcinogenic substance and the work is continuing work, the employer must
give WorkCover a further notice (in accordance with subclause (2) (a), (d) and
(e)) at least every 5 years while the work
continues.
(4) Any proposed work involving the use of carcinogenic substances
that has been notified to WorkCover by an employer in accordance with the
former Act is taken to be notified to WorkCover by the employer for the
purposes of this clause.
(5) An employer is not required to comply with subclause (1) (a)
within the period of 12 months after the commencement of this clause to the
extent that it applies to:(a) the therapeutic use of cyclophosphamide, or
(b) the use of benzene as a feed stock containing more than 50 per
cent of benzene by volume, or
(c) the use of chloromethyl ether, technical
grade.
(6) An employer is not required to comply with subclause (1) (b)
within the period of 3 months after the commencement of this
clause.
Maximum penalty: Level 4.
346 WorkCover to be notified of any reviews of risk
assessments
An employer who is required to give notice of proposed work under
clause 345 must notify WorkCover in writing of:(a) any review of a risk assessment relating to the work that is
required to be carried out under Chapter 2, and
(b) the name and address of the person or organisation carrying out
the risk assessment if the assessment was not carried out by the
employer.
Maximum penalty: Level 1.
Part 12.4 Exemptions
347 Exemptions for particular persons on
application
(1) A person may apply to WorkCover for an exemption from any
provision of this Regulation.
(2) Before making such an application, the person must cause notice of
the proposed application to be given:(a) to all persons employed at any place of work concerned,
or
(b) in accordance with any consultation arrangements agreed by the
employer and the employees under the Act.
(3) The notice:(a) must state that the person proposes to seek an exemption from this
Regulation, and
(b) must state the effect of such an exemption,
and
(c) must invite the persons to whom the notice is given to make
submissions, in writing or orally, concerning the proposal to apply for the
exemption, and
(d) must specify the person to whom, and the date by which, any such
submissions would be made.
(4) An application must be in writing and must include copies of the
written submissions, and a summary of the oral submissions, made in connection
with the application.
(5) On receipt of the application, WorkCover:(a) may, by order in writing, exempt the person from a specified
provision of this Regulation if it is satisfied that:(i) the person is capable of achieving at least an equivalent level of
safety as would be achieved if the provision had been complied with,
or
(ii) the application of the provision to the person is inappropriate or
unnecessary in the circumstances, or
(b) may dismiss the application.
(6) An exemption under this clause may be given unconditionally or
subject to such conditions as WorkCover considers appropriate and specifies in
the order.
(7) Unless withdrawn, an exemption under this clause has effect for
such period (not exceeding 5 years) as is specified in the exemption. If no
such period is specified, the exemption has effect for a period of 5 years
after it is granted.
(8) WorkCover may withdraw an exemption under this clause if it is
satisfied that the withdrawal is justified on health or safety
grounds.
Note. See clause 351 as to the review by the Administrative Decisions
Tribunal of a decision by WorkCover to dismiss an application for an
exemption, to impose a condition on an exemption or to withdraw an
exemption.
348 Exemptions for classes of persons or things
(1) WorkCover may, by order published in the Gazette, exempt any class
of persons or things from a specified provision of this
Regulation.
(2) An exemption under this clause may be unconditional or subject to
such conditions as WorkCover considers appropriate and specifies in the
order.
(3) Unless withdrawn, an exemption under this clause has effect for
such period (not exceeding 5 years) as is specified in the exemption. If no
such period is specified, the exemption has effect for a period of 5 years
after it is granted.
(4) WorkCover may, before granting an exemption under this clause,
give notice of the proposed exemption to such persons or bodies as it
considers appropriate.
(5) WorkCover may withdraw an exemption under this clause if it is
satisfied that the withdrawal is justified on health or safety
grounds.
349 Register of exemptions
(1) WorkCover is required to keep and make available for public
inspection a register of all exemptions granted under this Part that are in
force.
(2) WorkCover is not required to include in the register confidential
personal information about an individual or information relating to
manufacturing or commercial secrets or working
processes.
350 Phasing out of former exemptions
Any exemption given, issued or made under an Act or a provision of
an Act referred to in clause 15 of Schedule 3 to the Occupational Health and Safety Act
2000 and continued in force by the operation of that clause
ceases to have effect at the end of the period of 12 months after the
commencement of this Regulation.Note. This clause is authorised by clause 15 of Schedule 3 to the
Occupational Health and Safety Act
2000.
Part 12.5 Reviews of WorkCover decisions
351 Decisions subject to review by the Administrative
Decisions Tribunal: section 36 of the Act
(1) A person aggrieved by a decision that belongs to one of the
following classes of decisions made by WorkCover (being a decision made in
respect of that person) may apply to the Administrative Decisions Tribunal for
a review of the decision:(a) decisions under clause 31 (4) to refuse to accredit the person as
a trainer,
(b) decisions under Part 5.2:(i) to refuse to register a plant design, or
(ii) to refuse to register an item of plant, or
(iii) to impose a condition on registration of an item of plant,
or
(iv) to cancel the registration of an item of plant,
or
(v) to discontinue the registration of an item of
plant,
(c) decisions under Chapter 9:(i) to refuse to issue a certificate of competency,
or
(ii) to suspend or cancel a certificate of competency,
or
(iii) to refuse to replace a certificate of competency,
or
(iv) to refuse to accredit a person as an assessor,
or
(v) to suspend or cancel a person’s accreditation as an
assessor, or
(vi) to confirm the decision of an assessor on an application for a
review of the decision,
(d) decisions under Chapter 10:(i) to refuse to issue a licence, or
(ii) to impose a condition on a licence, or
(iii) to suspend or cancel a licence,
(e) decisions under Chapter 11:(i) to refuse to issue a permit, or
(ii) to impose a condition on a permit, or
(iii) to suspend or cancel a permit,
(f) decisions under Part 12.4:(i) to dismiss an application for an exemption from a provision of
this Regulation, or
(ii) to impose a condition on an exemption from a provision of this
Regulation, or
(iii) to withdraw an exemption from a provision of this
Regulation.
(2) WorkCover is taken, for the purposes of an application for review
by the Administrative Decisions Tribunal:(a) to have refused to grant an approval, permission or exemption,
or
(b) to have refused to register a plant design or an item of plant or
amusement device, or
(c) to have refused to issue a certificate of competency or licence,
or
(d) to have refused to amend or cancel a condition of an approval,
registration, permission or exemption, or
(e) to have refused to rescind a cancellation or discontinuance of
registration, or
(f) to have refused to accredit an assessor under Chapter 9,
or
(g) to have confirmed a decision of an assessor under Chapter
9,
if it does not determine an application in relation to the relevant
matter within 3 months after the date of lodgment of the
application.
(3) WorkCover is taken, for the purposes of an application for review
by the Administrative Decisions Tribunal, to have refused an application to
issue a permit under Chapter 11 if it does not determine the application
within 7 days (or 21 days in the case of an application for a permit to do
demolition work involving the use of explosives) after the date of lodgment of
the application.
Note. The Minister administering the Administrative Decisions Tribunal Act
1997 has concurred in the making of the above clause pursuant
to section 36 (2) of the Occupational Health
and Safety Act 2000.
Part 12.6 Penalty notice offences
352 Definitions
In this Part:Infringement
Processing Bureau means the Infringement Processing Bureau within
the Police Service.
IPB
Code, in relation to an offence, means the code allocated to the
offence by the Infringement Processing Bureau.
penalty
notice means a notice served under section 108 of the
Act.
353 Penalty notice offences and penalties
(1) For the purposes of section 108 of the Act:(a) each offence created by a provision specified in Column 1 of
Schedule 2 is an offence for which a penalty notice may be served,
and
(b) the penalty prescribed for each such offence is the amount
specified opposite the provision in Column 2 of the
Schedule.
(2) If the reference to a provision in Column 1 of Schedule 2 is
qualified by words that restrict its operation to specified kinds of offences,
an offence created by the provision is a prescribed offence only if it is an
offence of a kind so specified or committed in the circumstances so
specified.
354 Authorised officers
An inspector under the Act is an authorised officer for the
purposes of serving penalty notices for offences under the Act or this
Regulation.
355 (Repealed)
Part 12.7 Other miscellaneous provisions
356 False or misleading information in
applications
(1) A person must not, in or in connection with a relevant application
under this Regulation, make any statement that the person knows to be false or
misleading in a material particular.Maximum penalty: Level 3.
(2) For the purposes of this clause, the following are relevant
applications:(a) an application under Chapter 5, 8, 9, 10 or
11,
(b) a notification under clause 117 or 174ZR,
(c) an application for an exemption under this
Chapter.
357 Additional officers authorised to consent to the
institution of proceedings for offences
For the purposes of section 106 (1) (b) of the Act, the
Director-General of the Department of Primary Industries is a prescribed
officer in relation to proceedings for an offence against the Act concerning a
place of work that is a mine or coal workplace.
358 Application of Act to mines and coal workplaces:
references to WorkCover
(1) In accordance with section 133 of the Act, a reference in any of
the following provisions of the Act to WorkCover, in connection with the
application of the provision to a mine or coal workplace, is taken to be a
reference to the Department of Primary Industries:(a1) section 32B (3) (Reasons for non-prosecution of
offence),
(a) Part 4 (Industry codes of practice),
(b) section 114 (Orders regarding costs and expenses of
investigation).
(2) In accordance with section 133 of the Act, a reference in section
109 of the Act to the General Manager of WorkCover, in connection with the
application of the provision to a mine or coal workplace, is taken to be a
reference to the Director-General of the Department of Primary
Industries.
(3) In accordance with section 133 of the Act, a reference in any of
the following provisions of the Act to WorkCover, in connection with the
application of the provision to a mine or coal workplace, is taken to be a
reference to the Director-General of the Department of Primary
Industries:(a) Division 2 (Duty to consult) of Part 2,
(b) Division 2 (Powers of inspectors) of Part 5,
(c) Division 4 (General provisions relating to notices) of Part
6.
(4) In accordance with section 133 of the Act, a reference in section
107 of the Act to WorkCover, in connection with the application of the
provision to a mine or coal workplace, is taken to be a reference to an
officer of the Department of Primary Industries appointed under section 47A
(Appointment of inspectors in connection with mines) of the Act or a person
taken to have been appointed as an inspector by virtue of section 47B
(Appointment of inspectors in connection with coal workplaces) of the
Act.
358A Sharing of information between WorkCover and Department
of Primary Industries
(1) WorkCover may, in connection with the administration or execution
of the Act, provide any information concerning Chapter 6A to the Department of
Primary Industries.
(2) The Department of Primary Industries may, in connection with the
administration or execution of the Act, provide any information concerning
Chapter 6A to WorkCover.
359 Continuation of former OHS shop provisions
(1) In this clause,former OHS shop
provisions means, subject to subclause (4):
(a) the provisions of Part 3 of the Factories, Shops and Industries Act
1962 that, immediately before the commencement of this
Regulation, applied to shops, and
(b) the provisions of the Factories
(Health and Safety) General Regulations 1913 that, immediately
before the commencement of this Regulation, applied to
shops.
(2) The former OHS shop provisions continue to have effect as
provisions of this Regulation. Those provisions have effect in addition to the
provisions of this Regulation.
(3) A person who contravenes any of the former OHS shop provisions
with which the person is, under those provisions, required to comply is guilty
of an offence.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
Note. Immediately before the commencement of this Regulation, certain
provisions applied to shops by virtue of section 61 of the Factories, Shops and Industries Act
1962.
(4) For the purpose of the definition of former OHS shop
provisions in subclause (1), the following provisions are taken to
have applied to shops immediately before the commencement of this
Regulation:(a) sections 19, 20, 21, 23, 24, 33, 34, 38, 40, 45, 50, 57, 58, 59,
60 and 61 of the Factories, Shops and
Industries Act 1962,
(b) Regulations 3, 4, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 16A, 17, 17A and 25 of the
Factories (Health and Safety) General
Regulations 1913.
360 Notes
The explanatory note, table of contents and notes in the text of
this Regulation do not form part of this Regulation.
361 Transitional application of sentencing guideline
provisions
(1) This clause applies to guideline proceedings under Division 4 of
Part 7 of the Act relating to offences under the
Act.
(2) Nothing in this clause limits any jurisdiction or discretion of
the Full Bench under Division 4 of Part 7 of the
Act.
(3) In exercising its powers and jurisdiction to give a guideline
judgment relating to an offence under the Act, the Full Bench may, if the
provision creating the offence substantially re-enacts a provision of the
former Act creating an offence (the corresponding
offence), consider matters relating to the corresponding
offence.
362 Savings and transitional provisions
Schedule 3 has effect.
Schedule 1 Standards covering design and manufacture of
plant
(Clauses 3 (2) and (3), 94, 103 (3) (b) and (c), 107 (2) (a) and
122 (1) (c))
Note. Subclauses (2) and (3) of clause 3 provide that:(a) in this Regulation, a reference to an Australian Standard is a
reference to an Australian Standard (AS) or an Australian/New Zealand Standard
(AS/NZS) published by Standards Australia in the year referred to in the
citation of the Standard, as in force from time to time,
and
(b) if WorkCover has indicated that it is satisfied that another
standard provides an equivalent standard of safety to an Australian Standard
or an Australian/New Zealand Standard, that other standard may be applied
instead for the purposes of the relevant provision of this Regulation,
and
(c) if there is an inconsistency between a provision of this
Regulation and a provision of an Australian Standard or another standard
referred to in this Regulation, the provision of this Regulation
prevails.
Boilers and pressure
vessels |
AS
1210—1997 | Pressure
vessels |
AS 1210 Supp
1—1990 | Unfired pressure
vessels—Advanced design and
construction |
AS 1210 Supp
2—1999 | Pressure
vessels—Cold-stretched austenitic stainless
steel |
AS
1228—1997 | Pressure
equipment—Boilers |
AS
2971—1987 | Serially produced
pressure vessels |
AS/NZS
3509:1996 | LP gas fuel vessels
for automotive use |
AS
3892—2001 | Pressure
equipment—Installation |
AS
4343—1999 | Pressure
equipment—Hazard levels |
AS
4458—1997 | Pressure
equipment—Manufacture |
Australian Miniature
Boiler Safety Committee Code—Part 1: Copper
Boilers
Australian Miniature
Boiler Safety Committee Code—Part 2: Steel
Boilers
Cranes (including hoists and
winches) |
AS
1418.1—1994 | Cranes (including
hoists and winches) Part 1—General
requirements |
AS
1418.2—1997 | Cranes (including
hoists and winches) Part 2—Serial hoists and
winches |
AS
1418.3—1997 | Cranes (including
hoists and winches) Part 3: Bridge, gantry and portal cranes (including
container cranes) |
AS
1418.4—2001 | Cranes (including
hoists and winches) Part 4: Tower cranes |
AS
1418.5—1995 | Cranes (including
hoists and winches) Part 5: Mobile and vehicle-loading
cranes |
AS
1418.6—1988 | SAA Crane Code Part
6—Guided storing and retrieving
appliances |
AS
1418.7—1999 | Cranes (including
hoists and winches) Part 7: Builders’ hoists and associated
equipment |
AS
1418.8—1989 | SAA Crane Code Part
8—Special purpose appliances |
AS/NZS
1418.9:1996 | Cranes (including
hoists and winches) Part 9: Vehicle
hoists |
AS
1418.10—1996 | Cranes (including
hoists and winches) Part 10: Elevating work
platforms |
AS
1418.12—1991 | Cranes (including
hoists and winches) Part 12: Crane collector
systems |
AS
1418.13—1996 | Cranes (including
hoists and winches) Part 13: Building maintenance
units |
AS
1418.14—1996 | Cranes (including
hoists and winches) Part 14: Requirements for cranes subject to arduous
working conditions |
AS
1418.15—1994 | Cranes (including
hoists and winches) Part 15: Concrete placing
equipment |
AS
1418.16—1997 | Cranes (including
hoists and winches) Part 16: Mast climbing work
platforms |
AS
1418.17—1996 | Cranes (including
hoists and winches) Part 17: Design and construction of
workboxes |
AS
1418.18—2001 | Cranes (including
hoists and winches) Part 18: Crane runways and
monorails |
Scaffolding |
AS/NZS
1576.1:1995 | Scaffolding Part 1:
General requirements |
AS
1576.2—1991 | Scaffolding Part 2:
Couplers and accessories |
AS/NZS
1576.3:1995 | Scaffolding Part 3:
Prefabricated and tube-and-coupler
scaffolding |
AS
1576.4—1991 | Scaffolding Part 4:
Suspended scaffolding |
AS/NZS
1576.5:1995 | Scaffolding Part 5:
Prefabricated splitheads and trestles |
AS/NZS
1576.6:2000 | Scaffolding Part 6:
Metal tube-and-coupler scaffolding—Deemed to comply with
AS/NZS
1576.3 |
Lifts, escalators and moving
walks |
AS
1735.1—1999 | Lifts, escalators and
moving walks Part 1: General requirements |
AS
1735.2—1997 | Lifts, escalators and
moving walks Part 2: Passenger and goods
lifts—Electric |
AS
1735.3—2001 | Lifts, escalators and
moving walks Part 3: Passenger and goods
lifts—Electrohydraulic |
AS
1735.4—1986 | SAA Lift Code Part 4:
Service lifts—Power operated |
AS
1735.5—2001 | Lifts, escalators and
moving walks Part 5: Escalators and moving
walks |
AS 1735.6
(Int)—1996 | Lifts, escalators and
moving walks Part 6: Moving walks |
AS
1735.7—1998 | Lifts, escalators and
moving walks Part 7: Stairway lifts |
AS
1735.8—1986 | SAA Lift Code Part 8:
Inclined lifts |
AS
1735.9—1994 | Lifts, escalators and
moving walks Part 9: Special purpose industrial
lifts |
AS 1735.10
(Int)—1998 | Lifts, escalators and
moving walks Part 10: Tests |
AS
1735.11—1986 | SAA Lift Code Part
11: Fire-rated landing doors |
AS
1735.12—1999 | Lifts, escalators and
moving walks Part 12: Facilities for persons with
disabilities |
AS
1735.13—1986 | SAA Lift Code Part
13: Lifts for persons with limited mobility—Manually
powered |
AS
1735.14—1998 | Lifts, escalators and
moving walks Part 14: Low rise platforms for
passengers |
AS
1735.15—1990 | Lifts, escalators and
moving walks Part 15: Lifts for people with limited mobility—Restricted
use—Non-automatically controlled |
AS
1735.16—1993 | Lifts, escalators and
moving walks Part 16: Lifts for people with limited mobility—Restricted
use—Automatically controlled |
AS
1735.17—1995 | Lifts, escalators and
moving walks Part 17: Lifts for people with limited mobility—Restricted
use—Water drive |
Gas cylinders |
AS
2030.1—1999 | The verification,
filling, inspection, testing and maintenance of cylinders for storage and
transport of compressed gases—Part 1: Cylinders for compressed gases
other than acetylene |
AS
2030.2—1996 | The verification,
filling, inspection, testing and maintenance of cylinders for storage and
transport of compressed gases—Part 2: Cylinders for dissolved
acetylene |
AS
2030.4—1985 | The verification,
filling, inspection, testing and maintenance of cylinders for storage and
transport of compressed gases—Part 4: Welded
cylinders—insulated |
Amusement
devices |
AS
3533.1—1997 | Amusement rides and
devices Part 1: Design and construction |
Schedule 2 Penalty notices
(Clause 353)
Column 1 | Column 2 |
Provision | Penalty ($) |
Offence under the
Act |
Section 8 (1) | 1000 |
Section 8 (2) | 1000 |
Section 9 | 1000 |
Section 13 | 600 |
Section 20 (1) | 200 |
Section 20 (2) | 200 |
Section 21 | 200 |
Section 22 | 600 |
Section 86 (1) (a) | 600 |
Section 86 (1) (b) | 600 |
Section 87 (2) (a) | 600 |
Section 87 (2) (b) | 600 |
Section 90 | 1,500 |
Section 92 | 1,500 |
Section 102 (2) | 200 |
Offence under this
Regulation |
Clause 11 (1) | 1,000 |
Clause 11 (2) | 1,000 |
Clause 11 (3) | 1,000 |
Clause 15 (1) | 600 |
Clause 18 (1) | 600 |
Clause 19 (1) (a) | 600 |
Clause 19 (1) (b) | 600 |
Clause 20 (2) (a) | 600 |
Clause 20 (2) (b) | 600 |
Clause 36 (1) | 1,000 |
Clause 36 (2) | 1,000 |
Clause 36 (3) | 1,000 |
Clause 44 (a) | 200 |
Clause 44 (b) | 200 |
Clause 44 (c) | 200 |
Clause 89 (1) | 1,000 |
Clause 103 (1) | 1,000 |
Clause 121 (1) | 1,000 |
Clause 121 (2) | 1,000 |
Clause 127 (1) | 1,000 |
Clause 131 | 200 |
Clause 136 (1) | 600 |
Clause 136 (2) | 600 |
Clause 136 (3) | 600 |
Clause 139 (1) | 600 |
Clause 139 (2) | 600 |
Clause 143 (1) | 200 |
Clause 143 (2) (a) | 200 |
Clause 143 (2) (b) | 200 |
Clause 151 | 600 |
Clause 155 (1) | 600 |
Clause 160 | 200 |
Clause 162 (1) (a) | 600 |
Clause 162 (1) (b) | 600 |
Clause 162 (1) (c) | 600 |
Clause 167 (1) | 200 |
Clause 167 (2) | 200 |
Clause 167 (3) | 200 |
Clause 168 (1) | 200 |
Clause 168 (2) | 200 |
Clause 169 | 200 |
Clause 170 (1) | 200 |
Clause 171 (1) | 200 |
Clause 171 (2) | 200 |
Clause 174 (1) | 200 |
Clause 174K | 600 |
Clause 174M | 600 |
Clause 174O | 1,000 |
Clause 174Q | 200 |
Clause 174S | 1,000 |
Clause 174U | 1,000 |
Clause 174Z | 1,000 |
Clause 174ZC | 1,000 |
Clause 174ZF (3) (b) | 600 |
Clause 174ZG | 600 |
Clause 174ZN | 200 |
Clause 174ZO | 600 |
Clause 174ZP (a) | 600 |
Clause 174ZP (b) | 200 |
Clause 174ZR | 600 |
Clause 174ZS | 600 |
Clause 174ZT | 600 |
Clause 174ZV | 200 |
Clause 174ZW | 200 |
Clause 174ZX | 200 |
Clause 213 (1) | 600 |
Clause 213 (2) (a) | 600 |
Clause 213 (2) (b) | 600 |
Clause 214 (1) | 600 |
Clause 214 (2) | 600 |
Clause 214 (3) (a) | 600 |
Clause 214 (3) (b) | 600 |
Clause 215 (1) | 600 |
Clause 215 (2) (a) | 600 |
Clause 215 (2) (b) | 600 |
Clause 220 (1A) | 200 |
Clause 220 (1D) | 600 |
Clause 220 (1) | 600 |
Clause 220 (2) | 600 |
Clause 223 (1) (a) and (b) | 200 |
Clause 223 (2) (a) and (b) | 200 |
Clause 226 (2) | 600 |
Clause 226 (3) | 600 |
Clause 226 (4) | 600 |
Clause 226 (5) | 600 |
Clause 226 (6) | 600 |
Clause 227 (2) | 600 |
Clause 227 (3) | 600 |
Clause 228 (2) (a) | 200 |
Clause 228 (2) (b) | 200 |
Clause 228 (2) (c) | 200 |
Clause 228 (2) (d) | 200 |
Clause 228 (3) | 200 |
Clause 229 (2) | 600 |
Clause 229 (3) | 600 |
Clause 229 (4) | 600 |
Clause 229 (5) | 600 |
Clause 235 (1) | 600 |
Clause 235 (3) | 600 |
Clause 235 (4) | 600 |
Clause 240 (1) | 600 |
Clause 240 (3) | 600 |
Clause 240 (4) | 600 |
Clause 247 (1) | 600 |
Clause 253 | 600 |
Clause 254 (2) | 600 |
Clause 254 (3) | 600 |
Clause 254 (4) | 600 |
Clause 254 (5) | 600 |
Clause 254 (6) | 600 |
Clause 254 (7) | 600 |
Clause 254 (8) | 600 |
Clause 256 | 200 |
Clause 259 (1) | 600 |
Clause 259 (2) | 600 |
Clause 259 (3) | 600 |
Clause 259 (4) | 600 |
Clause 259 (5) | 600 |
Clause 259 (6) | 600 |
Clause 270 (1) | 600 |
Clause 270 (2) | 600 |
Clause 270 (3) | 600 |
Clause 281 (3) | 1,000 |
Clause 301 (1) | 600 |
Clause 301 (2) | 600 |
Clause 301 (3) | 600 |
Clause 318 (1) | 600 |
Clause 318 (2) | 600 |
Clause 318 (4) | 600 |
Clause 332 (1) | 600 |
Clause 332 (3) | 600 |
Clause 345 (1) | 600 |
Clause 345 (3) | 600 |
Schedule 3, clause 4—in relation to clause
261 (3) of the Dangerous
Goods (General) Regulation 1999 | 550 |
Schedule 3, clause 4—in relation to clause
263 (1) of the Dangerous
Goods (General) Regulation 1999 | 550 |
Schedule 3, clause 4—in relation to clause
264 (1) of the Dangerous
Goods (General) Regulation 1999 | 550 |
Schedule 3, clause 4—in relation to clause
265 (a) of the Dangerous
Goods (General) Regulation 1999 | 550 |
Schedule 3, clause 4—in relation to clause
265 (b) of the Dangerous
Goods (General) Regulation 1999 | 550 |
Schedule 3, clause 4—in relation to clause
267 (1) of the Dangerous
Goods (General) Regulation 1999 | 220 |
Schedule 3, clause 4—in relation to clause
268 (1) of the Dangerous
Goods (General) Regulation 1999 | 220 |
Schedule 3, clause 4—in relation to clause
276 (3) of the Dangerous
Goods (General) Regulation 1999 | 550 |
Schedule 3, clause 4—in relation to clause
278 (1) of the Dangerous
Goods (General) Regulation 1999 | 550 |
Schedule 3, clause 4—in relation to clause
278 (2) of the Dangerous
Goods (General) Regulation 1999 | 550 |
Schedule 3, clause 4—in relation to clause
293 (2) of the Dangerous
Goods (General) Regulation 1999 | 550 |
Schedule 3, clause 4—in relation to clause
331 of the Dangerous Goods
(General) Regulation 1999 | 550 |
Offence under the Occupational Health and Safety (Clothing Factory
Registration) Regulation
2001 |
Clause 5 | 250 |
Schedule 3 Savings and transitional provisions
(Clause 362)
1 Savings relating to prohibition of chrysotile (white
asbestos)
Clauses 159 and 164 do not apply to the supply or use of a product
containing chrysotile that was installed and in use before 31 December
2003.
2 Transitional arrangements relating to prohibition of
chrysotile (white asbestos)
Clauses 159 and 164 do not apply, until the date specified, to the
supply or use of the following items that contain chrysotile:(a) until 31 December 2004, compressed asbestos fibre gaskets used
with saturated steam or superheated steam or with substances classified as
dangerous goods under the Dangerous Goods
Act 1975, including goods with corrosive, flammable, very
toxic and toxic classifications,
(b) despite paragraph (a), until 31 December 2006, compressed asbestos
fibre gaskets used with chlorine in liquid chlorine service plants with
designed process conditions of -45 degrees Celsius and 1,500kPa
pressure,
(c) until 31 December 2007, any product consisting of a mixture of
asbestos with phenol formaldehyde resin or with cresylic formaldehyde resin
used in:(i) vanes for rotary vacuum pumps, or
(ii) vanes for rotary compressors, or
(iii) split face seals of at least 150 millimetres diameter used to
prevent leakage of water from cooling water pumps in fossil fuel electricity
generating stations,
(d) until 31 December 2006, diaphragms for use in electrolytic cells
used for chlor-alkali manufacture in electrolysis plants in existence on 31
December 2003,
(e) until 31 December 2007, or such earlier day on which the relevant
exemption ceases to have effect, parts and components that are the subject of
an exemption granted under Schedule 1B to the Occupational Health and Safety (Commonwealth
Employment) (National Standards) Regulations
1994.
3 Saving of certain Dangerous Goods Regulation provisions
relating to pipelines
(1) Despite the repeal of the Dangerous Goods Act 1975 and the
Dangerous Goods (General)
Regulation 1999, the following provisions (which relate to
pipelines) continue to have effect:(a) clauses 192, 193 and 198 of that Regulation,
(b) for the purpose of those clauses, the definition of pipeline in section 4 of that
Act.
(2) Contravention of a provision referred to in subclause (1) is an
offence against this clause.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(3) The provisions referred to in subclause (1) do not apply
to:(a) the transport of any dangerous goods by road or rail,
or
(b) any associated activity or matter,
to the extent to which the transport, activity or matter is regulated by
the Road and Rail Transport (Dangerous
Goods) Act 1997 or any regulations under that
Act.
4 Saving of Dangerous Goods Regulation relating to
ports
(1) Despite the repeal of the Dangerous Goods Act 1975 and the
Dangerous Goods (General)
Regulation 1999, the provisions of Part 11 (Special
requirements relating to ports) of that Regulation continue to have
effect.
(2) Contravention of a provision referred to in subclause (1) is an
offence against this clause.Maximum penalty: Level 4.
(3) For the purposes of section 108 (9) (b) (Penalty notices for
certain offences) of the Act, a member of staff of a Port Corporation (within
the meaning of the Ports Corporatisation and
Waterways Management Act 1995) to whom the Port Corporation
issued written authorisation for the purposes of the Dangerous Goods (General) Regulation
1999 is declared to be an authorised officer in relation to an
offence against this clause:(a) that relates to the contravention of a provision of Part 11 of the
Dangerous Goods (General)
Regulation 1999 that was prescribed by that Regulation as an
offence for which a penalty notice may have been served,
and
(b) that is committed in an area where a Port Corporation exercises
port safety functions to which an operating licence held by it under that Act
applies.
5 Other Dangerous Goods Regulation savings and transitional
provisions
(1) Despite the repeal of the Dangerous Goods Act 1975 and the
Dangerous Goods (General)
Regulation 1999, clause 99 (Notices and labels to be exhibited
at depots) of that Regulation continues to have effect until 1 September
2006.
(2) A person who held a licence under the Dangerous Goods Act 1975 immediately
before the repeal of that Act is not required to comply with clause 174ZS
(Notification to WorkCover) of this Regulation until whichever of the
following dates is the earlier:(a) the date of the day after the day on which that licence would have
expired,
(b) the date of the day that is 12 months after the date of repeal of
that Act.
Schedule 4 Application of Regulation to mines
(Clause 4 (3))
Note. Mine is defined in the
Act as having the same meaning as in the Mines Inspection Act
1901.
1 Application of interpretation and other provisions of
Chapter 1 to relevant provisions
To remove any doubt, to the extent that Chapter 1 or any other
provision of this Regulation provides for the interpretation of a term used
in, or application of, a provision referred to in this Schedule (a relevant provision), that
Chapter and provision apply to the relevant provision in its application to a
mine.
2 Application of workplace consultation provisions to
mines
Chapter 3 applies to a mine.
3 Application of asbestos-related provisions to
mines
The following provisions of this Regulation apply to a
mine:(a) Division 1 (General duties of controllers of premises) of Part
4.2, to the extent that it imposes duties with respect to hazards caused by
the presence of material containing asbestos,
(b) Division 4 (Asbestos) of Part 4.2,
(c) Part 8.7 (Asbestos—particular
provisions),
(d) Chapter 10 (Licensing of certain businesses), to the extent that
it relates to asbestos removal work,
(e) Chapter 11 (Permits for certain work), to the extent that it
relates to friable asbestos removal work,
(f) Part 12.3 (Notifications of proposed work), to the extent that it
relates to bonded asbestos removal work.
Note. See also clause 5 of this Schedule (concerning hazardous
substances).
4 Application of atmosphere provisions to mines
(1) Clauses 50 and 51 apply to a mine, subject to subclause
(2).
(2) Clauses 50 and 51 do not apply to the atmosphere of a mine to the
extent that more stringent provision is made by or under another Act in
relation to that atmosphere than is made by those
clauses.
5 Application of hazardous substances provisions to
mines
(1) Parts 6.1–6.3 apply to a mine.
(2) Clause 164, to the extent that it relates to use of a hazardous
substance that is a form of asbestos, applies to a
mine.
(3) Clause 362 and Schedule 3 apply to the supply or use of chrysotile
(white asbestos) in a mine.
6 Application of dangerous goods provisions to
mines
Chapter 6A (Dangerous goods) applies to a
mine.
7 Application of notification of proposed work provision to
mines
Clause 345, to the extent that it relates to use of a notifiable
or prohibited carcinogenic substance (as defined in Part 6.3) that is a form
of asbestos, applies to a mine.Note. See also clause 3 (f) of this Schedule (which relates to
notifications of bonded asbestos removal work in mines).
8 Application of miscellaneous provisions to mines
(1) Parts 12.4 and 12.5 apply to a mine.
(2) Except as provided by subclause (3), a reference in a provision of
Part 12.4 or 12.5 to WorkCover, in connection with the application of the
provision to a mine, is taken to be a reference to the Director-General of the
Department of Primary Industries.
(3) Subclause (2) does not apply to any reference to the extent that
it relates to:(a) an exemption from any provision of the Regulation in its
application to asbestos in any form, or
(b) a decision made in respect of the use of asbestos in any form,
or
(c) a requirement for which WorkCover is the nominated authority,
or
(d) a provision in which WorkCover is the nominated
authority.
(4) Clauses 357 and 358 apply to a mine.
Schedule 4A Application of Regulation to coal
workplaces
(Clause 4 (4))
Note. Coal
workplace is defined in the Act to mean a place of work to which the
Coal Mine Health and Safety Act
2002 applies.
1 Application of interpretation and other provisions of
Chapter 1 to relevant provisions
To remove any doubt, to the extent that Chapter 1 or any other
provision of this Regulation provides for the interpretation of a term used
in, or application of, a provision referred to in this Schedule (a relevant provision), that
Chapter and provision apply to the relevant provision in its application to a
coal workplace.
2 Application of risk management provisions to coal
workplaces
The following provisions of Chapter 2 apply to a coal
workplace:(a) clause 9 (Employer to identify hazards),
(b) clause 10 (Employer to assess risks),
(c) clause 11 (Employer to eliminate or control
risks),
(d) clause 12 (Employer to review risk assessments and control
measures),
(e) clause 16 (Employer to obtain information),
(f) clause 18 (Employer to provide amenities),
(g) clause 19 (Maintenance of amenities and
accommodation).
3 Application of workplace consultation provisions to coal
workplaces
Chapter 3 applies to a coal workplace.
4 Application of asbestos-related provisions to coal
workplaces
The following provisions of this Regulation apply to a coal
workplace:(a) Division 1 (General duties of controllers of premises) of Part
4.2, to the extent that it imposes duties with respect to hazards caused by
the presence of material containing asbestos,
(b) Division 4 (Asbestos) of Part 4.2,
(c) Part 8.7 (Asbestos—particular
provisions),
(d) Chapter 10 (Licensing of certain businesses), to the extent that
it relates to asbestos removal work,
(e) Chapter 11 (Permits for certain work), to the extent that it
relates to friable asbestos removal work,
(f) Part 12.3 (Notifications of proposed work), to the extent that it
relates to bonded asbestos removal work.
Note. See also clause 10 of this Schedule (concerning hazardous
substances).
5 Application of provisions about noise coal
workplaces
Division 4 (Noise management) of Part 4.3 applies to a coal
workplace.
6 Application of atmosphere provisions to coal
workplaces
(1) Clauses 50 and 51 apply to a coal workplace, subject to subclause
(2).
(2) Clauses 50 and 51 do not apply to the atmosphere of a coal
workplace to the extent that more stringent provision is made by or under
another Act in relation to that atmosphere than is made by those
clauses.
7 Application of provisions about working in confined spaces
to coal workplaces
Division 9 (Working in confined spaces) of Part 4.3 applies to the
surface of a coal workplace.
8 Application of provisions about manual handling to coal
workplaces
Part 4.4 (Manual handling) applies to a coal
workplace.
9 Application of plant provisions to coal
workplaces
(1) Chapter 5 (Plant) applies to a coal workplace, with the
modifications set out in this clause.
(2) The Table to clause 107 is to be read as if it also included the
following plant: Diesel engine systems used in underground mines at a coal
workplace
Powered winding systems (being any plant gazetted as such pursuant
to the regulations under the Coal Mine
Health and Safety Act 2002 or a lift that provides access to
the underground workings of a mine) used in underground mines at a coal
workplace
Booster fans used in underground mines at a coal
workplace
Braking systems on plant used in underground transport in an
underground mine at a coal workplace
Canopies on continuous miners used in underground mines at a coal
workplace
Portable or hand-held plant or items used to determine or monitor
the presence of gases for the purposes of the Coal Mine Health and Safety Act
2002 and used in underground mines at a coal
workplace
Breathing apparatus to assist escape from the underground parts of
the coal operation (including self-rescuers) used in underground mines at a
coal workplace
Shotfiring apparatus used in underground mines at a coal
workplace
Detonators used in underground mines at a coal
workplace
Explosive-powered tools used in underground mines at a coal
workplace
Refuge chambers used in underground mines at a coal
workplace
(3) On and from 8 June 2007, the Table to clause 107 is to be read as
if it also included the following plant: Conveyor belts used in underground mines at a coal
workplace
(4) A reference in clauses 107–110 to WorkCover is, in relation
to the registration of plant referred to in subclause (2), to be read as a
reference to the Director-General of the Department of Primary Industries. On
and from 8 June 2007, a reference in clauses 107–110 to WorkCover is, in
relation to the registration of plant referred to in subclause (3), to be read
as a reference to the Director-General of the Department of Primary
Industries.
(5) Clause 110 is to be read as if it included the following paragraph
after clause 110 (1) (a): (a1) on the basis of information received by the Director-General of
the Department of Primary Industries, the plant does not continue to meet
current criteria for the registration of the same type of plant,
or
(6) Subdivision 1 of Division 3 of Part 5.2 is to be read as if it
included the following clause: 112A Requirements for registration
The Director-General of the Department of Primary Industries may,
by notice in the Gazette, specify requirements (such as design, certification,
performance, assessment or installation requirements) that must be met prior
to plant being registered.
(7) The Table to clause 113 is to be read as if it also included the
following items of plant: Booster fans used in underground mines at a coal
workplace
Diesel engine systems used in underground mines at a coal
workplace
Powered winding systems used in underground mines at a coal
workplace
(8) A reference in clauses 113–118 to WorkCover is, in relation
to the registration of items of plant referred to in subclause (7), to be read
as a reference to the Director-General of the Department of Primary
Industries.
(9) Clause 116 is to be read as if it included the following paragraph
after clause 116 (1) (a): (a1) on the basis of information received by the Director-General of
the Department of Primary Industries, plant does not continue to meet current
criteria for the registration of the same type of plant,
or
(10) Subdivision 2 of Division 3 of Part 5.2 is to be read as if it
included the following clause: 119A Requirements for registration
The Director-General of the Department of Primary Industries may,
by notice in the Gazette, specify requirements (such as design, certification,
performance, assessment or installation requirements) that must be met prior
to items of plant being registered.
(11) A design or item of plant referred to in subclause (2) or (7) that
was approved, or taken to be approved, under clause 70 of the Coal Mines (General) Regulation
1999, and any item that is in the opinion of the Chief
Inspector equivalent to such an approved item:(a) if the approval was given less than 20 years before the date of
repeal of that Regulation—is, for 2 years after the commencement of this
clause, taken to be registered under Chapter 5 of this Regulation subject to
the same conditions as to which it was approved, or
(b) if the approval was given 20 years or more before the date of
repeal of that Regulation—is, for 1 year after the commencement of this
clause, taken to be registered under Chapter 5 of this Regulation subject to
the same conditions as to which it was approved.
(12) The registration of an item referred to in subclause (11) may be
varied, suspended or cancelled in accordance with Chapter
5.
(13) Division 3 of Part 5.2, covering design and item registration of
plant, applies to a coal workplace, in relation to plant not referred to in
subclause (2) or (3), on and from 8 June 2007.
10 Application of hazardous substances provisions to coal
workplaces
(1) Parts 6.1–6.3 apply to a coal
workplace.
(2) Part 6.4 applies to a coal workplace.
(3) A reference in any of the following provisions of Part 6.4 to
WorkCover, in connection with the application of the provision to a coal
workplace, is taken to be a reference to the Department of Primary
Industries:(a) clause 166,
(b) clause 171,
(c) clause 172,
(d) clause 174.
(4) Clause 362 and Schedule 3 apply to the supply or use of chrysotile
(white asbestos) in a coal workplace.
11 Application of dangerous goods provisions to coal
workplaces
Chapter 6A (Dangerous goods) applies to a coal
workplace.
12 Application of notification of proposed work provision to
coal workplaces
Part 12.3, to the extent that it relates to use of a notifiable or
prohibited carcinogenic substance (as defined in Part 6.3) other than a
substance that is a form of asbestos, applies to a coal
workplace.Note. See also clause 4 (f) of this Schedule (which relates to
notifications of bonded asbestos removal work in coal
workplaces).
13 Application of miscellaneous provisions to coal
workplaces
(1) Parts 12.4 and 12.5 apply to a coal
workplace.
(2) Except as provided by subclause (3), a reference in a provision of
Part 12.4 or 12.5 to WorkCover, in connection with the application of the
provision to a coal workplace, is taken to be a reference to the
Director-General of the Department of Primary
Industries.
(3) Subclause (2) does not apply to any reference to the extent that
it relates to:(a) an exemption from any provision of the Regulation in its
application to asbestos in any form, or
(b) a decision made in respect of the use of asbestos in any form,
or
(c) a requirement for which WorkCover is the nominated authority,
or
(d) a provision in which WorkCover is the nominated
authority.
(4) Clauses 357 and 358 apply to a coal
workplace.
Schedule 5 Quantities of dangerous goods
(Clauses 174ZC, 174ZJ, 174ZN and 174ZS)
1 For the purposes of the Table below, the placarding quantity or
manifest quantity is equal to the total of the quantities determined in
accordance with items 2 and 3.
2 In relation to:(a) packaged dangerous goods in a container that are:(i) non-liquid dangerous goods (other than Class 2 dangerous
goods)—the quantity is to be determined by the net mass in kilograms of
the goods in the container, and
(ii) liquid dangerous goods (other than Class 2 dangerous
goods)—the quantity is to be determined by the net capacity of the
container, and
(iii) Class 2 dangerous goods—the quantity is to be determined by
the water capacity of the container, and
(b) dangerous goods in bulk that are:(i) non-liquid dangerous goods (other than Class 2 dangerous
goods)—the quantity is to be determined by the mass in kilograms that
the container is designed to hold, and
(ii) liquid dangerous goods (other than Class 2 dangerous
goods)—the quantity is to be determined by the design capacity of the
container in litres, and
(iii) Class 2 dangerous goods—the quantity is to be determined by
the water capacity of the container, and
(iv) solid dangerous goods not in a container—the quantity is to
be determined by the undivided mass in kilograms,
and
(c) dangerous goods that are articles or things—the quantity is
to be determined by the net quantity of that part of the article or thing that
is in itself dangerous goods.
3 In the Table below, kg or
L means, where this combination of letters immediately follows
numbers, the combined total of:(a) the number of kilograms of non-liquid dangerous goods (other than
Class 2 dangerous goods), and
(b) the number of litres of liquid dangerous goods (other than Class 2
dangerous goods), and
(c) the water capacity of containers of Class 2 dangerous
goods,
in accordance with item 2.
4 For the purposes of the Table below, separately, in relation to the
storage or handling of dangerous goods separately from other dangerous goods,
means the physical separation of the dangerous goods from other dangerous
goods, by either distance or a physical barrier
Table
Group | Description of dangerous goods | Packing Group | Placarding quantity | Manifest quantity |
1 | Class 2 | | | |
| | Class 2.1 | Not Applicable | 500 L | 5,000 L |
| | Class 2.2 Subsidiary Risk 5.1 | Not Applicable | 2,000 L | 10,000 L |
| | Other Class 2.2 | Not Applicable | 5,000 L | 10,000 L |
| | Class 2.3 | Not Applicable | 50 L | 500 L |
| | Aerosols | Not Applicable | 5,000 L | 10,000 L |
| | Cryogenic Fluids | Not Applicable | 1,000 L | 10,000 L |
2 | Class 3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 5.2, 6.1 or
8 | I | 50 kg or L | 500 kg or L |
| | | II | 250 kg or L | 2,500 kg or L |
| | | III | 1,000 kg or L | 10,000 kg or L |
| | | Mixed Packing Groups in a single Class with the
quantity of each Packing Group below the specified quantity for the Packing
Group. | 1,000 kg or L | 10,000 kg or L |
3 | Class 9 | II | 1,000 kg or L | 10,000 kg or L |
| | | III | 5,000 kg or L | 10,000 kg or L |
| | | Mixed Packing Groups in Class 9 with the quantity
of each Packing Group below the specified quantity for the Packing
Group. | 5,000 kg or L | 10,000 kg or L |
4 | Mixed Classes of dangerous goods where none of the
Classes, types or Packing Groups (if any) present exceeds the quantities
specified for the relevant quantity in Item 1, 2 or 3 of this
Table. | Not Applicable | 5,000 kg or L—The quantity applies only if
the placarding quantity for an individual Class that is present is 5,000 kg or
L. | 10,000 kg or L |
| | | | 2,000 kg or L—The quantity applies only if
the placarding quantity for all of the Classes present is 2,000 kg or L or
less. | |
5 | C1 combustible liquids stored and handled with fire
risk dangerous goods where none of the Classes, types or Packing Groups (if
any) present exceeds the relevant quantities in Item 1, 2 or 3 of this
Table. | Not Applicable | 1,000 kg or L | 10,000 kg or L |
6 | Goods too dangerous to be transported that are not
kept in a laboratory. | Not Applicable | Any quantity | Any quantity |
7 | C1 combustible liquids in bulk stored and handled
separately from other dangerous goods. | Not Applicable | 10,000 L | 100,000 L |
| | C1 combustible liquids stored and handled in
packages separately from other dangerous goods. | Not Applicable | 50,000 L | 100,000 L |
| | C1 combustible liquids in bulk and in packages
stored and handled separately from other dangerous goods provided the quantity
in bulk is 10,000 L or less. | Not Applicable | 50,000 L | 100,000 L |
Note. For the purposes of item 3 in the Table, where Class 9 dangerous
goods do not have a Packing Group assigned to them, they are deemed to be
assigned to Packing Group III.
Schedule 6 Placarding requirements
(Clauses 174ZJ and 174ZK)
1 Outer warning placard
(1) The placard must have:(a) the form shown in Figure 1, and
(b) dimensions not less than those shown in Figure
1.
(2) The placard must display the word “HAZCHEM” in red
letters not less than 100 mm high and of the style shown in Figure 1, on a
white or silver background.
(3) For the purposes of subclause (2), red means the colour Signal Red in
accordance with AS 2700S—1996
(R13), Colour Standards for general purposes—Signal
Red.
Figure 1—Form and dimensions of an outer warning
placard
2 Placard for dangerous goods in bulk of Class 2.1, 2.2, 2.3,
3, 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 5.1, 5.2, 6.1, 8 or 9
(1) The placard must have:(a) the form shown in Figure 2, and
(b) dimensions not less than those shown in Figure
2.
(2) The placard must contain the following information:(a) in space (p) in Figure 2, the proper shipping
name,
(b) in space (q) in Figure 2, the UN Number,
(c) in space (r) in Figure 2, the Hazchem Code for the dangerous goods
specified in the ADG Code,
(d) in space (s) in Figure 2, the Class label and Subsidiary Risk
label, if any.
(3) For the purposes of subclause (2) (d):(a) the Class label and the Subsidiary Risk label, if any, must have
the form and colouring specified in the ADG Code, and
(b) if there is more than one Subsidiary Risk label, the width of the
right hand portion of the placard may be extended.
3 Placard for dangerous goods in bulk that are goods too
dangerous to be transported
(1) The placard must have:(a) the form shown in Figure 2, and
(b) dimensions not less than those shown in Figure
2.
(2) The placard must contain the following information:(a) in space (p) in Figure 2, the name for the goods specified in
Appendix 5 of the ADG Code,
(b) space (q) in Figure 2 must be left blank,
(c) space (r) in Figure 2 must be left blank,
(d) in space (s) in Figure 2, the label specified in Figure
4.
Figure 2—Template for a placard for dangerous goods (other than
C1 combustible liquids) in bulk
Notes. 1 The numerals and letters used for showing the proper shipping name
or name of the goods, UN Number and Hazchem Code must be:
(a) black on a white background, except where a letter of the Hazchem
Code is white on a black background, and
(b) at least 100 mm high, except where the proper shipping name
requires 2 lines to be used, in which case the lettering must be at least 50
mm high.
2 An Emergency Information Panel of a size and layout in accordance
with the ADG Code for the dangerous goods that contains the information
required by clause 2 or 3 may be used as a placard for a storage of dangerous
goods in bulk instead of the placards referred to in clause 2 (1) or 3
(1).
4 Placard for packaged dangerous goods
(1) The placard must have the form shown in Figure 3 and be of
sufficient size to accommodate the labels to be displayed on
it.
(2) The placard must have a white or silver
background.
(3) The placard must display:(a) for dangerous goods present in the storage location, other than
goods too dangerous to be transported:(i) the corresponding Class label for each Class of dangerous goods
present in a quantity that exceeds the quantity specified in the column headed
“Placarding quantity” in the Table to Schedule 5,
and
(ii) if the total quantity of mixed Classes of dangerous goods exceeds
the mixed Classes quantity specified in Item 4 of the Table to Schedule
5:(A) a Class label for each Class of dangerous goods present that
exceeds 50% of the quantity specified for the Class in Item 1, 2 or 3 of the
Table, or
(B) if no other Class label is required, a mixed Class label,
and
(iii) for C1 combustible liquids and fire risk dangerous goods in an
aggregate quantity exceeding 1,000 L—a Class 3 Class label,
and
(b) for goods too dangerous to be transported present in the storage
location, the label specified in Figure 4.
Figure 3—Form and dimensions of a placard for storages of
packaged dangerous goods
Note. The Class label, mixed Class label and the label required by
clause 4 (3) must have sides at least 100 mm long.
Figure 4—Form of a label for goods too dangerous to be
transported
5 Placard for C1 combustible liquids (in bulk and in
packages)
A placard for C1 combustible liquids in bulk and in packages must
display the words “COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID” as shown in Figure 5 in
black letters in the style shown, not less than 100 mm high and on a white or
silver background.Figure 5—Placard for C1 combustible liquids

Schedule 7 Information to be contained in a
manifest
(Clause 174ZN)
1 General information
(1) The name of the occupier of the
premises.
(2) The address of the premises.
(3) The date when the manifest was prepared or last
revised.
2 Emergency contacts
Contact information for at least 2 persons (or for one person if
that person is available at all times) who may be contacted in the event of an
emergency for information as to the nature and quantity of dangerous goods
likely to be on the premises.
3 Summary information about Classes of dangerous
goods
A summary list that specifies the maximum quantity of:(a) each Packing Group of each Class of dangerous goods that has
Packing Groups, and
(b) each Class of dangerous goods that does not have Packing Groups,
and
(c) C1 combustible liquids, and
(d) each type of goods too dangerous to be
transported,
that the premises may store or handle.
4 Dangerous goods stored in bulk other than in
IBCs
(1) In relation to each container (other than an IBC) and each other
form of storage of dangerous goods in bulk at the premises:(a) the identification number or code, and
(b) the type and capacity.
(2) In relation to dangerous goods that are:(a) dangerous goods other than C1 combustible liquids or goods too
dangerous to be transported—the proper shipping name, the UN Number and
Class of the dangerous goods, and
(b) C1 combustible liquids—the product name and the statement
“Combustible Liquid”, and
(c) goods too dangerous to be transported—the name of the goods
specified in Appendix 5 of the ADG Code and the statement “Goods too
dangerous to be transported”.
5 Packaged dangerous goods
In relation to each storage location that contains packaged
dangerous goods or dangerous goods in IBCs, and that is required to be
placarded in accordance with Subdivision 6 of Division 3 of Part 6A.3:(a) the identification number or code for the storage location,
and
(b) for dangerous goods of Packing Group I or Class 2.3 that are
likely to be kept in the storage location:(i) the proper shipping name of the dangerous goods that are assigned
to a Class, and
(ii) the Class, and
(iii) the maximum quantity of each of the dangerous goods that may be
stored or handled in the storage location, and
(c) for goods too dangerous to be transported that are likely to be
kept in the storage location:(i) the name of the dangerous goods specified in Appendix 5 of the ADG
Code, and
(ii) the statement “Goods too dangerous to be transported”,
and
(iii) the maximum quantity of each of the dangerous goods that may be
stored or handled in the storage location, and
(d) for other dangerous goods that are likely to be kept in the
storage location:(i) for dangerous goods with an assigned Class—the Class for the
dangerous goods, and
(ii) for C1 combustible liquids—the statement “Combustible
Liquid”, and
(iii) in any case, the maximum quantity of each Class and the maximum
quantity of C1 combustible liquids that may be stored or handled in the
storage location.
6 Dangerous goods in manufacture
In relation to each location where dangerous goods are
manufactured:(a) the identification number or code of the manufacturing location,
and
(b) for dangerous goods with an assigned Class—the Class of each
type of dangerous goods and the maximum quantity of each Class that can be
handled in the location, and
(c) for goods too dangerous to be transported—the statement
“Goods too dangerous to be transported” and the maximum quantity
of those goods that can be handled in the location, and
(d) for C1 combustible liquids—the statement “C1
combustible liquid” and the maximum quantity of C1 combustible liquids
that can be handled in the location.
7 Dangerous goods loaded onto vehicle, vessel or
aircraft
If, in relation to any dangerous goods loaded onto a vehicle,
vessel or aircraft at the premises, there are dangerous goods shipping
documents that comply with the ADG Code available for the goods, the
information required by clauses 3, 4 and 5 may be provided in the form of a
compilation of those shipping documents.
8 Plan of premises
A plan of the premises that:(a) shows the location of:(i) the containers and other forms of storage of dangerous goods in
bulk referred to in clause 4, and
(ii) the storage locations for packaged dangerous goods and dangerous
goods in IBCs referred to in clause 5, and
(iii) the locations where dangerous goods are manufactured referred to
in clause 6, and
(b) includes a description in words of the location of:(i) the items referred to in paragraph (a), and
(ii) areas where dangerous goods loaded onto a vehicle, vessel or
aircraft may be located, and
(c) provides the identification number or code for the items referred
to in paragraph (b), and
(d) provides a legend for the identification numbers and codes
referred to in paragraph (c), and
(e) shows the location of:(i) the main entrance and the other points of entry to the premises,
and
(ii) essential site services, including fire services and isolation
points for fuel and power, and
(iii) the manifest, and
(iv) all drains on the site, and
(f) describes the nature of the occupancy of adjoining sites or
premises.
Historical notes
The following abbreviations are used in the Historical notes:
Am |
amended |
LW |
legislation website |
Sch |
Schedule |
Cl |
clause |
No |
number |
Schs |
Schedules |
Cll |
clauses |
p |
page |
Sec |
section |
Div |
Division |
pp |
pages |
Secs |
sections |
Divs |
Divisions |
Reg |
Regulation |
Subdiv |
Subdivision |
GG |
Government Gazette |
Regs |
Regulations |
Subdivs |
Subdivisions |
Ins |
inserted |
Rep |
repealed |
Subst |
substituted |
Table of amending instruments
Occupational
Health and Safety Regulation 2001 published in Gazette No 129
of 24.8.2001, p 6197 and amended as follows:
Occupational Health and Safety Amendment
(Shops) Regulation 2001 (GG No 132 of 31.8.2001, p
7089)
Occupational Health and Safety Amendment
(Penalty Notices) Regulation 2002 (GG No 19 of 11.1.2002, p
90)
Occupational Health and Safety Amendment
(Sentencing Guidelines) Regulation 2003 (GG No 54 of
28.2.2003, p 3542)
Occupational Health and Safety Amendment
(Incident Notification) Regulation 2003 (GG No 128 of
22.8.2003, p 8026)
Statute Law (Miscellaneous Provisions)
Act (No 2) 2003 No 82. Assented to 27.11.2003. Date of
commencement of Sch 2.21, assent, sec 2 (2).
Occupational Health and Safety Amendment
(Accreditation and Certification) Regulation 2003 (GG No 197
of 19.12.2003, p 11335)
Occupational Health and Safety Amendment
(Chrysotile Asbestos) Regulation 2003 (GG No 197 of
19.12.2003, p 11338)
Electricity (Consumer Safety) Act
2004 No 4. Assented to 17.3.2004. Date of commencement of Sch
4.12, 3.2.2006, sec 2 (1) and GG No 16 of 3.2.2006, p 532.
Occupational Health and Safety Amendment
(Accreditation and Certification) Regulation 2004 (GG No 58 of
19.3.2004, p 1267)
Occupational Health and Safety Amendment
(Mines) Regulation 2004 (GG No 83 of 14.5.2004, p 2801)
Occupational Health and Safety Amendment
(Work Experience Accreditation) Regulation 2004 (GG No 91 of
28.5.2004, p 3247 (see also erratum published in GG No 94 of 4.6.2004, p
3399))
Statute Law (Miscellaneous Provisions)
Act 2004 No 55. Assented to 6.7.2004. Date of commencement of
Sch 2.25, assent, sec 2 (2).
Occupational Health and Safety Amendment
(Electrical Work) Regulation 2004 (GG No 135 of 20.8.2004, p
6612)
Occupational Health and Safety Amendment
(Transitional) Regulation 2004 (GG No 200 of 17.12.2004, p
9354)
Occupational Health and Safety Amendment
(Self-Erecting Tower Cranes) Regulation 2005 (GG No 25 of
11.2.2005, p 337)
2005 | (205) | Occupational Health and Safety
Amendment (Penalty Notices) Regulation 2005. GG No 65 of
3.6.2005, p 1919. Date of commencement, on gazettal.
|
| | (221) | Occupational Health and Safety
Amendment (Long Distance Truck Driver Fatigue) Regulation
2005. GG No 70 of 10.6.2005, p 2265. Date of commencement, 1.3.2006, cl 2.
|
| | No 34 | Occupational Health and Safety
Amendment (Workplace Deaths) Act 2005. Assented to
15.6.2005. Date of commencement, assent, sec 2.
|
| | (531) | Occupational Health and Safety
Amendment (Dangerous Goods) Regulation 2005. GG No 110 of
1.9.2005, p 6856. Date of commencement, 1.9.2005, cl 2.
|
| | No 98 | Statute Law (Miscellaneous
Provisions) Act (No 2) 2005. Assented to 24.11.2005. Date of commencement of Sch 2.44, assent, sec 2
(2).
|
| | No 100 | Vocational Education and
Training Act 2005. Assented to 28.11.2005. Date of commencement, 24.4.2006, sec 2 and GG No 55 of 21.4.2006, p
2337.
|
2006 | (197) | Occupational Health and Safety
Amendment (OHS Induction Training) Regulation 2006. GG No 54
of 13.4.2006, p 2331. Date of commencement, on gazettal.
|
| | (216) | Occupational Health and Safety
Amendment (Electrical Equipment) Regulation 2006. GG No 58 of
28.4.2006, p 2429. Date of commencement, on gazettal.
|
| | (272) | Occupational Health and Safety
Amendment (Electrical Installations) Regulation 2006. GG No 72
of 2.6.2006, p 3749. Date of commencement, on gazettal.
|
| | (520) | Occupational Health and Safety
Amendment (Certificates of Competency) Regulation 2006. GG No
111 of 1.9.2006, p 7406. Date of commencement, on gazettal.
|
| | (521) | Occupational Health and Safety
Amendment (OHS Induction Training) Regulation 2006 (No 2). GG
No 111 of 1.9.2006, p 7410. Date of commencement, on gazettal.
|
| | (664) | Occupational Health and Safety
Amendment (Licensing) Regulation 2006. GG No 135 of
10.11.2006, p 9506. Date of commencement, on gazettal.
|
| | (793) | Occupational Health and Safety
Amendment (Coal Workplaces) Regulation 2006. GG No 189 of
22.12.2006, p 11711. Date of commencement, 23.12.2006, cl 2.
|
2007 | (216) | Occupational Health and Safety
Amendment (Licensed Asbestos Removal Work) Regulation 2007. GG
No 70 of 25.5.2007, p 2956. Date of commencement, on gazettal.
|
| | No 27 | Statute Law (Miscellaneous
Provisions) Act 2007. Assented to 4.7.2007. Date of commencement of Sch 1.31: not in force; date of commencement of
Sch 4, assent, sec 2 (2).
|
| | (508) | Occupational Health and Safety
Amendment (Administration in Relation to Mines and Coal Workplaces) Regulation
2007. GG No 146 of 12.10.2007, p 7739. Date of commencement, on gazettal.
|
| | (528) | Occupational Health and Safety
Amendment (Certificates of Competency) Regulation 2007. GG No
160 of 2.11.2007, p 8206. Date of commencement, on gazettal.
|
Table of amendments
Cl 3 | Am 2005 (531), Sch 1 [1]–[3]; 2007 No 27, Sch
4.20. |
|